01 Ind Iee 04

Environmental Assessment Report
Initial Environmental Examination for AEP4 T13 and T17 (Jagalgur – SH 19)
Project Number: 42513
October 2010
IND: Karnataka State Highway Improvement Project
Prepared by Public Works Department, Government of Karnataka for the Asian Development Bank (ADB).
The initial environmental examination is a document of the borrower. The views expressed herein do not
necessarily represent those of ADB’s Board of Directors, Management, or staff, and may be preliminary in
nature.
LIST OF ACRONYMS and Definition of Terms
ADB Asian Development Bank

ASI Archaeological Survey of India
BOQ Bill of Quantities
CAO Chief Administrative Officer
CFE Consent of Establishment
CFO Consent for Operation
CO Carbon monoxide
COI Corridor of Impact
CPCB Central Pollution Control Board
CSC Construction supervision consultant
dB decibel
EC Environmental Clearance
EE Executive engineer
EIA Environmental Impact Assessment
EMP Environmental management plan
EMPIU Environmental management plan implementation unit
EO Environmental Officer
GoI Government of India
GoK Government of Karnataka
HC Hydrocarbon
IEE Initial Environmental Examination
IRC Indian Road Congress
KSHIP Karnataka State Highways Improvement Project
KSPCB Karnataka State Pollution Control Board
LHS Left hand side
MDR Major District Roads
MFI Multilateral Financing Institutions
MoEF Ministry of Environment and Forestrs
MoRTH Ministry of Road, Transport and Highways
NH National Highway
NOC No objection certifcate
Nox Nitrogen oxides
Pb lead
PCB Pollution Control Board
PD Project Director
PIU Project Implementation Unit
PUC Pollution under Control Certificate
PWD Public Works Department
RAP Resettlement action plan
RHS Right hand side
RoW Right of way
RSPM Respirable suspended particulate matter
SDRC Social Development Resettlement Cell
SEAC State Level Environmental Appraisal Committee
SEIAA State Level Environment Impact Assessment Authority
SH State Highway
SIA Social impact assessment
ii
SOS Strategic Option Study

Sox oxides of sulphur
SPCB State Pollution Control Board
SPM Suspended particulate matter
SPS Safeguard Policy Statement
Subproject road packages under KSHIP
UNESCO United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization
iii
TABLE OF CONTENTS
E EXECUTIVE SUMMARY..............................................................................................................vii
E1 Project background: ..............................................................................................................vii
E2 Scope of Works.....................................................................................................................vii
E3 Improvement proposal...........................................................................................................vii
E4 Key Environmental Laws & Policies: ....................................................................................viii
E5 Applicability of EIA Notification 2006 and ADB’s Safeguard Policy Statement 2009 ............viii
E6 Clearances required for the project: .....................................................................................viii
E7 Baseline Environment: .......................................................................................................... ix
E8 Analysis of Alternatives: ......................................................................................................... x
E9 Anticipated environmental impacts and mitigation measures: ................................................ x
E10 Stakeholder Consultation: ....................................................................................................xiii
E11 Environmental Management Plan: .......................................................................................xiii
1 INTRODUCTION........................................................................................................................... 1
1.1 Project Background................................................................................................................ 1
1.2 Objectives of the Study: ......................................................................................................... 2
1.3 Extent of IEE .......................................................................................................................... 2
1.4 Methodology .......................................................................................................................... 2
1.5 IEE Content............................................................................................................................ 3
1.6 Organisational structure of Project Implementation Unit (PIU) ............................................... 3
2 DESCRIPTION OF SUBPROJECT ............................................................................................... 6
2.1 Subproject Location ............................................................................................................... 6
2.1.1 Scope of Works............................................................................................................... 6
2.1.2 Improvement proposal .................................................................................................... 6
2.1.3 Corridor of Impact (CoI) and Right of Way (RoW) ........................................................... 6
2.1.4 Traffic Details per Route ................................................................................................. 8
2.1.5 Alignment and Profile ...................................................................................................... 8
2.1.6 Realignments and Bypasses........................................................................................... 8
2.1.7 Major and minor junctions ............................................................................................... 8
2.1.8 Road Construction Materials ........................................................................................... 8
2.1.9 Street Furniture ............................................................................................................... 9
2.1.10 Bus Lay-bays ................................................................................................................ 10
2.1.11 Constructions and replacement of bridges and culverts ................................................ 10
2.1.12 Railway Crossing: ......................................................................................................... 10
2.1.13 Design Cross Sections and Road widening and improvements: ................................... 10
2.2 Schedule for Implementation................................................................................................ 14
3 POLICY, LEGAL AND ADMINISTRATION FRAMEWORK ......................................................... 15
3.1 Policies and Regulatory Framework of the Government of India.......................................... 15
3.1.1 Constitutional Provisions ............................................................................................... 15
3.1.2 Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974: ................................................. 15
3.1.3 Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981 ....................................................... 15
3.1.4 The Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 ....................................................................... 16
3.1.5 EIA Notification (September 2006 and February 2009): ................................................ 16
3.1.6 Interpretation and applicability of EIA Notification, 2006 for subproject road: ................ 16
3.1.7 Environmental Clearance Process ................................................................................ 17
3.1.8 The Hazardous Waste (Management and Handling) Rules, 1989................................. 19
3.1.9 Wildlife Protection Act, 1972 ......................................................................................... 19
3.1.10 The Indian Forest Act, 1927 .......................................................................................... 19
3.1.11 Forest (Conservation) Act, 1980 (as amended in 1988) ................................................ 19
3.1.12 The Ancient Monuments and Archaeological Sites and Remains Act 1958 .................. 20
3.1.13 Fly Ash Notification, 1999 ............................................................................................. 20
3.1.14 Public Liability Insurance Act, 1991............................................................................... 21
3.1.15 The Motor Vehicles Act, 1988 ....................................................................................... 21
3.2 Asian Development Bank’s Safeguard Policy Statement (June 2009).................................. 21
3.3 Administrative Framework:................................................................................................... 21
3.3.1 Ministry of Environment and Forest............................................................................... 22
3.3.2 Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB),....................................................................... 22
3.3.3 Karnataka State Pollution Control Board (KSPCB), ...................................................... 22
3.3.4 The Environmental Management Plan Implementation Unit (EMPIU) ........................... 22
iv
3.4 Other Environmental Guidelines and Norms ........................................................................ 22

3.5 Clearances required for the subproject ................................................................................ 23
4 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT .................................................................................. 25
4.1 Physical Environment........................................................................................................... 25
4.1.1 Physiography and relief................................................................................................. 25
4.1.2 Climate.......................................................................................................................... 25
4.1.3 Rainfall .......................................................................................................................... 25
4.1.4 Temperature ................................................................................................................. 26
4.1.5 Wind Intensity and Direction.......................................................................................... 26
4.1.6 Monitoring of Environmental attributes .......................................................................... 27
4.1.7 Water Resources .......................................................................................................... 27
4.1.8 Hydrogeology................................................................................................................ 28
4.1.9 Geology ........................................................................................................................ 28
4.1.10 Soils .............................................................................................................................. 29
4.2 Land use pattern .................................................................................................................. 29
4.2.1 Agriculture and cropping pattern ................................................................................... 29
4.3 Biological Component .......................................................................................................... 30
4.3.1 Fauna............................................................................................................................ 30
4.3.2 Flora.............................................................................................................................. 30
4.3.3 National parks ............................................................................................................... 30
4.4 Social Environment .............................................................................................................. 30
4.4.1 Demographic Features.................................................................................................. 31
4.4.2 Occupational Pattern..................................................................................................... 31
4.4.3 Sites of Tourist and Archaeological Interest .................................................................. 31
5 ANALYSIS ALTERNATIVES ....................................................................................................... 33
5.1 Introduction: ......................................................................................................................... 33
5.2 Project Alternatives .............................................................................................................. 33
5.2.1 No project scenario ....................................................................................................... 33
5.2.2 Project with alternatives ................................................................................................ 34
5.2.3 Project with mitigation measures................................................................................... 34
5.3 Evaluation of project Alternatives: ........................................................................................ 34
5.4 Bypass alternatives .............................................................................................................. 35
5.5 Analysis of cross section type alternatives ........................................................................... 35
5.6 Preferred Alternative: ........................................................................................................... 35
6 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES ......................... 36
6.1 Impact on Physical Environment .......................................................................................... 36
6.1.1 Climate.......................................................................................................................... 36
6.1.2 Natural Hazard.............................................................................................................. 36
6.1.3 Air quality ...................................................................................................................... 37
6.1.4 Noise............................................................................................................................. 39
6.1.5 Impact on Soil and Land use......................................................................................... 42
6.1.5.1 Loss of Productive Soil and Change in Land use ...................................................... 42
6.1.5.2 Soil Erosion ............................................................................................................... 42
6.1.5.3 Borrow areas and Quarries........................................................................................ 43
6.1.5.4 Compaction and contamination of Soil ...................................................................... 44
6.1.6 Impact on Ground water................................................................................................ 45
6.1.7 Impact on surface water bodies .................................................................................... 46
6.1.8 Impact on Hydrology and Drainage ............................................................................... 48
6.2 Impact on Biological Environment ........................................................................................ 48
6.2.1 Terrestrial Ecology ........................................................................................................ 48
6.2.2 Aquatic Ecology ............................................................................................................ 50
6.3 Management of Construction Debris/Waste ......................................................................... 51
6.4 Socioeconomic Impact ......................................................................................................... 51
6.4.1 Positive Impacts ............................................................................................................ 51
6.4.2 Negative Impacts .......................................................................................................... 52
6.5 Impacts due to Construction Camp and Immigration of Workers.......................................... 53
6.6 Impact on Safety and Health of Construction Workers and Accident Risk to Local
Communities................................................................................................................................... 54
6.6.1 Impacts on Occupational Health and Safety.................................................................. 54
6.6.2 Impacts on Community Health and Safety .................................................................... 56
v
7 STAKE HOLDER CONSULTATIONS ......................................................................................... 58

7.1 Type of Consultations conducted ......................................................................................... 58
7.2 Consultation during Environmental Screening...................................................................... 58
7.3 Major findings of consultations ............................................................................................. 59
7.4 Follow-up consultations........................................................................................................ 60
8 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN................................................................................. 61
8.1 Environmental Management Plan ........................................................................................ 61
8.2 Other Mitigation Plans .......................................................................................................... 93
8.2.1 Resettlement Plan......................................................................................................... 93
8.2.2 Emergency Response Plan........................................................................................... 93
8.2.3 Construction Water Management Plan.......................................................................... 93
8.3 Grievance Redressal Mechanism......................................................................................... 93
8.4 Environmental Monitoring programme ................................................................................. 94
8.5 Performance indicators ........................................................................................................ 97
8.6 Reporting system ................................................................................................................. 99
8.7 INSTITUTIONAL ARRANGEMENTS ................................................................................. 103
8.8 Institutional Capacity Building ............................................................................................ 104
8.8.1 Training Components:................................................................................................. 104
8.8.2 Training Programme: .................................................................................................. 105
8.9 ENVIRONMENTAL BUDGETARY PROVISIONS .............................................................. 106
9 CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS.......................................................................... 110
LIST OF TABLES
Table 1-1: Details of ADB funded Subproject roads under KSHIP II..................................................... 1
Table 2-1: Present and projected traffic by vehicle types along the subproject road (in Nos.) .............. 8
Table 2-2: Details on realignments/bypasses of the subproject road.................................................... 8
Table 2-3: Details of road construction materials and their locations. ................................................... 9
Table 2-4: Details on treatment proposals for culverts of the subproject roads (Nos.)........................ 10
Table 2-5: Details on treatment proposals for bridges of the subproject roads (Nos.)......................... 10
Table 2-6: Guiding Parameters for up gradation of Road in project area............................................ 10
Table 3-1: List of clearances required for the subproject .................................................................... 23
Table 4-1: The normal and actual average rainfall (in mm) in the project enroute. ............................. 26
Table 4-2: Average Mean Maximum and Mean Minimum Temperature (0 C) of the Project Area....... 26
Table 4-3: Water Contours and water Yield........................................................................................ 28
Table 4-4: Demographic features of the Study Area........................................................................... 31
Table 4-5: Workforce in project area .................................................................................................. 31
Table 5-1: Various alternatives of the project ..................................................................................... 34
Table 5-2: Cross sectional alternatives considered in the subproject. ................................................ 35
Table 6-1: Flood prone areas along subproject .................................................................................. 37
Table 6-2: Emission factors of different vehicles (g/Km)..................................................................... 39
Table 6-3: Pollution load of pollutants along the project routes (in Tons/Km) ..................................... 39
Table 6-4: Noise sensitive locations along the subproject .................................................................. 41
Table 6-5: Noise level (in dB (A)) due to Traffic along the project Road links ..................................... 41
Table 6-6: Water supply sources likely affected link wise in the project area (in Nos.) ....................... 46
Table 6-7: Girth wise likely impact on avenue trees (in Nos.) ............................................................. 48
Table 6-8: List of utilities being affected by the proposed roads (in Nos.)........................................... 52
Table 6-9: The Religious and cultural structures under impact in the project area (in Nos.) ............... 52
Table 6-10: The Community structure under impact in the project area (in Nos.) ............................... 53
Table 7-1: Major findings of consultations - T13 – Jagalur – NH 13 ................................................... 59
Table 8-1: Environmental Management Plan (Part-A) ........................................................................ 62
Table 8-2: Environmental Management Plan – Bridges (Part-B) ........................................................ 83
Table 8-3: Environmental monitoring for Air, Water, Noise and Soil ................................................... 95
Table 8-4: Performance Indicators and monitoring plan ..................................................................... 97
Table 8-5: Reporting System............................................................................................................ 100
Table 8-6: Summary Details of Reporting Formats........................................................................... 101
Table 8-7: Training Modules for Environmental Management .......................................................... 105
Table 8-8 : Bill of Quantities for Implementation of Environmental Management Action Plan to be
executed under Civil Works Contract ............................................................................................... 106
Table 8-9: Bill of Quantities for Environmental Management Action Plan - Mandatory Works to be
implemented by Government Departments/ agencies as per regulatory requirements. ................... 108
vi
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure 1-1: Organisation Structure of Project Implementation Unit (PIU)............................................. 5
Figure 2-1: Geographical location of the subproject roads ................................................................... 7
Figure 2-2: The rural and urban cross sections of the road in the proposed subproject road ............. 12
Figure 2-3: Implementation schedule of the subproject road .............................................................. 14
Figure 3-1: The procedure for obtaining environmental clearance...................................................... 18
Figure 4-1: Wind-rose Bellary Meteorological Station......................................................................... 26
Figure 8-1: Relationship among Environmental Specialist of CSC, KSHIP and the contractor ......... 104
ANNEXURE
ANNEX 1: PHYSIOGRAPHY OF THE PROJECT AREA ................................................................. 111
ANNEX 2: CLIMATIC CONDITION OF THE PROJECT AREA. ....................................................... 112
ANNEX 3: DRAINAGE AND RIVER BASINS OF THE PROJECT AREA........................................ 113
ANNEX 4: IRRIGATION AND HYDROGEOLOGY OF THE PROJECT AREA ................................. 114
ANNEX 5: ROCKS AND MINERALS IN THE PROJECT AREA....................................................... 115
ANNEX 6: SOIL TYPE OF THE PROJECT AREA ........................................................................... 116
ANNEX 7: GENERAL LAND USE AND CROPPING PATTERN OF THE PROJECT AREA. ........... 117
ANNEX 8: FORESTLAND TYPE IN THE PROJECT AREA. ............................................................ 118
ANNEX 9: RAPID ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT (REA) CHECKLIST –ROADS and HIGHWAYS
119
vii
E EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
E1 Project background:
1. The Karnataka State Highways Improvement Project (KSHIP) is an initiative by the
Public Works Department (PWD) of the Government of Karnataka (GoK), to undertake
improvement of roads consisting of State Highways (SH) and Major District Roads (MDR).
These roads were selected on the basis of a Strategic Option Study (SOS) carried out in
2003. Total stretch of 615.03 km of State Highways and MDRs has been considered for
upgradation under the assistance of ADB funding. The proposed project roads constitute
nine project corridors (Subprojects) that are spread across the state of Karnataka. The
project is scheduled to be taken up for implementation in 2011 at the total estimated cost of
Rs. 13,619 million. Initial Environmental Examination report has been prepared to address
those stipulations fully and comprehensibly for upgradation of project corridor T 13 & 17
covering a road length of 9.25 and 5.13 km stretching from Jagalur - NH-13 and Molkalmur -
SH 19 respectively in the districts of Davanagere and Chithradurga of Karnataka state. The
Environmental Assessment (Initial Environmental Examination) for the project corridor is
done as per the EIA Notification, 2006 by Ministry of Environment and Forests (MoEF), GoI
as well as Asian Development Bank’s Safeguard Policy Statement (SPS), June 2009.
E2 Scope of Works
2. The scope of works involve Upgradation works of improving existing single-lane and
intermediate lane roads to 12m roadway with standard 2-lane 7m carriageway and alignment
improvements to relevant IRC standards and other associated road and bridge works
including improvement of major and minor bridges, culverts, road intersections, drains, road
geometrics and road furniture.
E3 Improvement proposal
3. The improvement proposal for the project includes upgradation of existing
carriageway. The main elements of the construction processes are given below.
4. Upgradation: Widening & Strengthening (including raising of embankment): The
elements are:
 Remove high shoulders & grub out bushes (some trees may get removed);
 Remove existing pavement and widening to the required width;
 Raise existing embankment where ever the possibility of seepage across the
road line exists; presence or likelihood of field irrigation close to the road and
where nature of soil is expansive in nature;
 Widen road formation to the required width depending on the cross section types;
 Construct new wider pavement with paved or unpaved shoulder, including
surfacing and providing footpaths, ditches and drains, covered drains wherever
necessary.
 The upgradation works also include geometric improvements, structural
improvements, repair/construction of bridges and culverts, junction
improvements, etc.
viii
E4 Key Environmental Laws & Policies:

5. The Constitutional Provisions like Article 48 and 51-A (g) and 74th Amendment to the
Constitution serve as principle guidelines of environmental protection. Further Regulations,
Acts, Policies applicable to sustainability and environmental protection are as follows.
- EIA Notification, September 2006 & February 2009
- The Environment (Protection) Act, 1986
- The Water (Prevention and Control) Act, 1974
- The Air (Prevention and Control) Act, 1981
- The Indian Forest Act, 1927
- The Karnataka Forest Act, 1963
- The Forest (Conservation) Act, 1980 (as amended in 1988)
- The Forest Conservation Rules, 1981
- The Wildlife Protection Act, 1972
- The Hazardous Waste (Management and Handling) Rules, 1989
- National Environment Tribunal Act, 1995
- National Environment Appellate Authority Act, 1997
- The Ancient Monuments and Archaeological Sites and Remains Act 1958
- Town and Country Planning Act, 1976
- The Motor Vehicles Act 1988
- Public Liability Insurance Act, 1991
- Coastal Regulation Zones Act
- The Factories Act 1956
6. The other guidelines and norms related to road construction by Indian Road
Congress that help for environmental protection include, IRC: 104-1988, IRC: 36-1974, IRC:
10-1961, IRC: 36-1970, IRC: 43-1972, IRC: 72-1978, IRC: 33-1982, etc.
E5 Applicability of EIA Notification 2006 and ADB’s Safeguard Policy Statement
2009
7. The Jagalur - NH-13 and Molkalmur - SH 19 subprojects are the upgradation
(expansion) of existing state highway project having a length of less than 30 km and
involving additional right of way less than 20 m involving land acquisition is not under the
purview of MoEF’s EIA Notification, 2006 and the projects do not require Environmental
Clearance. As per ADB’s Safeguard Policy Statement, the subproject roads T 13 and 17
have been categorized as Category ‘B’ project and requires Initial Environmental
Examination.
E6 Clearances required for the project:
8. After reviewing the various applicable acts and statutes, as mentioned above, it is
suggested that some clearances and permission are required for the project. A summary of
clearances required for the present project is shown in the following table.
Sl. Authority Granting When
Subject Remarks
No. Clearance required
1 Environmental State Environmental Before Ssubproject is not under the
Clearance Appraisal Committee, Construction purview of EIA Notification 2006.
GoK.
2 Tree cutting Department of Forest, Before KSHIP’s responsibility.
permission. GoK Construction Application for tree cutting
ix

Subject Remarks
clearance has been submitted
on 3rd August 2010.
3 Consents under Water Karnataka State Before KSHIP’s responsibility.
(P&CP) Act, 1974 & Pollution Control Construction Consents have been obtained
Air (P&CP) Act, Board (KSPCB), vide letter no.
Bangalore PCB/05/CNP/09/558 dated 29th
January 2010.
4 Permit for installation KSPCB Before Contractor’s responsibility.
of crusher Construction
5 No Objection KSPCB, Inspectors of Before Contractor’s responsibility.
Certificate (NOC) for Factories Construction
batching plant
6 Clearance for KSPCB Before Contractor’s responsibility.
establishing Asphalt Construction
Plant
7 Installation of Karnataka Electricity Before Contractor’s responsibility.
Generators company of Installation
respective regions
8 Clearance for Department of Mines Before Contractor’s responsibility.
excavation & & Geology/ Local Quarrying
transporting soil Bodies
9 Permission for Department of Mines Before If the extraction of boulder is
extraction of boulder & Geology. Quarrying being procured from the existing
Government of quarry/supplier, it shall be
Karnataka ensured that, requisite license/
lease has been obtained from
the concerned Authority.
10 Permission for Department of Mines Before If the extraction of sand is being
extraction of sand & Geology. Quarrying procured from the existing sand
Karnataka ensured that requisite
license/lease has been obtained
from the concerned Authority.
11 License for storing Commissioner of During Contractor’s responsibility.
diesel Explosives & KSPCB Construction
12 Labour camps District Health Officer During Contractor’s responsibility.
Construction
13 Clearance for crossing Irrigation Department, During Contractor’s responsibility.
other waterways Government of Construction
Karnataka at the specific
site
14 If water has to be Concerned Water During Contractor’s responsibility.
taken from river / Authority Construction
Reservoir at the specific
site
E7 Baseline Environment:
9. Information on baseline environment was collected from secondary sources of data
for the macro environmental parameters like climate, physiography (geology and
geomorphology), biological and socioeconomic environment of the project influence area.
The micro-environmental details within the Corridor of Impact (CoI) have been collected from
primary source of data such as base maps prepared by reconnaissance survey,
extrapolation of environmental features on the proposed design, tree enumeration, analysis
for environmental attributes along the project road.
x
E8 Analysis of Alternatives
10. The subproject road is an existing State Highway with very limited alignment
alternatives for selection. However analysis of alternatives have been done for bypasses,
realignments, cross section types and construction materials alternatives to avoid the places
of congestion, human settlements, environmentally sensitive areas, different construction
materials etc. keeping in view traffic condition, obligatory points, geometric designs,
congestions and socio economic viability and other environmental aspects of the region.
There are no bypasses considered along the subproject. Four cross section types have been
considered for various stretches of the subproject. Discussion also includes consideration of
alternatives such as no project scenario; project with alternatives and project with mitigation
measures and alternatives Project with alternatives and project with mitigation measures
were found acceptable. Following cross section type alternatives have been considered for
the subproject.
C/S Type Description
UR1A Rural cross-section
UR1B Rural cross-section
UR2 Rural cross-section (Through Village)
UR7 Rural cross section in cutting
E9 Anticipated environmental impacts and mitigation measures:
11. Some of the significant environmental impacts of Jagalur to NH-13 and Molkalmur to
SH 19 subproject road on the natural environment and nearby communities are discussed in
the section. These impacts could be largely mitigated through engineering designs, good
construction practices accompanied by a site specific mitigation measures.
12. Though no change in the macro-climatic parameters (precipitation, temperature and
wind) is envisaged due to the subproject, cutting of approximately roadside trees, laying of
paved surface and other construction activities temporarily modify the microclimate.
13. There would be an increase in daytime temperature near the newly paved surfaces
of the road due to increase in the surface area of blacktop of widened road. This impact shall
be mitigated by planting rows of avenue plantations.
14. Raising of embankment height and improvement of both longitudinal and cross
drainage shall be done to avoid flooding of flood prone section. Run off water recharge pits
shall be constructed to facilitate the infiltration of runoff water into the ground.
15. Air quality along the subproject road alignment; congested major settlements
locations like Jagalur, Molkalmur and at construction establishments such as batching
plants, hot mix plants, crushers, etc. will be adversely impacted temporarily during
construction activities. Asphalt plants, crushers and batching plants shall be sited at least 1
km in the downwind direction from the nearest human settlement. Vehicles delivering loose
and fine materials like sand and fine aggregates shall be covered to reduce spills on existing
roads. Water will be sprayed on earthworks, temporary haulage and detour roads on a
regular basis. The hot mix plants will be fitted with dust extraction units and
cyclones/scrubbers to reduce exhaust gases.
16. There will be gradual enhancement of air pollution due to increase in number of
vehicles on the improved roads. Avenue and median plantation along the road sides and
xi
medians respectively should help to control dust and fugitive emissions by operating
vehicles from reaching the receptors.
17. The impacts on noise due to the project will be of significance in both the
construction as well as the operation stages. The community abutting subproject road and
construction establishments will be adversely affected by increase in noise level due to
operating equipments and construction activities of subproject road. All mitigation measures
such as use of enclosures, walls, installation of mufflers around noisy equipment;
substituting quieter equipment or construction methods; timing of noisier construction and
demolition activities; providing Personnel Protective Equipments (PPE) to the workers;
locating construction establishments away from sensitive receptors; construction of noise
barriers at sensitive receptors; etc.
18. Soil compaction and contamination is envisaged at locations such as construction
camp, labour camp, concrete batching plant, hot mix plants, borrow areas, quarries and
along access roads to these construction establishments. Soil erosion is anticipated at
bridge and culvert construction sites. The major land use in the project area is
agriculture and some stretches of the subproject constitutes built up areas /settlements at
Jagalur and Molkalmur having active commercial and economic activity along the roadside.
The agricultural and commercial activities will be disturbed temporarily during construction
phase. As part of mitigation measures top soil shall be preserved and back filled after the
rehabilitation of quarry/burrow areas Natural geographical contours and natural landscape
shall be preserved and maintained. If haulage roads are inevitable on productive agricultural
land, it shall be reclaimed to the original nature after the completion of construction activity.
All construction establishments such as construction camps, labour camps, and material
storage areas shall be rehabilitated to the original condition after the completion of
construction work. Domestic solid waste from construction and labour camps shall be
segregated into biodegradable and non biodegradable before being sent to treatment.
Biodegradable wastes are treated by composting and non biodegradable wastes are either
recycled or disposed off to authorised land fill site.
19. Paved surface of the road will reduce the percolation of runoff water and decreases
the ground water recharge. Ground water recharge pits shall be provided at suitable
intervals to facilitate the recharge of runoff water in to the ground to counter the impact of
decreased percolation and increased runoff from the paved surface of the subproject road.
20. There is ChinnaHagari river (T13) and four ponds in the impact zone which are
impacted temporarily during construction of road embankments, cuts and fills, construction
of cross drainage structures temporarily increases the silt inflow to the surface water bodies
affecting the aquatic ecology of the water bodies. Some of the water supply units adjacent to
subproject road within proposed RoW will be impacted. Waste water generated at the
construction camps and labour camps will pollute the surface water bodies if disposed
untreated. The impact on surface water bodies and other water supply resources shall be
mitigated by constructing cross drainage structures during the lean flow periods of summer
to minimize the impacts and provision for silt traps made at regular intervals, especially at
major cross drainage structures to trap the silt before it reaches the water bodies. All the
water resources and water supply connections such as bore wells, taps, water cisterns,
pipelines, etc. being impacted by the project shall be relocated before the construction starts.
xii
All liquid wastes generated from the construction camp and labour camp shall be treated to
meet the prescribed norms before disposal.
21. Total of 716 trees are impacted due to the project. Rows of approximately 2,876
avenue trees shall be planted on both sides of the subproject for the entire length of
subproject road.
22. Road projects aim to improve urban and rural area connectivity, which in turn will
improve economic and social welfare of rural communities by improved access of rural
communities to markets, jobs, and education and health services. Tourism of the region will
be boosted contributing to the local economic activities. Good roads reduce travel time, fuel
consumption and pollutants emitted by the operating vehicles.
23. A variety of utilities serving the regional needs like electric poles, electric
transformers, telephone poles, telephone junction boxes which are within impact zone shall
be impacted. Some of the religious structures such as temples, mosque, church, shrines,
arali kattes and community structures such as schools, hospitals, bus shelters, etc. along
subproject road are impacted directly or indirectly. Mitigation measures include shifting of all
utilities before the start of construction; relocation of religious and community structures after
consulting the public.
24. During construction of roads there will be major or minor accidents envisaged by lack
of knowledge on handling of new equipments, workers functioning without proper personal
protective equipment and without possessing first aid facilities at work sites. Workers at
construction and batching plants shall be compulsorily equipped with personal protective
equipments along with first aid facilities for all the construction workers. Periodical health
check-up of the workers are to be arranged by the contactors to ensure good health for
workers. Implementation of road safety plan during project implementation is an important
mitigation measure. Labour camp shall not be located within 1000m of major habitations to
avoid disease outbreak and communicable diseases. Arrangement for storage and supply of
potable water shall be made to the workers.
25. During construction it is usual that the operating traffic will be affected to some extent
and near by public and commuting transportation will suffer the inconvenience, additional
time, cost and distance. Contractor shall at all times carry out construction work on the road
in manner creating least interference to the free flow of traffic as per the approved Traffic
Management Plan for the diversion of traffic on the subproject road.
26. Significant positive and negative impacts due to project are summarized in the
following impact matrix.
Physical Biological
Geology
Environment Environment Topo-
Environmental Attributes
Nois Natural graphy
Air Water Flora Fauna Soil
e Drainage
I. Construction Phase
Labour Camp Activities -ve/t
Quarrying -ve/t -ve/t -ve/t -ve/t -ve/p -ve/p
Material Transport & Storage -ve/t -ve/t -ve/t -ve/t -ve/t -ve/t
Drilling and Blasting -ve/t -ve/t -ve/t -ve/p
Pavement works -ve/t -ve/t -ve/t -ve/t -ve/t -ve/p -ve/t -ve/p
xiii
Physical Biological
Geology
Environment Environment Topo-
Environmental Attributes
Nois Natural graphy
Air Water Flora Fauna Soil
e Drainage
Use of Construction
-ve/t -ve/t -ve/t
Equipment
Cutting of Trees -ve/p
Plantation +ve/
+ve/p +ve/p +ve/p
p
Culvert and Bridge
-ve/t -ve/t -ve/p
Construction
Stripping of Topsoil -ve/t -ve/t -ve/t
Debris Generation -ve/t -ve/t -ve/t -ve/t
Oil and Grease -ve/t -ve/t
II. Operational Phase
Vehicular Movement +ve/
+ve/t +ve/t -ve/p
p
Note: t – Temporary; p- Permanent; Impacts indicated in bold letters are Significant Impacts.
E10 Stakeholder Consultation
27. Consultations during feasibility studies and environmental assessment stage have
been conducted with the objective of involving local communities in the project planning
(participatory planning). Many a times, suggestions and options given by people improves
technical and economic efficiency of the project. Execution of suggested improvement from
stakeholders also generates the sense of ownership among the communities of the region
and eases the implementation process. Consultations are usually conducted with a sample
section of the community with a good representation from the affected communities.
E11 Environmental Management Plan
28. Environmental Management Plan (EMP) deals with the implementation procedure of
the guidelines and mitigation measures recommended to avoid, minimize and mitigate
foreseen environmental impacts of the project. The implementation of environmental
management plan needs suitable organization set up and the success of any environmental
management plan depends on the efficiency of the group responsible for implementation of
the programme. It is proposed to carryout regular environmental monitoring to provide
information to the management for periodic review and alternation of the environmental
management plan as necessary so as to ensure that environmental protection is optimized
at all stages of the mining
29. Environmental monitoring is an essential component for sustainability of any
developmental project. It is an integral part of any environmental assessment process. The
monitoring programme consists of performance indicators, reporting formats and necessary
budgetary provision. For each of the environmental condition indicators, the monitoring plan
specifies the parameters to be monitored, location of the monitoring sites, frequency and
duration of monitoring. The monitoring plan also specifies the applicable standards,
implementation and supervising responsibilities. The monitoring will be carried out by PIU
through the approved agency and will be supervised by the Environmental Experts of the
Construction Supervision Consultants and PIU.
30. Environmental Management Plan Implementation Unit (EMPIU) constituted under
KSHIP with the assistance of the Environmental Specialist of Project Design and
xiv
Environmental Officer (EO) of the CSC is responsible for implementing all environmental
monitoring and management works during implementation of road improvement project to
achieve certain level of quality in the project and ensure that all statutory requirements are
met during the project implementation. Organizational setup for PIU and EMPIU is illustrated
in the Figure 1.1.
31. The engineering staff of PIU, supervision consultancy and the contractor who would
be responsible for the implementation of the EMP, need to be trained on environmental
issues of specific road development project. Suitable training programmes have been
worked out for the project as well as capacity building needs. The programme consists of a
number of training modules specific to target groups. Looking into the potential requirements
of each of the target groups, several training modules have been planned. The training
would cover the basic principles and postulates of environmental assessment and mitigation
plans; implementation techniques; monitoring and management methods and tools.
32. The budgetary provision for the implementing EMP of the road project has been
made in 2 parts based on the responsibility of the execution.
33. The Part ‘A’ works to be undertaken has been quantified and quantities included in
the respective BOQ items in the civil works contract packages. These cover items such as
safe disposal of unserviceable materials with suitable top soil treatment; dust mitigation
during construction phase; recharge pits; silt fencing; sign boards for tourist and ecologically
sensitive areas if any; safe disposal of scarified bitumen in clay lined pits; construction of
noise barriers for silent receptors; monitoring of air, water, noise and soil qualities; oil
interceptors; personal protective equipments for labourers, etc.
34. Part ‘B’ works of redevelopment of oxbow lands and other leftover lands; raising
median plantations; compensatory plantation; compensatory provisions in terms of Net
Present Value (NPV) for diverted forest lands, if any; providing environmental management
training at all levels are discussed under mandatory works to be implemented by
Government Departments or other agencies as per the regulatory requirements, as.
35. Cost for Part A & B works of EMP implementation are estimated and given in the
following table.
Cost for Part A works Cost for Part B works Total cost in Rs.
Subproject
of EMP (Rs.) of EMP (Rs.) (Part A + B)
T 13 & 17 3,408,699 4,907,092 8,315,791
1 INTRODUCTION
1.1 Project Background
1. The Second Karnataka State Highways Improvement Project (KSHIP-II) is a part of
the ongoing road improvement programme in Karnataka State to support the growing
economy and social development programme. KSHIP-II is a continuation of the State’s
earlier initiatives including World Bank assisted KSHIP-I programme under which 2,406 km
roads were improved, under the control of the Public Works Department. The techno-
economic feasibility study evaluated various types of improvement works and established a
priority ranking of 3,411 km of roads under subsequent improvement programme of state
roads. These roads were selected on the basis of a Strategic Option Study (SOS)1 carried
out in 2003. The objective of the SOS study was to formulate a policy for developing an
effective network of regional roads in the state.
2. Total length of 615.03 km State Highways and MDRs has been considered for
upgradation under the assistance of ADB funding. The proposed project roads under the
initiative “Karnataka State Highway Improvement Project” (KSHIP) constitutes nine project
corridors (Subprojects) that are spread across the state of Karnataka. The highway
improvement project is scheduled to be taken up for implementation in 2011 at the total
estimated cost of Rs. 13,619 million. The proposed subprojects under KSHIP are given in
the following table.
Table 1-1: Details of ADB funded Subproject roads under KSHIP II.
Corridor Link Length
SH No. Subproject road Districts
No. ID (km)
21 21C 34 Saundatti – Ramdurg 38.47 Belgaum and
Bagalkot
21D 14 Ramdurg – Badami 45.73
21E 14 Badami -Pattadakal 23.72
21F 14 and MDR* Pattadakal – Kamatagi 22.28
27 27A 45 Shelwadi – Gadag 30.54 Dharwad and
Gadag
27B 45 Gadag - Mundaragi 32.90
31 31A 29 Mudagal – Tawaragere 31.21 Raichur and
Koppal
31B 29 Tawaragere – Gangavathi 42.89
42 42A 76 Davanagere – Channagiri 53.63 Davanagere and
Chikkamagalur
42B 76 Channagiri – Birur 51.98
48 48A 1 Padubidri – Karkala 27.80 Udupi
57 57A 84 Gubbi – Yediyur 49.03 Tumkur and
Mandya
57B 84 Yediyur - Kowdley 26.43
57C 84 Kowdley - Mandya 33.16
64 64C 3 Magadi – NH 48 13.88 Ramanagara,
Bangalore (Rural)
64D 3 NH 48 – Dobbespet 19.90 and Tumkur
64E 3 Dobbespet – Koratagere 33.89
64H 64H 3 Pavagada – AP Border 23.21 Tumkur
T13 T13 45 Jagalur – NH-13 9.25 Davanagere
T17 T17 2 Molkalmur – SH 19 5.13 Chithradurga
Total length (km) 615.03
1
Strategic Option Study (SOS) was carried out by IDS cell headed by Mr. G. C. Tallur in 2003
2
* MDR – Main District Road

3. Public Works Department, Government of Karnataka has appointed M/s Scott Wilson
India Pvt. Ltd. as the Consultants and entrusted the work of preparing Detailed Project
Report for the selected project corridors upgradation and major maintenance.
4. Environmental assessment has been carried out as per the statutory requirement of
EIA Notification dated 14th September 2006 of Ministry of Environment and Forests (MoEF),
Government of India (GoI) and as a part of requirement of ADB’s Safeguard Policy
Statement (SPS), 2009 and ADB’s Environmental Assessment Guidelines, 2003.
5. The Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) presented below addresses those
stipulations fully and comprehensively for upgradation of Subprojects T13 and T17 covering
a road length of 9.25 and 5.13 km on SH 45 and SH 2 respectively. Subproject T13
stretches from Jagalur to NH 13 in Davanagere district and T17 stretches from Molkalmur to
SH 19 in Chitradurga district of Karnataka state.
1.2 Objectives of the Study
6. The main objective of the study are i) identify the impact of the subproject
improvement on environment and ii) alleviate the unsafe condition of the existing road
connecting Jagalur to NH 13 on SH 45 and Molkalmur to SH 19 on SH 2 by enhancing the
capacity and quality of the road to the users in a sustainable and environment friendly
manner. MoEF, GoI, has enforced Environment (Protection) Act 1986 and Notification on
Environmental Impact Assessment dated 14th September 2006 and February 2009 to avoid,
mitigate and prevent the environmental impact from various projects or activities or
expansion and modernization of existing projects. The IEE Report is prepared in line with
ADB’s Safeguard Policy Statement (SPS), June 2009. The report attempts to identify, predict
and communicate information on impacts of the proposed subproject on the environment
along with mitigation and management measures for the indicated impacts.
1.3 Extent of IEE
7. IEE was conducted based on the feasibility studies. Study areas were delineated into
two zones while carrying out feasibility study namely the impact zone and the influence
zone. The impact zone extends to 50m either side of the road from the centreline covering
an area of 100m width. All the physical components such as rivers, hospitals and schools,
industries, water supply units, productive land, trees and other environmental features within
this zone will be directly impacted by the road improvement. The influence zone extends 7
Km (7000 m) on either side of the road from the centreline covering the area of 14 km of
width covering the construction establishments such as batching plants hot mix plants,
construction camps, labour camps, quarries etc. for the analysis of impact on land use and
other environmental features.
1.4 Methodology
8. The general methodology adopted to accomplish the Initial Environmental
Examination includes:
 Review of legal and statutory requirements;
 Review of feasibility study;
3
 Preliminary reconnaissance to identity environmentally sensitive issues relating to the

subproject and base line conditions;
 Collection of Primary and secondary data;
 Stakeholders Consultations;
 Identify and assess the potential impacts of the subproject on the base line
conditions and recommend mitigation measures to offset the identified adverse
impacts;
 Formulate Environmental Management Plan including review of Institutional set up
and Capacity Building.
1.5 IEE Content
9. IEE has been structured based on ADB’s Safeguard Policy Statement (SPS), 2009
and ADB’s Environmental Assessment Guidelines (2003) and consists of following chapters.
Chapter 1 – Introduction
Chapter 2 – Description of Subproject
Chapter 3 – Policy, Legal and Administrative Framework
Chapter 4 – Description of Environment
Chapter 5 – Analysis of Alternatives
Chapter 6 – Anticipated Impacts and Mitigation Measures
Chapter 7 - Stakeholders Consultation
Chapter 8 – Environmental Management Plan and Grievance Redressal Mechanism and
Chapter 9 – Conclusion and Recommendations
1.6 Organisational structure of Project Implementation Unit (PIU)
10. Project Implementation Unit is responsible for implementing the road improvement
project to ensure and achieve certain level of quality in the project, during implementation of
subproject and in turn will make sure that the statutory requirements are not violated during
the pre construction, construction and Operational (defect liability period) stages of the
subproject. Organizational setup for PIU and EMPIU is illustrated in the Figure 1.1.
11. The Chief Project Officer heads KSHIP. He will be responsible for the successful
implementation of the Subproject. The Chief engineer is also the Project Director in the
KSHIP set up for the implementation of the subproject. The project director (PD) is assisted
by PIU, Environmental and Social wings at the head office. Various sub units are functioning
under PIU such as Environmental Social Management Unit (ESMU); Environmental
Management Plan Implementation Unit (EMPIU) and Social Development Resettlement Cell
(SDRC). The SDRC is headed by a Chief Administrative Officer (CAO). The Project Director
will be heading the overall functioning of the Environmental and Social Management Unit
(ESMU).
12. The Executive Engineers (EEs) and supporting staff as employer’s representatives
nominated for the subproject will be responsible for the implementation of the project under
the divisions. The Executive Engineer (Environment) and Social Development Officer of
KSHIP will look after the environmental and social issues during the project preparation,
4
implementation and operation with the assistance of the Environmental Specialist of Project
Design and Environmental Officer (EO) of the CSC.
5
Figure 1-1: Organisation Structure of Project Implementation Unit (PIU)
PROJECT IMPLEMENTATION UNIT (PIU)
Chief Project Officer
Project Director
Superintendant Engineers
ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN IMPLEMENTATION UNIT (EMPIU)
Executive Engineer Assistant Conservator of Forest

supervision Environmental Engineer
(Environment) Assistant Conservator of Forest
Supervision
Consultants
Consultants Range Forest
Documentation and
Officer
Training
Asst. Engineer Asst. Exe. Forester

(Envt.) Engineer (Envt.)
Executive Engineers KSHIP Divisions

Tumkur, Belguam, Raichur and Shimnoga
Asst. Asst. Asst. Asst.

Engineer Engineer Engineer Engineer RFO , RFO, RFO, RFO,
(Envt.) (Envt.) (Envt.) (Envt.) Tumkur Belgaum Raichur Shimoga
Tumkur Belgaum Raichur Shimoga
6
2 DESCRIPTION OF SUBPROJECT
2.1 Subproject Location
13. The proposed subprojects Jagalur to NH 13 on State highway 45 and Molkalmur to
SH 19 on state highway 2 lie in Davanagere and Chithradurga districts of Karnataka state
provides vital connectivity between the taluk head quarters (Jagalur and Molkalmuru) and
the nearest national and state highways. The roads traverse in East – West direction.
Improvement of these subproject roads provide for better level of service for commuters and
movement of goods trucks in the region. Figure-2.1 shows the geographical location of the
subproject road.
2.1.1 Scope of Works
14. The scope of works involve upgradation works of improving existing single-lane and
intermediate lane roads to 12m roadway with standard 2-lane 7m carriageway and alignment
improvements to relevant IRC standards and other associated road and bridge works
including improvement of major and minor bridges, culverts, road intersections, drains, road
geometrics and road furniture.
2.1.2 Improvement proposal
15. The improvement proposal includes upgradation of existing carriageway. The main
elements of the upgradation - widening and strengthening are:
 Remove high shoulders and grub out bushes (some trees may get removed);
 Remove existing pavement and widening to the required width;
 Raise existing embankment where ever the possibility of seepage across the road
line exists; presence or likelihood of field irrigation close to the road and where nature
of soil is expansive in nature;
 Widen road formation to the required width depending on the cross section types;
 Construct new wider pavement with paved or unpaved shoulder, including surfacing
and providing footpaths, ditches and drains, covered drains wherever necessary.
2.1.3 Corridor of Impact (CoI) and Right of Way (RoW)
16. The proposed subproject road width varies from about 14.0 to 30.0 M depending on
the typical road cross-section types applied. In isolated instances where the embankment
heights are significant, a wider road width is necessary to accommodate the embankment
height.
17. Existing RoW information is furnished by local PWD offices and it has been verified
subsequently as a part of social surveys and LA plan preparation. The available RoW is not
consistent and varies significantly along the length of the subproject route. The IRC
recommended RoW for State Highways is 45 and 30 m for open and built-up area
respectively but clearly this is not available throughout the length of the subproject road.
Wherever the required width (CoI) for the proposed road is not available, KSHIP is acquiring
only the required width of land to limit the compensation cost and in turn the project cost.
7
Figure 2-1: Geographical location of the subproject roads

8
2.1.4 Traffic Details per Route

18. The volume of present and projected vehicular traffic as of year 2009 is presented in
Table-2.1 along with the projection for the year 2015. The reason for not preparing any
projection beyond year 2015 is that any Environmental Assessment report is not considered
valid by the MoEF beyond five years without further review.
Table 2-1: Present and projected traffic by vehicle types along the subproject road (in Nos.)
Two Three
Link ID Year Car LCV Bus Trucks Total
wheeler wheeler
T13 2009 591 212 85 105 191 117 1301
2015 965 411 110 149 292 175 2103
2009 2584 262 1334 149 233 152 4714
T17
2015 4263 587 1850 206 381 212 7499
*Traffic projections are based on the 2006 traffic survey data
2.1.5 Alignment and Profile

19. The visibility and stopping distance along the existing highway section are
inadequate at many stretches of the proposed subproject road. These deficiencies will be
corrected for the stretches identified. Longitudinal profile is determined by the proposed
grade separators, raising of profile at low lying areas and riding quality for the designed
speed with respect to minimum requirements as per the relevant IRC guidelines.
2.1.6 Realignments and Bypasses
20. Many sections of the subproject road are passing through small but congested
villages. In case where the RoW is not sufficient to improve the geometrics, traffic condition
and human congestion, possibility of realignment/bypass along the project route have been
examined through field verification and ascertained the need for the same. There are no
bypasses considered for the proposed subproject. Detail on realignments is given in Table
2.2.
Table 2-2: Details on realignments/bypasses of the subproject road
From (m) To (m) Length (m) Remarks
Subproject – T13
Minor
200
9010 9210 realignment
2.1.7 Major and minor junctions

21. There are several major and minor junctions along the subproject road. Major
junctions involved are NHs, SHs and MDRs intersecting with the subproject road. Village
and other roads intersecting with subproject were considered as minor junctions. These
junctions will be meticulously planned to integrate with the development proposals for the
subproject road.
2.1.8 Road Construction Materials
22. Rocks such as granite, gneiss, basalt, quartzite and sandstone are commonly used
materials in the road construction. Amongst these, granite, gneiss and massive basalt are
suitable for all purposes. Murrum and residual gravel are useful as sub-base, sub grade and
shoulder material. Sand is utilised for making concrete and lime plaster used in the
construction. These sands get replenished each monsoon on the river banks. Fly ash is
relatively strong when compacted having compaction characteristics similar to natural sand.
9
The fly ash will be used in subproject roads which are within 100 km radius from the thermal
plants as per MoEF’s Fly Ash Notification, 1999 depending on its availability. Asphalt will be
prepared in hot mix plants with bitumen brought from Mangalore Port, Mumbai and Chennai
depending on the shortest lead to the proposed subproject road. Information on existing
quarries and other sources of potential road construction materials have been collected
during field visits and from local offices of the Public Works Department of the project area.
Details of road construction materials and their locations for the proposed subproject road
are in the Table 2.3.
Table 2-3: Details of road construction materials and their locations.
Sl Chainage
Quarry No. Name of Quarries
No (Km)
Subproject – T13
STONE METAL QUARRIES
Bangarigudda Granite Stone Metal Quarry is Available @
1. QII-1B -208 9+500
distance of 5.10Km from project Road.
Kanikuppe Gavimatha Granite Stone metal quarry is
2. QII-1B -209 0+00
available at a distance of 8.0Km from project Road.
SAND QUARRIES
Locally available Nalla sand is available at a distance of
1 SII-1B-112 0+000
10Km (LHS/RHS) from project Road.
Harihara (Tungabadhra) River sand Quarry is available at a
2 SII-1B-113 0+000
distance of 72.0 Km from Project Road.
Hagari River sand Quarry is available at a distance of 75.0
3 SII-1B-114 9+250
Km from Project Road.
MURRUM BORROWPITS
Locally available Roadside murram borrow pit is available at
1 MII-1B-223 1+500
a distance of 0.10Km from project Road.
Locally available Roadside murram borrow pits is available
2 MII-1B-224 8+00
at a distance of 0.20Km from project Road.
Subproject – T17
STONE METAL QUARRIES
Moralubande Granite stone quarry (Hanagal quarry) is
1. QII-1B -210 5+60
Available @ distance of 2.50 Km from project Road.
SAND QUARRIES
Locally available Nalla sand is available at average lead of
1 SII-1B-115 2+000,5+600
10 km and 15 km From Project Road
Hagari River sand Quarry is available at distance of 29 km
2 SII-1B-116 5+600
from SH-2, of Project Road.
MURRUM BORROWPITS
1 MII-1B-225 4+900
2 MII-1B-226 3+000
2.1.9 Street Furniture

23. Adequate road furniture comprising of road markings, cautionary, mandatory and
informatory signs; delineators and object markers; reflective pavement markers; guard posts
and crash barriers; road humps and rumble strips have been proposed at appropriate
locations for the safety of road users as per the guidelines stipulated in relevant IRC codes
keeping in view the site requirements.
10
2.1.10 Bus Lay-bays

24. Bus lay-byes have been proposed for each village or built up locations along the
subproject road. Bus bays have been positioned in straight and level sections of the road and
visible from a long distance in both directions and as per the recommendations of IRC: 80-
1981. Details of bus bays along the proposed subproject roads are given in Main report.
2.1.11 Constructions and replacement of bridges and culverts
25. All the hydraulic data for bridges has been collected from the field and analysed to
determine the adequacy of waterways. Existing bridges proposed to be retained and new
bridges to be constructed are as per the provisions of IRC: 5-1998 and IRC: SP-13. Many
existing cross-drainage structures, like culverts and bridges, were considered for the
improvement and new construction. The improvement includes widening the structures,
increasing the vent size to increase the flow and major maintenance. Details of culverts and
bridges in the corridor considered for the treatment (improvement and new construction) are
presented in Tables - 2.4 and 2.5.
Table 2-4: Details on treatment proposals for culverts of the subproject roads (Nos.)
Replacement Replacement Additional
Replacement
Link Maint- Widen- with larger due Culverts on
of distressed Abandon Total
ID enance ing diameter to change in Major
culverts
pipe Alignment Realignment
T 13 - - 2 4 - - - 6
T 17 - - - 10 - - - 10
Total 16
Table 2-5: Details on treatment proposals for bridges of the subproject roads (Nos.)
New Bridges Replacement Converted
Link Maintenanc Do
6m to 30m to of Widening to Total
ID > 60m e Nothing
30m 60m Superstructure Culverts
T
- 1 - - 2 - - - 3
13
T
- - - - - - - - 0
17
Total 3
2.1.12 Railway Crossing:

26. There are no railway crossings across the proposed subproject.
2.1.13 Design Cross Sections and Road widening and improvements:
27. The design parameters for cross sections of road for upgradation have been refined.
These are being used for designing the roads as guidelines. Table - 2.6 shows the guiding
parameters for upgradation roads and urban and rural cross sections of the road in the
project area are given in Figure - 2.2.
Table 2-6: Guiding Parameters for up gradation of Road in project area
C/S- Carriageway Paved shoulder Unpaved
Description Remarks
Type width (m) (m) shoulder (m)
UR1A Rural cross-section 7.00 1.50 M both sides 1.00 M both sides -
2.50m both
UR1B Rural cross-section 7.00 Nil -
sides
UR2 Rural cross-section 7.00 Varies 2.50m to Nil. For parking/
(Through Village) 4.50m both sides stopping/ bus bays/
bicycles
UR7 Rural cross section 7.00 1.50m both paved Nil Paved drains
11
C/S- Carriageway Paved shoulder Unpaved

Description Remarks
Type width (m) (m) shoulder (m)
in cutting with flexible
pavement and
1.0m both sides
with ICPB
ICPB - Interlocking Concrete Paver Blocks.
12
Figure 2-2: The rural and urban cross sections of the road in the proposed subproject road
13
14
2.2 Schedule for Implementation

28. The implementation of proposed improvements to subproject road is depicted in the following Figure 2-3.
Figure 2-3: Implementation schedule of the subproject road
2010 2011 2012 2013 2014
Activity Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
Defects Notification
Civil Works Pre-construction Phase Construction Phase
Period
Land
Acquisition
Compensation,
Resettlement
Utility Shifting and

Tree cutting
Bidding/Contract
Award and CSC
Works
Execution
Contractors
Demobilization and
Maintenance.
15
3 POLICY, LEGAL AND ADMINISTRATION FRAMEWORK

29. The environmental management and protection policies, regulations and
administrative framework governing the project is reviewed in this section. The review
includes sector-specific environmental policies & regulations of the Government of India,
State Govt of Karnataka, Safeguard Policy Statement, June2009, ADB’s Environmental
Assessment Guidelines (2003), and the administrative framework of various agencies,
such as the Ministry of Environment and Forest (MoEF), the Pollution Control Boards and
other bodies associated with the implementation of the proposed subproject.
3.1 Policies and Regulatory Framework of the Government of India
3.1.1 Constitutional Provisions
30. The Constitution of India, in Article 48, of Directive Principles of the State, states that
“the state shall endeavour to protect and improve the environment and to safeguard forests
and wildlife of the country”. Further Article 51-A (g), of fundamental duties, emphasizes that,
“It shall be the duty of every citizen of India to protect and improve the natural environment
including forests, lakes, rivers and wildlife and to have compassion for living creatures”.
These two provisions of the constitution are the guiding principles for the environmental
legislation in India.
31. The Government of India has laid down various policy guidelines, regulations, acts
and legislations pertaining to sustainability and protection of the environment and its various
components. The statutory requirements for the proposed road projects are discussed briefly
in the following paragraphs.
3.1.2 Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974:
32. This Act provides for the prevention and control of water pollution, and the
maintaining and restoring of the wholesomeness of water. ‘Pollution’ means such
contamination of water, or such alteration of the physical, chemical or biological properties of
water, or such discharge of any sewage, or trade effluent, or of any other liquid, gaseous or
solid substance into water (whether directly or indirectly) as may, or is likely to, create a
nuisance for health or safety, or to domestic, commercial, industrial, agricultural or other
legitimate uses or to the life and health of animals or plants or of aquatic organisms.
33. The subproject has already secured clearance (Consent) from the State Pollution
Control Board (SPCB) of Karnataka pursuant to the Water (Prevention and Control of
Pollution) Act of 1974, the Cess Act of 1977.
3.1.3 Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981
34. Similar to the Water Act, the Air Act vests regulatory authority on the State Pollution
Control Boards and empowers them to enforce air quality standards (Appendix – 7) to
prevent air pollution in the country. Section 21 of the act requires an application to be made
to the state board to establish or operate any industrial operation and project activity.
35. The subproject has obtained clearance (Consent) from the Karnataka SPCB
pursuant to the Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act of 1981 and the Air (Prevention
and Control of Pollution) Rules of 1982 and Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution)
Amendment Act, 1987.
16
3.1.4 The Environment (Protection) Act, 1986

36. The Environment (Protection) Act, popularly known as EP Act, is an umbrella
legislation that supplements existing environmental regulations. Empowered by the EP Act,
the MoEF, the GoI has issued the following notifications regulating the siting of industry and
operations, procuring clearance to establish industries and development of projects with
appropriate EIA studies, coastal zone regulations and many other aspects of environment
through notifications.
3.1.5 EIA Notification (September 2006 and February 2009):
37. The MoEF Notification dated 14 September 2006 states that ‘prior Environmental
Clearance (EC)’ is required for certain types of projects. All developmental projects have
been categorized subject to certain considerations listed in the ‘Schedule’ of the Notification.
Highway projects are dealt under Clause 7f of the Schedule. Construction of new State
Highways and expansion of existing State Highways come under Category ‘B’ if the length of
the road is ‘greater than 30km involving additional right of way greater than 20m involving
land acquisition’.
38. Under the ‘General Condition’ contained in the MOEF Notification, Category ‘B’ will
be specified as Category ‘A’, if located in whole or in part within 10km from the boundary of:
(i) Protected Areas notified under the Wild Life (Protection) Act, 1972, (ii) Critically Polluted
areas as notified by the Central Pollution Control Board from time to time, (iii) Notified Eco-
sensitive areas, (iv) inter-State and international boundaries. Also all Category ‘B’ projects
(including new as well as expansion of modernization projects) will be treated as Category
‘A’ projects in the absence of a duly constituted State Level Environment Impact Assessment
Authority (SEIAA) or State Level Environmental Appraisal Committee (SEAC).
39. Further, the roads of lower classification (i.e. MDRs and lower) do not find a mention
in the MOEF Notification.
Schedule I
Project General Conditions
Category A Category B
7(f) i) New National High i) New State High Any project or activity specified in
Highways ways; and ways; and Category ‘B’ will be treated as Category
A, if located in whole or in part within 10
ii) Expansion of ii) Expansion of km from the boundary of:
National High ways National / State (i) Protected Areas notified under the
greater than 30 KM, Highways greater Wild Life (Protection) Act, 1972,
involving additional than 30 km involving (ii) Critically Polluted areas as notified
right of way greater additional right of way by the Central Pollution Control
than 20m involving greater than 20m Board from time to time,
land acquisition and involving land (iii) Notified Eco-sensitive areas,
passing through more acquisition. (iv) Inter-State boundaries and
than one State. international boundaries.
3.1.6 Interpretation and applicability of EIA Notification, 2006 for subproject road:
40. Since the proposed subproject road is an existing state highway, requiring
improvement with no new alignment except a few realignments for avoiding congestions at
major settlements or comply with IRC standards or to provide adequate bridge approach and
smoothen the road curvature at some section of the subproject road. Therefore the road is
treated as expansion of existing State Highway for examining the applicability and relevance
of the MoEF Notification.
17
41. The issue of ‘additional RoW greater than 20 m involving land acquisition’ needs to
be seen in the context of the linear nature of road projects. The 20 m of additional right-of-
way as indicated in the Notification has been considered on an average basis rather than a
location-specific figure for examining the applicability and relevance of the MoEF
Notification.
42. Realignments under this subproject are minor and limited to providing required
approach roads to new bridges improving road alignment geometry and avoiding congested
and narrow town/built-up areas. These realignments/bypasses are contiguous with the rest
of the Corridor and form part of the existing highway improvement. Therefore all
realignments are considered as a part of the project corridor for the purposes of calculating
the additional right-of-way required and not as stand-alone lengths for examining the
applicability and relevance of MoEF Notification.
43. Keeping in view the above considerations both Jagalur to NH 13 (T 13) and
Molkalmur to SH 19 (T 17) subprojects are less than 30 km in length and ‘additional right-of-
way required for subprojects is less than 20m involving land acquisition. Hence both
subprojects are not under the purview of EIA Notification, 2006 and February 2009.
Environmental clearance is not required for the subprojects T 13 and T 17.
3.1.7 Environmental Clearance Process
44. The procedure for obtaining environmental clearance is depicted in Figure 3.1. for
category B projects.
18
Figure 3-1: The procedure for obtaining environmental clearance

Note
1. PFR - Project Feasibility Report
2. SEIAA - State Environmental Impact Assessment Authority
3. SEAC State Environmental Appraisal Committee
4. ToR – Terms of Reference
5. EIA – Environmental Impact Assessment
- The Environmental clearance is valid for five yrs from the date of issuance.
- Half yearly Post Environmental Clearance compliance monitoring report shall be submitted to
Regulatory Authority.
19
3.1.8 The Hazardous Waste (Management and Handling) Rules, 1989

45. The Central Government formulated these rules under the Environment (Protection)
Act, 1986. Under Section 7 of these rules it is required that the operator or occupier of a
facility dealing with hazardous waste ensures that hazardous waste is packaged in a suitable
manner for storage and transport and the labelling and packaging shall be easily visible and
be able to withstand physical conditions and climatic factors. Bituminous and other materials
used in road construction are considered as hazardous in nature. Section 9 of these Rules
also requires that in case of an accident during transportation of hazardous wastes, the
operator or occupier of a facility shall immediately report to the SPCB in the prescribed form.
This statute applies on KSHIP and the contractor as they involve in handling (including
storing) and transhipment of hazardous bituminous materials during construction of the
project roads.
3.1.9 Wildlife Protection Act, 1972
46. This Act is promulgated to provide for the protection of wild animals, birds and plants
and for matters connected therewith. The provisions under this Act such as prohibition of
hunting wild animals specified in Schedule I; prohibition of picking, uprooting, damaging,
destroying or acquiring any specified plant from any forestland; prohibition of use of injurious
substances, chemicals, explosives that may cause injury or endanger wildlife in a sanctuary;
prohibition on alteration of the boundaries of a National Park shall be made, except on a
resolution passed by the Legislature of State; prohibition on destruction or damage of wildlife
property in a National Park is prohibited. This act shall be applicable to the project roads
passing through forests or adjacent to the National Parks and Wildlife Sanctuaries.
3.1.10 The Indian Forest Act, 1927
47. This Act consolidates all the statutes passed since 1865 relating to forests, the transit
of Forest Produce and the duty leviable on timber and other forest-produce. This Act also
confers power to the State Government to declare a forestland or a wasteland which is the
property of the Government or over which the Government has proprietary rights, or to the
whole or any part of the forest-produce of which the Government is entitled as reserved
forest.
48. Section 5 of the Act, states that after declaring a particular land as reserved forest,
no fresh clearings for any purpose shall be made, except in accordance with such rules as
made by the state government; Section 26 of the Act, states that certain activities are
prohibited in such reserved forests; Sections 30 and 32 of the Act empowers the State
government to regulate certain acts (clearing of reserved forests for cultivation, building or
any other non forestry purpose) in such forests as specified in the section; Section 35
furnishes power to the State government to prohibit certain acts (clearing of vegetation etc)
in lands not being the property of the government. The act refers to the project roads that are
adjacent to the reserved forest and involving forest land diversion for the non forestry
purpose.
3.1.11 Forest (Conservation) Act, 1980 (as amended in 1988)
49. As per Section 26 of the Indian Forest Act, 1927 a number of activities are prohibited
in forest areas, and prior approval is required from the Central Government to use forest
land for non-forest purposes. The Forest (Conservation) Act, 1980 prohibits large-scale
diversion of forestland for non-forest use. As amended in 1988, no State Government or
20
authority shall make such diversions, except with the prior approval of the Central
Government.
50. The Forest (Conservation) Act, 1980 also pertains to the cases of diversion of forest
areas and felling of roadside plantations. Depending on the size of the tract to be cleared,
clearances are applied at various levels of government: If the area of forests to be cleared or
diverted exceeds 40 Ha (or, 10ha in hilly area) then prior permission of Central Government
is required; If the area of forest to be cleared or diverted is between 5 to 40ha, the Regional
Office of Chief Conservator of Forests is empowered to approve; If the area of forest to be
cleared or diverted is below or equal to 5ha, the State Government can give permission; If
the area to be clear-felled has a forest density of more than 40%, permission to undertake
any work is needed from the Central Government, irrespective of the area to be cleared. The
act refers to the project roads that are adjacent to the reserved forest and involving forest
land diversion for the non forestry purpose. Subprojects T13 and T17 do not have forest
stretches along the links.
3.1.12 The Ancient Monuments and Archaeological Sites and Remains Act 1958
51. This Act provides for the preservation of ancient and historical monuments and
archaeological sites and remains of national importance and for the regulation of
archaeological excavations and for the protection of sculptures, carvings and other like
objects. According to this Act, areas within the radii of 100m and 300m from the “protected
property” are designated as “protected areas” and “controlled areas” respectively. No
development activity (including building, mining, excavating, blasting) is permitted in the
“protected areas”. Development activities likely to damage the protected property are not
permitted in the “controlled areas” without prior permission from the Archaeological Survey
of India (ASI) if the site/remains/ monuments are protected by ASI or the State Directorate of
Archaeology. None of the notified archaeological monuments recognised by the UNESCO or
World Heritage Monuments intercept with the road improvements.
3.1.13 Fly Ash Notification, 1999
52. The MoEF, GoI has issued a Notification regarding the utilization of fly ash/bottom
ash generated from coal/lignite based thermal power plant in 1999 and amended it in 2003,
with an intention to protect the environment, conserve top soil and prevent the dumping and
disposal of fly ash discharged from coal or lignite based thermal power plants. Further it
states the need for restricting the excavation of topsoil for manufacture of bricks and
promotes the utilization of fly ash in the manufacture of building material and in construction
activity within the radius of 100 Km from coal or lignite based thermal power plants.
53. No agency, person or organization shall, within a radius of 100 km of a thermal
power plant undertake construction or approve design for construction of roads or flyover
embankments in contravention of the guidelines/specifications issued by the Indian Road
Congress (IRC) as contained in IRC specification No. SP: 58 of 2001. Any deviation from
this direction can only be agreed to on technical reasons if the same is approved by Chief
Engineer (Design) or Engineer-in-Chief of the concerned agency or organization or on
production of a certificate of “pond ash not available” from the thermal power plant(s) located
within 100 km of the site of construction. Subprojects T 13 and T 17 are within a distance of
100 km from Grasim Industries near Harihara and Jindal Thermal Power Plant near Hospet.
21
Fly ash from the plants is used in the project subjected to availability of fly ash at the time of
construction.
3.1.14 Public Liability Insurance Act, 1991
54. This Act provides for public liability insurance for the purpose of providing immediate
relief to the persons affected by accident occurring while handling any hazardous substance
and for matters connected therewith or incidental thereto. The transportation of hazardous
substances by vehicle use is also included. This statute would apply on the implementers of
Project road.
3.1.15 The Motor Vehicles Act, 1988
55. The Indian Motor Vehicles Act, 1988 empowered the State Transport Authority
(usually the Road Transport Office) to enforce standards for prevention and control of
vehicular pollution. The authority also checks the emission standards of registered vehicles,
collects road taxes and issues licenses. The Pollution under Control Certificate (PUC)
programme was launched In August 1997as an attempt to crackdown on the vehicular
emissions. This act is applicable for the road projects.
3.2 Asian Development Bank’s Safeguard Policy Statement (June 2009)
56. The Asian Development Bank (ADB) has released new Safeguard Policy Statement
– June 2009 that consolidates and builds upon the earlier ADB policies on Environment,
Indigenous Peoples and Involuntary Resettlement. ADB’s new Safeguard Policy Statement
intends to enhance the effectiveness of ADB’s safeguard policies and to ensure that these
policies remain relevant to the changing client needs and to new business opportunities
being funded by ADB.
57. The Safeguard Policy Statement has sought to
i. Better articulate the safeguard policies to improve their clarity, coherence and
consistency;
ii. Balance a front-loaded procedural approach with one also focused on results during
implementation;
iii. Adapt policy implementation to an evolving range of lending products and innovative
financing modalities;
iv. Work towards greater harmonization with safeguard policies across Multilateral
Financing Institutions (MFI) and tailor safeguard approaches to different clients with
varying capacities and
v. Improve internal processes and resource allocation.
58. The proposed subproject cause potential adverse environmental impacts which are
less adverse in nature and few of them are reversible and mitigation measures can be
designed more readily for the identified impacts. As per the ADB’s Guidelines on
Environmental Assessment the proposed Jagalur – NH 13 (T13) and Molkalmuru – SH 19
(T17) subprojects having lengths of 9.25 km and 2.13 km with minimal impacts are classified
as Category ‘B’ project requiring Initial Environmental Examination (IEE).
3.3 Administrative Framework
59. The Government through specific legislations regulates the environmental
management system in India. The Ministries/Statutory bodies responsible for ensuring
environmental compliance by project promoters include following agencies.
22
3.3.1 Ministry of Environment and Forest

60. The MoEF is a nodal ministry at national level. It has set up offices within each region
which is responsible for the collection and furnishing of information relating to EIA of
projects, pollution control measures, methodology and status of legal and enforcement
measures and environmental protection in special conservation areas such as wetlands, and
other biological reserves. The proposed subproject falls under the jurisdiction of the Regional
office of MoEF, Bengaluru.
3.3.2 Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB),
61. It is a statutory authority attached to the MoEF located at New Delhi. The main
responsibilities of CPCB include, planning and implementation of water and air pollution
programmes; advising the Central Government on water and air pollution programmes;
setting air and water standards and co-ordinating with the SPCBs.
3.3.3 Karnataka State Pollution Control Board (KSPCB),
62. The KSPCB is the government agency responsible for ensuring the compliance to
relevant standards related to discharges to the environment. The following activities of the
KSPCB include, planning and executing state level air and water quality initiatives; advising
the state government on air, water and industry issues; establishing standards based on
National Minimum standards; enforcing and monitoring of all activities within the state under
the Air Act, the Water Act and the Cess Act.
3.3.4 The Environmental Management Plan Implementation Unit (EMPIU)
63. To assess, advise and monitor the environmental performance of the project being
planned, designed and implemented by the KSHIP, an EMPIU has to be established as part
of the Project Implementation Unit (PIU). The Environmental Unit is headed by the Senior
Environmental Engineer and assisted by Assistant Environmental Engineers in each project
block, along with an Assistant Conservator of Forest and Range Forest Officers of the
respective divisions who look into tree cutting, forest land acquisition issues and
afforestation, if any.
64. The Environmental Unit is responsible for the co-ordination of the environmental and
social issues of the proposed project road and shall work in close interaction with the
environmental engineers at the different project site offices. An organisational chart has
been illustrated in Figure 1.1 of section 1.
3.4 Other Environmental Guidelines and Norms
65. Over and above, the project also gives due importance to the road construction
standards, norms, guidelines and management procedures prescribed by the Indian Roads
Congress (IRC). This includes i) Guidelines for Environmental Impact Assessment of
Highway Projects, IRC: 104-1988; ii) Recommended Practice for Treatment of Embankment
slopes for erosion control, IRC: 36-1974; iii) Recommended Practice for Borrow pits for Road
Embankment for Road manual operation, IRC: 10-1961; iv) Recommended Practice for the
construction of Earth Embankments for Road Works, IRC: 36-1970; v) Highway Safety
Code, IRC, special publication no. 44; vi) Guidelines on Bulk Bitumen Transportation and
Storage Equipment, IRC, special publication 39; vii) Recommended Practice for Tools
Equipment and Appliances for Concrete Pavement Construction, IRC: 43-1972; viii)
Recommended Practice for use and upkeep of Equipment, Tools and Appliances for
23
Bituminous Pavement Construction, IRC: 72-1978 and Road Accident Forms A-1 and 4,
IRC: 33-1982.
3.5 Clearances required for the subproject
66. After reviewing the various applicable acts and statutes, as mentioned above, some
clearances and permissions are required for subproject. A summary of clearances required
for the subproject is shown in the Table 3-1.
Table 3-1: List of clearances required for the subproject
Subject Remarks
1 Environmental State Environmental Before EC is not required as the
Clearance Appraisal Committee, Construction subproject is not under the
GoK. purview of EIA Notification 2006.
2 Tree cutting Department of Forest, Before KSHIP’s responsibility.
permission. GoK Construction Application for tree cutting
clearance has been submitted
on 3rd August 2010.
3 Consents under Water Karnataka State Before KSHIP’s responsibility.
(P&CP) Act, 1974 & Pollution Control Construction Consents have been obtained
Air (P&CP) Act, Board (KSPCB), vide letter no.
Bangalore PCB/05/CNP/09/558 dated 29th
January 2010.
4 Permit for installation KSPCB Before Contractor’s responsibility.
of crusher Construction
5 No Objection KSPCB, Inspectors of Before Contractor’s responsibility.
Certificate (NOC) for Factories Construction
batching plant
6 Clearance for KSPCB Before Contractor’s responsibility.
establishing Asphalt Construction
Plant
7 Installation of Karnataka Electricity Before Contractor’s responsibility.
Generators company of Installation
respective regions
8 Clearance for Department of Mines Before Contractor’s responsibility.
excavation & & Geology/ Local Quarrying
transporting soil Bodies
9 Permission for Department of Mines Before If the extraction of boulder is
extraction of boulder & Geology. Quarrying being procured from the existing
Karnataka ensured that, requisite license/
lease has been obtained from
the concerned Authority.
10 Permission for Department of Mines Before If the extraction of sand is being
extraction of sand & Geology. Quarrying procured from the existing sand
Karnataka ensured that requisite
license/lease has been obtained
from the concerned Authority.
11 License for storing Commissioner of During Contractor’s responsibility.
diesel Explosives & KSPCB Construction
12 Labour camps District Health Officer During Contractor’s responsibility.
Construction
13 Clearance for crossing Irrigation Department, During Contractor’s responsibility.
other waterways Government of Construction
Karnataka at the specific
site
14 If water has to be Concerned Water During Contractor’s responsibility.
24

Subject Remarks
taken from river / Authority Construction
Reservoir at the specific
site
25
4 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT

67. The proposed alignments Jagalur to NH 13 (T13) and Molkalmuru to SH 19 (T17) are
in Davanagere and Chithradurga districts of Karnataka state respectively. The baseline
environment of the project influence area such as climate, physiography, biological and
socioeconomic environment of the project influence area has been discussed in this chapter.
4.1 Physical Environment
4.1.1 Physiography and relief
68. The Jagalur to NH 13 (T13) subproject of Davanagere district and Molkalmuru – SH
19 (T17) subproject of Chithradurga district are in Central Karnataka Plateau region. Central
Karnataka Plateau covers the districts of Bellary, Chikkamagalur, Chitradurga, Davanagere,
Dharwad, Gadag, Haveri, Raichur, Koppal and Shimoga. The region represents the
transitional surface between the Northern Karnataka Plateaux with relatively higher surface.
By and large, this region represents the area of Tungabhadra basin. The general elevation
varies between 450 and 700 meters. However, this transitional ground is broken by several
sets of parallel ridges mainly made up of Dharwar system of rocks. The height of such
residual hills is about 900 meters above mean sea level. The general slope of this region is
towards the east. The geomorphology of Davanagere district is characterised by vast
stretches of undulated plains interspersed with sporadic ranges or isolated clusters of low
ranges of rocky hills. This may be broadly divided into two regions. The eastern hilly region
consisting of Jagalur and north –eastern parts of Harpanahalli taluks and the plain region
consisting of Harihar, Davangere, Honnali, Channagiri and parts of Harpanahalli taluks. The
physiography of the subproject is presented in Annex - 1.
4.1.2 Climate
69. Davangere district has an agreeable and healthy climate. Within the district the
southern belt has a more pleasant weather. The year is usually divided into four seasons.
Summer sets in during the second half of February and lasts till the end of May. This season
is marked by harsh eastern winds, rising temperatures, whirlwinds, and occasional
thunderstorms accompanied by sharp showers. South –west monsoon season stars during
early June and lasts till the end of September. This is a period of cool and damp climate. The
months of October and November constitute the post monsoon or the north–west monsoon
season and this period witnesses a gradual rise in day temperatures and a substantial
amount of rainfall as well. The winter season covers the period from December to mid
February. While Channagiri and Honnali blocks coming under Malnad area, have hot
summer, pleasant winter and good monsoon, Davangere and Harihar have hot summer,
pleasant winter and average rainfall. Harapanhalli and Jagalur blocks have very hot
summer, very low rainfall and a pleasant winter. The Chithradurga district is in south-western
part of the deccan plateau, which is the semi-arid zone of Karnataka, bordering arid
condition. The district is marked by hot summer months, low rainfall and a pleasant monsoon
season. District receives low to moderate rainfall (annual average is 574mm) and is one of
the drought prone districts. The climatic condition of the Project area is presented in Annex -
2.
4.1.3 Rainfall
70. Davanagere district receives average annual rainfall of 644.0 mm and within the
district, the quantum of rainfall and the average number of rainy days decreases as one
26
moves from South to North. During the south west monsoon season 80-85 percent of the
annual rainfall precipitates. The average actual annual rainfall recorded in Davanagere
district during 2007 is 824 mm. The annual number of the rainy days is about 45 days. The
normal annual rainfall in Chithradurga district based on 30years is 574mm. However, during
1996-2005, the district received an average annual rainfall of 631.7 mm. Further, there was
deficient rainfall in the years 2003, whereas the year 2005 received excess rainfall. Rainfall
is lowest in Challakere taluk and highest in Hosadurga taluk. Normal annual rainfall varies
between 668mm in Holalkere in western part to 457mm in Chellakere, in the northeastern
part. The normal and actual rainfall of the project en route is given in Table 4.1.
Table 4-1: The normal and actual average rainfall (in mm) in the project enroute.
Cor Annual Normal Annual Actual Rainfall
Corridor description District
. ID Rainfall (mm) (mm) (2004)
Davanager
T13 Jagalur – NH 13 644 608
e
T17 Molkalmur – SH 19 632 552 Chitradurga
Source: Indian Meteorological Department,
4.1.4 Temperature
71. Davanagere district experiences the temperature variations of 190C to 390C. The
temperature increases from the month of January. Highest temperature is noticed during
April – May and ranges from 260C mean maximum to 280C mean minimum. In the cold
season temperature ranges average mean of 160C to 170C. Among the different taluks of the
Davanagere district, highest temperature and less humidity is found in Harappanahalli and
Jagalur taluks (320C to 380C) whereas in Channagiri and Honnali taluks temperature and
humidity ranges from 260C to 320C. Chithradurga district has a record of mean maximum
temperature of 38.310 C and mean minimum temperature of 18.010 C. The average mean
maximum and minimum temperature of the project area is presented in Table 4.2.
Table 4-2: Average Mean Maximum and Mean Minimum Temperature (0 C) of the Project Area
Cor. ID Mean Maximum Mean Minimum
Link Description IMD Station
(oC) (oC)
T13
Jagalur – NH 13 and Chitradurg
and
Molkalmur – SH 19
38.31 18.01
T17 a
Source: Indian Meteorological Department
4.1.5 Wind Intensity and Direction

72. The wind pattern and intensity of the wind observed at nearest meteorological
stations are presented in the form of Wind-rose from Figure 4.1.
Figure 4-1: Wind-rose Bellary Meteorological Station

27
N
25
20
NW NE
15
10
8.30 Hours-Calm-26%
W 0 E
17.30 Hours- Calm-11%
SW SE
Bellary - Station
Direction % %
N 1 1
NE 3 6
E 9 12
SE 16 23
S 1 1
SW 8 9
W 13 13
NW 23 24
Calm 26 11
Mean Wind Speed 8.40 KMPH
Source: Indian Meteorological Department
4.1.6 Monitoring of Environmental attributes

73. The subprojects T13 and T17 are 5.13 and 9.25 km respectively in length and do not
qualify for EIA studies under the EIA Notification, 2006. The subproject implementation
period is relatively less and does not cause significant environmental impact. Most of the
impacts are temporary in nature and does not warrant for monitoring the baseline
environmental attributes such as air, water, noise and soil along the project corridor.
4.1.7 Water Resources
74. Major part of Davanagere district lies in Krishna basin and is drained by
Tungabhadra and Chikka Hagari Rivers. The other major streams in the district are
Janagahalla and Haridra Nadi. The absence of any major irrigation project in the district
highlights the vulnerability of the agricultural economy and emphases the importance of dry
land farming in its overall economy. Four taluks of Davangere sub-division i.e., Davangere,
Harihar, Honnali and Channagiri partly come under Tunga and Bhadra irrigation projects.
Sasala Halla also known, as Sulekere Halla is a major stream and flows through Davangere
and Harihar taluks. About 35 per cent of the net area sown is having irrigation facilities.
Canals account for 53 per cent and wells account for 47 per cent of the total irrigated areas.
28
Major part of Chithradurga district lies in Krishna basin and is drained by Vedavathi River.
The reservoir is built across the Vedavathi River near Vanivilaspura, in Hiriyur taluk. The
other streams are Janagahalli, Chikhagari, Swarnamukhi, Garain and Nayakanahalli halla.
Agriculture is mainly dependent on the timely and adequate rainfall in the district. Across
Vedavathi river and its tributaries, Vanivilas Sagara, Gayathri reservoir, Rangayanadurga
reservoir and Narayanapura anicut irrigation projects are commissioned. In addition to the
above, there are about 300 tanks in the district providing irrigation facilities to small stretches
of lands. The drainage density varies from 0.72 to 1.70 km/km2 and general ground
elevation ranges from about 500 m amsl to 800 m amsl. The drainage and river basins of the
project area is presented in Annex - 3.
4.1.8 Hydrogeology
75. In Davanagere district groundwater occurs under phreatic and semi-confined
conditions in the weathered and fractured rock formations of the ‘Peninsular Gneissic Group’
of rocks comprising of granites, gneisses and schist. The thickness of weathered zone varies
from 4.0 – 36.74 m. The main source of ground water occurring in the district is through
precipitation and return flow from applied irrigation. Ground water occurs within the
weathered and fractured rocks under water-table conditions and semi-confined conditions.
Groundwater in Chithradurga district occurs under phreatic condition in the weathered rock
formations of the ‘Peninsular Gneissic Group’ of rocks comprising of Granites, gneisses and
schist. The thickness of weathered zone varies from less than a meter near hill slopes and
higher altitudes to about 39 m. in valleys and topographic low areas. In Molakalmur taluk,
granites, granitic-gneisses and amphibolites gneisses are the main water bearing
formations. Depth of weathered zone ranges from 12.3 m to 24 mbgl. Yield ranges from <1.0
to 7.1 lps. The water contours and ground water yields in the project area are given in Table
4.3 and irrigation and hydrogeology of the project area is presented in Annex - 4.
Table 4-3: Water Contours and water Yield
Subpro Grond water Contours (M
Subproject description Yield (L/Sec)
ject ID Above MSL)
T13 Jagalur – NH 13 600 - 700 1.0 to 5.0
T17 Molkalmur – SH 19 500 1.0 to 5.0
4.1.9 Geology
76. In Davanagere district, the basement gneisses and small patches of younger granites
are exposed in the eastern half. These rocks have been classified as crystalline formations.
The gneisses are overlaid by conglomerate, quartz, chlorite schist, greywacke, meta-
volcanics, limestone and iron/manganese formations in the southern part of the district.
Chithradurga district is distributed with mainly three types of rocks such as granites;
charnockites, gneisses and unclassified crystallines and third group of rocks constitute
slates, phyllites and schists. Granites are seen as patches in the centre of the district and
Molkalmuru taluk; Major part of the district is covered by charnockites, gneiss and
unclassified crystallines; slates strikes the central part of the district in NW – SE direction.
Major minerals such as Managanese, Gold and Barytes are known to occur in the district.
Map showing the Rocks and Minerals of the project area is exhibited in Annex – 5.
29
4.1.10 Soils
77. Davanagere district consists of mainly 3 types of soils, viz., black alluvial soil, red soil
with shallow to medium depth gravel and clay soil. The black soil has high water retaining
capacity, is self aerating with small to medium depth and rich in clay. It is suitable for crops
like cotton, paddy, sugarcane etc. Both black and red soils found in the district are generally
fertile. Major part of the district is covered by red soil and followed by black soil and Clay soil.
Red soil is spread through out the district except in a small area in the northeastern part of
the district where the area is covered by black soil. Soil types of the Chithradurga district
comprises of deep and shallow black soil, mixed red and black soil, red loamy and sandy
soil. Southern part of the district is covered with mixed red and black soils. Eastern and
western parts of Chithradurga district is distributed with red loamy soils. Molkalmur taluk and
eastern part of district are covered by red sandy soils. Types of soil in the project area are
presented in Annex – 6.
4.2 Land use pattern
78. The total geographical area of Davanagere district is 5,97,597 hectares. Area under
forest constitutes 89,640 hectares (15 %); Area not available for cultivation is 59,162
hectares (9.9 %); Cultivable waste land constitutes 8,964 hectares (1.5 %); Uncultivated land
is about 24,501 hectares (4.1 %); fallow land constitutes about 49,003 hectares (8.2 %) and
followed by net sown area of 3,65,729 hectares (61.2 %) of the total area. The total
geographical area of Chithradurga district is 7,70,702 hectares. Area under forest constitutes
73,987 hectares (9.6 %); Area not available for cultivation is 76,300 hectares (9.9 %);
Cultivable waste land constitutes 21,580 hectares (2.8 %); Uncultivated land is about
1,00,191 hectares (13 %); fallow land constitutes about 76,300 hectares (9.9%) and followed
by net sown area of 4,22,345 hectares (54.8 %) of the total area. The land use pattern of the
project area is shown in Annex – 7.
4.2.1 Agriculture and cropping pattern
79. Agriculture is the main occupation in the rural parts of Davanagere district. The main
food crops are paddy, maize and ragi while the important commercial crops are sugarcane,
chilly, onion, and cotton. The net sown area of 3.84 lakh hectares constitutes about 64 per
cent of the geographical area. The total cultivable area is 3.87 lakh hectares (65 per cent).
The net irrigated area is 1.13 lakh hectares, which account for 29 per cent of net sown area.
The gross cropped area is 4.81 lakh hectares. Cereals occupy about 76 per cent followed by
pulses 6 per cent, oilseeds 12 per cent, and commercial crops 6 per cent. Paddy, ragi, maize
and jowar are grown in all the taluks. About 82 per cent of the total cropped area is under
food crops. Cash crops such as sugarcane, onion, chilly, cotton and plantation crops i.e.,
arecanut and coconut are also grown in 18 percent of the total cultivated area. Fruit crops
and sericulture is gaining popularity in the district. About 70 % of the total cultivated area in
Chithradurga district is annually sown with food crops. Ragi, and jowar are grown in plenty
and paddy in a very small quantity. Cotton, groundnut, oilseedsm tur, tobacco are also
grown in the district. Chitradurga district has been in fore-front in respect of horticultural
production particularly in fruit crop production viz. pomegranate, sapota, mosambi, banana,
fig, mango etc., Present area under horticulture crops is nearly 1.00 lakh hectares.
30
4.3 Biological Component

4.3.1 Fauna
80. The Davanagere and Chithradurga districts are deficient in forest and wildlife wealth.
None of the notified National Parks and Wildlife sanctuary is present in the districts. Forests
in these districts are scanty and are distributed over entire district in small blocks. The
wildlife found here is related to the drier areas like monkey, lemur, loris, wild cat, hyena
(kiruba), wolf, squirrel, bats, fox, deer, rabbit, bear, wild pig and wild lizard, variety of snakes.
Peacock, sparrow, crow, eagle, weaver bird are some of the avian fauna in the district.
Migrating birds inhabit the tanks, huge trees and reside for some time during January to
June.
4.3.2 Flora
81. Out of the total geographical area of 5.97 lakh hectares, forest cover in Davangere
district is only 0.89 lakh hectares, forming only 15% as against 33% of national requirement.
The existing tree cover has diminished leading to soil erosion, wind erosion, stream erosion
etc. Social forestry is taken up by the department of forests on the waste lands owned by the
Government. The revenue land identified by the department for development of social
forestry is about 6000 hectares, which would be available for forestry in the district.
Plantations of Eucalyptus, Casuarina, Acacia auriculiformis and Grevillea robusta are found
here. As Chithradurga district receives less rainfall, the diversity of tree species is limited in
nature. Commonly found trees in the project area are Pongamia pinnata, Tamarindus indica,
Ficus beghalensis, Azadirachta indica, Acacia species, etc. The forest type in the project
area is dry deciduous forest types with scrb jungle (Annex – 8) and the Subproject roads
T13 and T17 have no forests adjoining the road.
4.3.3 National parks
82. Subproject does not pass through eco-sensitive area such as National Parks and
Wild life Sanctuaries and there are no notified National Parks and Wild life Sanctuaries in the
near vicinity (within 10 km of radius) of the subproject. The nearest Daroji Sloth Bear
sanctuary is approximately 60 km away from the subproject roads T13 and T17.
4.4 Social Environment
83. Agriculture is the main occupation in the rural parts of Davanagere district. The major
land use in the subproject areas is agriculture and some stretches of the subproject
constitutes built up areas /settlements at Jagalur and Donihalli. The district being mainly
agriculture dependent, does not boast of too many industries. Once popularly known as
"Manchester" for its cotton mills, Davangere has only a few functioning cotton mills. There
are a couple of rice mills, a distillery, a sugar mill and a tool factory to represent industries.
An industrial area had been established to encourage small-scale industries. The subproject
stretch Jagalur to NH 13 covers mainly of dry cultivable land growing crops such as Ragi,
jowar, paddy, maize; pulses like red gram, horse gram, green gram, Hyacinth Beans, black
gram and Bengal gram; oil seeds like groundnut, sesamum, sunflower, castor and
commercial crops like cotton, and tobacco are also grown here. The population of
Chithradurga district was 1,517,896, of which 18.07% were urban as of 2001. The district is
hilly with lots of forts and villages. Chithradurga is rich in mineral deposits, including gold
prospecting and copper deposits at Ingaldhal. Molakalmuru taluk has major villages like
Rampura, Hangal. It is famous for the unique Molkalmuru sarees which are manufactured
31
here. Manufacturing of machine tools, cotton textiles, oil mills, cement, leather works, coir
and sugar are some of the industries of the district.
4.4.1 Demographic Features
84. As per 2001 India census, Davanagere and Chithradurga districts have a population
of 1,790,952 and 1,517,896 respectively. Males constitute 51.24 % and 51.14 % and
females 48.76 % and 48.86 % of the total population respectively. Districts have a literacy
rate of 67.43 % and 64.45 % with 76.37 % and 74.66 % of the males and 58.04 % and 53.78
% of females literate respectively. The basic features of demography along the study
corridor have been indicated in the Table 4-4. Due to the absence of better data, the figures
as of 2001 Census of Population have been used. The demographic data given in the
following tables has been worked out considering all villages’ and towns’ administrative
boundaries within which the proposed subproject passes.
Table 4-4: Demographic features of the Study Area

Total Total male Total female SC STs Literacy
Location
Population Population Population % % %
T13 18249 9486 8763 17.38 10.59 71.27
T17 129308 66571 62737 19.77 35.63 44.18
Source: Primary Census Abstract, Census of India, 2001
4.4.2 Occupational Pattern

85. In Table 4.5, attempt has been made to show the features of the workforce in the
study area considering all villages’ and towns’ administrative boundaries within which the
proposed subproject passes.
Table 4-5: Workforce in project area
Percentage of worker category to Total Population
Link ID
Main worker % Marginal Worker % Non-worker %
T13 34.52 6.08 59.40
T17 37.02 7.67 55.31
Source: Primary Census Abstract, Census of India, 2001
86. Total working population of Davanagere and Chithradurga districts is 43.76 % and
47.56 % of the total population respectively. The main worker population comprises of 35.27
% and 37.95 % of the total population and 8.49 % and 9.61 % of the total population is the
marginal workers. The worker population in the district from the census data indicates that
cultivators and agricultural labours dominate the total working population. The non-working
population of the districts is 56.24 and 52.44 % respectively.
4.4.3 Sites of Tourist and Archaeological Interest
87. Kunduvada kere in Davanagere, is a picturesque lake. Soole kere (Shanthi Sagara)
situated near Davanagere is a second largest pond in Asia. It was built by namesake
Princess Shanthi during 12th century. Kondajji is situated around 12kms from Davangere
city. It is a major scout and guides camp for south India named in the commemoration of
Kondajji Basappa.
88. Chitradurga Kote is a fort that is one of a kind, as it is built on top of hill with stones.
Ashoka Siddapura is an important archeological site where emperor Ashoka's edits were
found. Nearby is Ramagiri, a hillock that has mythical associations with the epic Ramayana.
32
Brahmagiri village is the ancient site of Ishila, one of emperor Ashoka's provincial capitals.
His earliest rock edicts in Brahmi script and Prakrit language (3rd c. BC) containing Kannada
words were discovered here. Chandravalli is an ancient archeological site where painted
pottery and coins from the Shatavahana empire and prehistoric times were discovered.
Hiriyur situated on the right bank of Vedavathi river is famous for its Tirumalleshawara
temple. Jogimatti hill station is situated to the south of Chithradurga town. Molakalmuru is a
fortified town of the Kadambas.
33
5 ANALYSIS ALTERNATIVES
5.1 Introduction
89. This chapter presents a comparative analysis of various alternatives considered to
avoid, prevent or minimize impacts that would be inevitable if technically (based on design
speed and geometrics) best-fit alignment is followed. The consideration of alternatives to a
proposal is a requirement of the EIA report. During the scoping process, alternatives to a
proposal can be generated or refined, either directly or by reference to the key issues
identified. A comparative analysis of alternatives will help to determine the best method of
achieving project objectives while minimising environmental impacts. Various alternatives
selected for analysis usually includes the ‘no project’ or ‘no action’ alternative. The relative
impact of each alternative is compared against the baseline environment to select a
preferred alternative.
90. The constituent subprojects Jagalur to NH 13 and Molkalmuru to SH 19 were
considered after finalization of various options such as realignments, bypasses and different
construction material options keeping in view objectives of the project, traffic condition,
obligatory points, geometric designs, flood regions, congestions and socioeconomic viability
and environmental safety aspects. The discussion includes no project scenario; project with
alternatives and project with mitigation measures. The objective of this chapter is to highlight
some of the salient issues considered for exercising options.
5.2 Project Alternatives
5.2.1 No project scenario
91. The ‘No project scenario’ is analysed with respect to the development of the state as
a requirement of reliable quality infrastructure for sustained growth of economy and
consequent well-being of its citizens. Providing better connectivity within the state will ensure
that, goods and people from areas accessed by the road can commute quicker and save
time. Increase in trade and commerce activity is expected. The savings in the vehicle
operating costs makes the subproject viable.
92. The connectivity between the taluk head quarters Jagalur of Davanagere with NH 3
and Molkalmuru of Chithradurga district with SH 19 by the proposed subproject roads. The
economic activity employment potential for people in the region will increase. However, there
would be an increase in the vehicular pollution - air and noise, in the vicinity of the road.
Some agricultural land will have to be diverted for road widening, realigning and bypassing.
Where the road is passing through villages and towns, some people will lose their properties
close by the road to accommodate the proposed widening.
93. If the subproject is not implemented, there is every likelihood that the existing bad
pavement of the corridor deteriorates further. In the absence of the proposed subproject, the
districts will also find it extremely difficult to generate revenue. Increased air pollution, due to
bad road condition, slow moving traffic and congestion, will increase as the time goes by.
Noise levels will rise due to deterioration of the pavement as well as increased honking.
Without the improvement of subproject, the traffic would continue to pose a safety risk for the
road users.
94. Therefore, ‘project with alternatives’ scenario, with its minor adverse impacts is more
acceptable than ‘No project scenario’ which would mean an aggravation of the existing
34
problems. Potential benefits of the proposed road improvements are substantial and far-
reaching both in terms of the geographical spread and time. Hence, it is clear that, the
implementation of the subproject will be a definite advantage to Karnataka state in order to
achieve all-round development of its economy and progress for its people.
5.2.2 Project with alternatives
95. Although the subproject alternatives in terms of location (alignment) option is very
limited as the project objective is to improve the existing roads except that some lengths of
route require alternatives such as change of alignments from congested locations within
towns or major human settlements to avoid impact on the public and community properties;
traffic congestion; air pollution; noise levels and accidents; ribbon developments to safe
guard social and commercial integrity of the region and to avoid exorbitant resettlement and
business re-establishment costs; to smoothen existing sharp curved (poor geometrics)
alignments for facilitating traffic movement. However, impacts from proposed realignments
would not be severe in magnitude to the extent of warranting analysis for alternative
alignments if the realignments are shorter in length. There are no major
realignments/bypasses proposed for the subproject warranting analysis for alternative
alignments.
5.2.3 Project with mitigation measures
96. Project with mitigation measures is most acceptable alternative in many cases. In this
alternative, emphasis is given to minimise the impact due to project implementation on the
environmental features. This alternative is most suitable where the option of ‘project with
alternatives’ is limited.
5.3 Evaluation of project Alternatives
97. The alternatives considered with respect to alignment, routing, construction methods,
materials used, landscaping, human values such as health and education, land use impact
and keeping business and commercial integrity for construction of road. Frequently two to
three alternatives are chosen and these alternatives are presented in Table 5.1 given below:
Table 5-1: Various alternatives of the project
Road
Issues Alternative 1 Alternative 2 Alternative 3
components
Alignment Congestion Bypass Realignment Tunnel
Air pollution Widen Bypass Vegetative Screen
Design Noise Solid barrier Bypass Vegetative barrier
Animal/Traffic Cattle crossings in Chicanes in forest
conflict rural area land
Route Forest Compensation on Realignment on non- Bypass
NPV forest land
Water logged Embankment Drainage Realignment
Material Expansive Soil Complete removal Use of fly ash within Lime stabilization
regions Black cotton soil up to 100 km from thermal
1 meter and laying plant for
with good Gravel embankment
medium
Landscape Stone quarry As much as possible Back filling and Redevelopment and
to carry out quarries developing into restoration of closed
underground recreational spots quarries into to a
water retention
bodies
35
Road
Issues Alternative 1 Alternative 2 Alternative 3
components
Obligatory Temples/cultural Realignment Shifting and
points heritage reconstruction with
monuments public consultation
Human Land use Provide adequate Provide alternative
values compensation for the lands
land loss
Commercial Realignment at Adequate Training
integrity congested locations in compensation for the programmes
urban towns buildings and for Project Affected
business re- Persons (PAPs)
establishment
Health and Connectivity to Connectivity to
education nearest Health care Nearest School
Centre
5.4 Bypass alternatives
98. There are no bypasses considered along subprojects Jagalur to NH 13 and
Molkalmuru to SH 19.
5.5 Analysis of cross section type alternatives
99. Four different cross sectional type alternatives are considered for the subproject to
suit the requirements of the region that the proposed subproject road is passing through.
The alternatives considered for cross section types are basically rural and urban. Further,
cross section types are classified into different types to suit the land use and minimize
resettlement and number of structures affected. Cross section type alternatives considered
for the subproject are given in the following Table – 5.2.
Table 5-2: Cross sectional alternatives considered in the subproject.
Earthen Shoulder (m)
Shoulders with Paver

Paved Shoulder (m)
Embankment Slope
Width (m) – typical
Width of Darin (m)
Blocks / Parking
Berm Width (m)
Ditch Width (m)
Total Width (m)

Foot Path (m)
Width of
Median (m)
Bays (m)
Type of Carriageway
Cross (m)
Section
2– 4-
Lane Lane
UR1A 7 - 1.5 1 - - 2.12 0.5 2.75 22.2
UR1B 7 - - 2.5 - - 2.12 0.5 2.75 22.2
2.5 to 13.8 -
UR2 7 -
4.5 17.8
UR7 7 1.5 1 14.6
5.6 Preferred Alternative:
100. The proposed Jagalur to NH 13 and Molkalmuru to SH 19 subprojects are existing
State Highways and they are being up-graded and no new alignment is being proposed
except for minor realignments for improving the road geometrics and for smoothening the
sharp curves and avoid vehicular accidents along the subproject road. The scope for project
alternatives as a whole is very much limited.
36
6 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES

101. There is a growing awareness on the major environmental impacts of the road
development projects. Some of the major environmental impacts of road projects on the
natural environment and nearby communities (ecosystems). However, these impacts can be
largely mitigated through engineering designs, good construction practices.
102. The subproject aim being limited to upgradation of existing state highway stretches of
Jagalur to NH 3 and Molkalmur to SH 19 subproject road will pose limited adverse impacts,
all of which are site-specific, and can easily be mitigated. Irreversible impacts are few and
limited to land use conversion into road carriageway. These situations do not call for full
scale environmental impact assessment. The chapter identifies potential environmental
impacts and formulates suitable mitigation measures.
6.1 Impact on Physical Environment
6.1.1 Climate
Impacts during Construction Phase
103. The project corridors Jagalur to NH 3 and Molkalmur to SH 19 are in a semi arid
zone of Karnatka state. Though no change in the macro-climatic parameters (precipitation,
temperature and wind) is envisaged due to the subproject, cutting of approximately 716
number of trees, laying of paved surface and other construction activities temporarily modify
the microclimate.
Mitigation measures
 Efforts shall be made to minimize the number of trees being cut during design by
realigning the subproject section with green tunnels. Efforts to minimize the impact on
trees shall be continued during the project implementation by coordinating with the
contractor.

Approximately, 2,876 avenue plantations shall be taken up along both sides of the road
giving due importance to Karnataka Tree Preservation Act, and additional plantation
works shall be taken up on available oxbow land locations and within RoW as an
enhancement measures to reduce the impacts of air and dust pollution and act as a
natural filter to traffic emissions (Appendix – 10 and 11).
Impacts during Operation Phase
104. There would be an increase in daytime temperature near the newly paved surfaces
of the road due to increase in the surface area of blacktop of widened road and loss of
shade giving trees. Temporary increase in the temperature assumes significance especially
to the slow moving traffic, pedestrians and the first row of residences / receptors along the
corridor.
Mitigation measures
 This impact shall be avoided by planting a row of avenue trees and median plantation.
Landscaping and restoring the green cover along the length of the proposed road
reduces the impact of temperature along the alignment (Appendix – 10).
6.1.2 Natural Hazard
105. The subproject roads T 13 and T 17 passes through different topographical locations
and some sections of subproject are prone to inundation during flash floods in the region and
37
have significant effect over the road structure and lead to fast deterioration of pavement and
shoulder of the roads. Flood prone stretches identified along the subproject is given in the
Table – 6.1.
Table 6-1: Flood prone areas along subproject
Length of the
Cor Chainage
reach to be Remarks
ID (Km)
raised
4.700 50m on either side Road level raised with balancing culvert
T 13
8.600 30m on either side Road level raised with balancing culvert
T 17 0.300 50m on either side Road level raised with balancing culvert
106. As per earth quake prone zoning, whole of Karnataka State falls under zone II and III.
The subproject area falls in zone II (Low Damage Risk Zone) meaning least prone to
earthquakes.
Mitigation measures
 The height of the embankment along with both longitudinal and cross drainage shall be
improved in all areas of flood prone section in such a way that the raise in the
embankment height should not act as barrier for the free flow of runoff water and
should avoid flooding and water logging that could have negative impact on the traffic,
local community damaging the road surface and the embankment. Run off water
recharge pits have been proposed to facilitate the infiltration of runoff water into the
ground (Appendix – 2).
 As the subproject road falls in zone II (Low Damage Risk Zone) no special design
considerations are warranted for civil structures.
6.1.3 Air quality
107. Air quality along the subproject road alignment and at congested major settlement
locations like Jagalur, Molkalmuru and Hanagal will be adversely impacted both during
construction and operation stages.
Impacts during Construction Stages
108. Most of the dust (suspended particulate matter) during construction arises from
operations such as excavation and filling during site preparation works, loading, unloading
and transportation of construction material, drilling use of heavy equipments and machinery
in the earthworks and pavement works. Large quantities of dust become wind borne and are
carried away depending on the wind velocity and wind direction. The fugitive dust released
during the construction activities cause immediate effect on the construction workers as well
as on the settlements adjacent to the alignment, especially those in the downwind direction.
109. Increased suspended particulate matter and fugitive gaseous emissions like, oxides
of sulphur (SO2), oxides of nitrogen (NOx), carbon monoxide (CO) and hydrocarbon (HC)
will be released from vehicles, hot mix plant, batching plants and diesel generator sets;
stone crushing units in the stone quarries, etc also add to the problem. Most of the
generated pollutants from the above activities are limited to construction phase and confined
to impact zone in downwind direction of the site hence no significant is envisaged.
38
Mitigation measures
 Consent for Establishment (CFE) and Consent for Operation (CFO) shall be obtained
for construction establishments such as hot mix plants, batching plants and stone
crushers from the SPCB. All project activities are adhered to the contractual obligations
under clearances and approvals
 All vehicles and construction equipments operating for the contractor and the
consultant shall obtain “Pollution Under Control” (PUC) Certificates. Good maintenance
of all vehicles and machines used in construction activities must be conformed to the
National standards.
 Vehicles deployed for borrow material, sand and aggregate haulage shall be covered
with tarpaulins to be spillage proof.
 Location of all construction establishments such as hot mix plants, WMM plants,
Crusher plants, Construction camps and offices etc shall be located at least 1 km away
from the human habitations and preferably on the leeward side ensuring all legal
requirements and standards (Appendix - 21).
 In order to curb the increased fugitive dust emissions in the area due to excavations,
loading, unloading, vehicular movement and raw material transport, provisions shall be
made for periodical sprinkling water on all the haul roads on a regular basis during the
entire construction period (Appendix – 16).
 Pollution control devices such as cyclone separators /scrubbers shall be installed to
control emissions from hot mix plants, crushing units and concrete batching plants.
Height of the stacks shall be as per the statutory requirements.
 Construction labours shall be provided with nose masks and other personnel protective
equipments (Appendix – 9).
 LPG or low sulphur diesel shall be used in the Diesel Generator sets and DGs are
fitted with the chimney stack of required height.
 To ensure the efficacy of the mitigation measures suggested, all operational areas
(work sites, haul roads, hot mix plants, quarries, borrow sites and disposal sites) under
the road construction works are to be regularly monitored for air quality parameters so
that suitable mitigation measures can be taken up if any of the parameters exceed the
prescribed limit.
Impacts during Operation Stage
110. Operation stage impacts will not be as severe as the construction stage impacts and
they will be confined generally to a ribbon development close to edge of the pavement.
111. After the completion of road project, smoothened new pavement and widened roads
reduces fugitive dust emissions. Reduction in the vehicular emissions is due to more uniform
speed and less frequent acceleration and deceleration of vehicles. The levels of SO2, NOx,
CO and HC are likely to come down to a greater extent by the operating vehicles of new
roads with extensive savings on consumption of fuel. However there may be localized impact
with increase in number of vehicles (traffic) running on the road, adulterated fuel supply and
poor maintenance of vehicle, which spreads down depending on wind direction and wind
speeds.
39
112. There will be continued enhancement of air pollution due to increase in number of
vehicles on the improved roads over a period of design life. It is difficult to predict the
pollution levels from vehicle since it is not known how the adoption of new technology
vehicles would proceed. However it is possible to assess the future pollution load on the
assumption that old technology vehicle would persist. The unit load of pollutants from
different types of vehicles have been estimated under the same assumption by the Indian
Institute of Petroleum which is presented in Table 6.2.
Table 6-2: Emission factors of different vehicles (g/Km)
Types of Vehicle CO HC NOx SOx Pb TSP
Two Wheeler 8.3 5.16 - 0.013 0.004 -
Cars 24.03 3.57 1.57 0.053 0.0117 -
Three Wheelers 12.25 7.77 - 0.029 0.009 -
Buses-Urban 4.381 1.327 8.281 1.441 - 0.275
Trucks 3.425 1.327 6.475 1.127 - 0.45
Light Commercial Vehicles 1.3 0.5 2.5 0.4 - 0.1
Source: Indian Institute of Petroleum, 1985
113. Based on the emission factors and predicted increase in the number of vehicles, the
loads of vehicular pollution in the project road for the year 2009 as well as those expected in
2015 have been estimated in Table 6.3.
Table 6-3: Pollution load of pollutants along the project routes (in Tons/Km)
Lin
Link description Year CO HC NOx SO2 Pb TSP
k ID
T13 Jagalur – NH 13 0.01241 0.00492 0.00233 0.00047 0.00000 0.00011
2009
5 8 2 0 6 6
0.02130 0.00799 0.00366 0.00071 0.00001 0.00017
2015
6 6 8 5 0 4
T17 Molkalmuru – SH 0.04582 0.02521 0.00291 0.00065 0.00002 0.00014
2009
19 0 9 5 3 5 7
0.07481 0.03935 0.00487 0.00101 0.00004 0.00022
2015
4 7 3 1 1 1
Note: TSP: Total Suspended Particulate, CO: Carbon Monoxide, HC Hydrocarbons, NOx: Oxides of
Nitrogen,
SO2: Sulpher dioxide, Pb: Lead.
Mitigation measures:
 During operation stage of the project, vehicular emissions of pollutants (SPM, RSPM,
CO, SO2, NOx and Pb) shall be monitored at approved representative locations
against the National Standards (Appendix – 7). Regular monitoring of air quality along
the project area should help to ensure air pollutants within permissible limits.
 Avenue and median plantation along the road sides and medians respectively should
help to control dust and fugitive emissions from reaching the receptors. Compensatory
plantation could be taken up in the available space within RoW. Tree plantation for
attenuating pollution levels shall include pollution tolerant species with thick foliage
(Appendix – 10).
6.1.4 Noise
Impact on Noise levels during construction stage
114. The community abutting subproject will be adversely affected by increase in noise
level due to road development projects Road noise depends on factors such as nature of
40
construction activity, traffic intensity, type and condition of the vehicles plying on the road,
acceleration/deceleration/gear changes by the vehicles depending on the level of congestion
and smoothness of road surface (IRC: 104-1988).
115. Pre construction stage activities such as establishment of workers camps, stockyards
will generate a little noise in addition to localised (base) noise levels. There will be increased
noise levels due to diversion of traffic and movement of heavy equipments on unpaved roads
for a short duration during the pre-construction stage. As these noise generating activities
are not likely to be placed near settlement locations, the noise impact is bound to be
negligible.
116. Various road construction activities increase noise levels in the impact zone of the
project corridor. The construction activities such as excavation for foundations, grading of the
site, construction of structures and facilities, movement of heavy vehicles, loading,
transportation and unloading of construction materials and also activities such as blasting at
stone quarry sites, crushing plants, asphalt production produce significant noise during
construction stage. Noise is a major area of concern, especially where a number of sensitive
receptors are located within Impact zone and close to RoW.
117. The impact on ambient noise due to the project is not of significance during both
construction as well as the operation stages.
 Use of enclosures, walls, installation of mufflers around noisy equipment and the noise
sources reduce noise generated during construction and demolition activities.
 Substituting quieter equipment or construction methods; minimizing time of operation
and locating equipment farther from sensitive receptors.
 Timing of noisier construction and demolition activities to between 6 AM and 10 PM
would reduce construction noise impacts during night.
 Detouring construction trucks away from noise-sensitive areas such as schools and
hospitals would eliminate construction truck noise from those areas.
 Personnel Protective Equipments (PPE) such as Ear plugs and earmuffs shall be
provided to the workers operating or working near noise generating machines
(Appendix – 9).
 Equipping construction equipment engines with adequate mufflers, silencers, and
engine enclosures would reduce their noise by 5 to 10 dB (A).
 Turning off construction equipments during the prolonged periods of nonuse eliminates
noise from construction equipment during those periods.
 Regular maintenance of all equipments and training to equipment operators would
reduce noise levels and increase efficiency of equipments.
 Locating stationary equipment away from sensitive receptors would decrease noise
considerably and
 Consideration of bypass to avoid the road construction near Gadag town will reduce
the impact of noise during construction.
41
Impact on ambient Noise levels during Operation Stage

118. The noise will be reduced during operation stage as subproject road will be
smoothened and widened as a part of road improvement. However there will be negligible
noise from usage of poorly maintained vehicles and old vehicles. The impact is more
significant at the sensitive receptors like schools, colleges and hospitals present along the
project road. Details of noise sensitive receptors located in impact zone of the project are
given below in Table 6.4.
Table 6-4: Noise sensitive locations along the subproject
S. Chainage
LHS RHS
No. (KM)
T 13 (Jagaluru – NH 13)
1 0.600 Govt. Higher Primary School, Jagaluru
2 2.400 . College, Jagaluru
3 9.000 Govt. Primary School, Ramathgalli
T17 (Molkalmur - SH19)
1 0.600 Civil court, Molakalmuru.
2 Govt. Higher Primary School,
1.000
Molakalmuru
119. Adopting Highway Noise Model and by incorporating the future predicted number of
vehicle users in community and noise level factor, the noise level of vehicular traffic in 2009
as well as those expected in future (2015), the noise levels have been estimated and given in
Table 6.5.
Table 6-5: Noise level (in dB (A)) due to Traffic along the project Road links
Total q
Link u (Miles/
Project road Year Vehicle per (Vehicles/ d (in M) L (dB(A)
ID Hour)
day (No.) Hours)
T13 Jagalur – NH 13 2009 1301 54 15 17.472 64.229
2015 2103 88 15 50.000 75.447
T17 Molakalmuru – SH 19 2009 4714 196 15 15.833 68.964
2015 7499 312 15 50.000 80.969
*Traffic predictions have been done based on 2006 traffic surveys.
Mitigation measures
 Planting one or more rows of avenue vegetation along the project road and stationary
noise sources reduce noise
 Noise barriers are constructed at sensitive receptors such as schools, colleges,
hospitals, etc. can reduce long-term noise levels associated with road subprojects
(Appendix - 6).
 Traffic management measures such as prohibition on use of horns and speed
restrictions at noise sensitive areas like schools, civil courts and major hospitals reduce
roadway noise levels (Appendix – 14).
 Reduction in traffic congestion due to road widening correspondingly decreases traffic
noise levels.
 A regular monitoring programme should help to ensure the control of noise pollution
under prescribed limits.
42
6.1.5 Impact on Soil and Land use

6.1.5.1 Loss of Productive Soil and Change in Land use
Construction phase:
120. Upgradation of subproject road requires acquisition of agricultural land abutting
subproject where the proposed RoW width exceeds the existing RoW. Some stretches of the
project corridor constitutes productive agricultural land which may be affected. Loss of
agricultural land may result from the establishment of construction camp, labour camp,
concrete batching plant, hot mix plants borrow areas, quarries near to subproject roads and
access roads.
121. Suspended particulate matter from quarries and crushers lead to decrease in
productivity of the soil; degeneration of plant species and retards the plant growth.
 Top humus rich soil from productive agricultural lands is preserved during construction
and reused later for plantation works and for turfing works of embankment slopes.
 All efforts shall be made to restore the sites of construction camps, labour camps,
borrow areas, quarries and access roads to these establishments shall be restored and
rehabilitated to its original land use after construction works are over (Appendix – 17).
 It shall be planned in such a way that construction activities and diversion of traffic
nearby settlements does not disturb the commercial activities of the towns (Appendix
– 14).
Operation Stage impacts
122. After the construction of road is over, some of the land use changes are envisaged
due to improved accessibility to far off distances and changes in socio economic activities,
especially linear developments at the villages and towns will increase. The agricultural and
horticultural activities will be positively benefited from better roads and connectivity.
 It is necessary to ensure that no deterioration or major land use change such as ribbon
development shall take place. Many of the land use changes by the subproject road
improvement are beyond the control of project proponent.
6.1.5.2 Soil Erosion
Construction Phase
123. Road construction activities will intensify the effects of natural soil erosion due to
vegetation removal, soil disturbance and exposure of bare soil surface.
124. Soil erosion is anticipated at bridge and culvert construction sites. Problem will be
more pronounced if the construction is taken up in rainy season. Construction activities such
as cuttings and fillings will initiate soil erosion within CoI and at borrow areas, quarries and
access roads to these areas.
Mitigation measures
 Special care has to be taken while construction at erosion prone locations during
monsoon.
43
 Recommended slope ratio of 1 vertical to 2 horizontal shall be maintained to avoid soil

erosion and land slides at embankment slopes and at borrow areas. IRC: 56-1974 shall
be followed for treatment of embankment slopes for control of erosion (Appendix –
18).
 Stone pitching and retaining structures shall be provided to control to soil erosion
wherever necessary. Turfing is taken up for the embankment slopes of bridge locations
as a slope protection measure and to improve the aesthetics (Appendix – 18).
 All construction debris shall be cleared immediately after the construction is over to
prevent unconsolidated soil being eroded by either wind or runoff water.
Operation Phase
125. No significant impacts are predicted other than those resulting from neglected
protection works in erosion prone areas and failure to maintain re-vegetated areas along the
alignment, borrow sites, and debris disposal sites.
126. Bridge approaches with high embankments are vulnerable to soil erosion during high
rainfalls.
Mitigation measures
 To prevent soil erosion along the embankment during operation phase, regular
monitoring inspections should be undertaken to ensure that drainage, bridge
approaches and re-vegetated areas are maintained and strengthened to prevent re-
occurrence of soil erosion.
6.1.5.3 Borrow areas and Quarries
127. Generally, murrum is collected from the wasteland notified from Government or with
the consent from the farmers (owners) in case of farmland. Borrowing earth will cause loss
of productive top soil, changes in land use, soil erosion, and degradation of land. Generation
of dust from roads, spillage and compaction of borrow material along haul roads during
transportation to the construction sites is of significance. List of proposed murrum borrow
pits is given in Appendix – 17.
128. Sand will be dredged from Harihara (Tungabadhra) River sand Quarry, Hagari River
sand Quarry, which may alter the course of flow disturbing the river bed and velocity of
flowing water in the river. Increase in localised sedimentation may be noticed nearby
dredged locations.
129. No new quarries will be opened for the subproject as quarry material will be sourced
from the existing nearby. However, if new quarries are to be opened up use of explosive is
absolutely necessary to break open the aggregates. Opening up quarry alters the terrine
affecting the aesthetics of the landscape and alters contours of the geographical region.
Impact will be very large and permanent in nature. A major source of dust during the
construction stage is from stone crushing operations from the crushers and the vibrating
screen.
Mitigation measures
 Contractor should to prepare Debris transportation and disposal plan; Borrow area
/quarry/crusher area development and rehabilitation plan before starting construction
activities (Appendix- 17 and 18).
44
 All requisite clearances shall be obtained from State Pollution Control Board, Mines
and Geology Department before starting quarrying and borrowing activities.
 Controlled blasting techniques like restricted quantity of explosive to be charged per
delay detonator in stone quarries, shall be adhered to restrict the range of fly rock
(Appendix – 18).
 The information on quarries opened exclusively for the purpose of the subproject shall
be brought to notice of the Government to ensure that these quarry leases are not
renewed after expiry.
 During construction phase there will be diversion of traffic at these quarry locations.
Sprinkling water for the earthen haul roads to minimize the fugitive dust and good
traffic management is necessitated (Appendix – 14).
 Abandoned or closed quarries can be used as final receptors of unserviceable
construction waste with required compaction. The area should be rehabilitated with
good soil for 30 cm thickness and turfing or plantation shall be done in the area.
 Topsoil should be preserved and back filled after the rehabilitation of quarry/borrow
areas Natural geographical contours and natural landscape shall be preserved and
maintained.
 The earth material required should be borrowed from the wasteland or barren land and
should not be excavated from the productive agricultural lands and forestland
(Appendix – 13).
 The crusher units are to be covered with windbreaker sheet or fitted with cyclone
scrubber to decrease the suspended particulate matter. Frequent sprinkling of water in
the premises of the crusher will reduce the fugitive dust and growing vegetative belt
around the crushers will control the suspended particulate matter (Appendix – 19).
6.1.5.4 Compaction and contamination of Soil
Construction Phase
130. Soils of productive agricultural area adjoining subproject road, haul roads,
construction camp area, labour camp area and at other construction establishments will be
compacted due to the movement of heavy equipments, transportation vehicles and other
construction activities.
131. Soil may be contaminated due to spillage and inappropriate storage of oils and
lubricants at workshop areas. Soil also gets contaminated by the spills of bitumen waste at
hot mix plants. Unscientific disposal of liquid waste (sewage) and domestic solid waste from
construction camps and labour camps will contaminate the soil.
Mitigation measures
 Soil compaction beyond RoW shall be avoided by controlling the movement of
construction vehicles.
 Existing roads shall be used for hauling the construction materials and new haulage
roads are routed on the barren lands.
 If haulage roads are inevitable on productive agricultural land, it shall be reclaimed to
the original nature after the completion of construction activity.
45
 Construction camps, labour camps, material storage areas shall be rehabilitated to the
original condition after the completion of construction work.
 A construction camp layout plan shall be developed with designated area for storage of
fuel, oil and lubricants with required slope directing it to oil interceptor before washings
are let into the waste water chamber. The collected oil and grease residues are
collected and stored and disposed off as per the Hazardous waste (Management and
Handling) Rules, 1989 (Appendix – 20).
 Waste water treatment plants shall be constructed at labour camps to treat the sewage
to the prescribed CPCB standards (Appendix – 7) before disposing it on the land or
water.
 Domestic solid waste from construction and labour camps shall be segregated into
biodegradable and non biodegradable before being sent to treatment. Biodegradable
wastes are treated by composting and non biodegradable wastes are either recycled or
disposed off to authorised land fill site.
6.1.6 Impact on Ground water
Construction Phase
132. Water required for construction of road and for domestic uses of labour camps and
workers drawn from existing community bore wells and nearby irrigation canals may impact
the local users. Paved surface of the road will reduce the percolation of runoff water and
decreases the ground water recharge. Sources of ground water such as bore wells and hand
pumps are getting affected by the widening of the project road. Unscientific disposal of the
untreated waste water generated in the construction camp and labour camps may
contaminate the ground water.
Mitigation measures
 In view of the special situation in Karnataka, contractor shall prepare and implement
the approved Water Management Plan in accordance with the Appendix – 15. The
contractor shall provide a list of locations and type of sources from where water for
construction shall be extracted.
 Ground water recharge pits shall be provided at suitable intervals to facilitate the
recharge of runoff water in to the ground augmenting the water table of the project area
(Appendix – 2).
 The contractor shall use ground/surface water as a source of water for the construction
and may set up own bore well facility for construction work with requisite permission
from State Ground Water Authorities. To avoid disruption/disturbance to availability and
supply to nearby communities, contractor shall extract water from approved locations.
 Contractor may take surface water from the Irrigation Canal with the written consent
from the Irrigation Department.
 Construction camps and labour camps shall be provided with suitable storage and
treatment facility to treat the sewage. Before it is disposed off (Appendix – 21).
 All ground water supply sources which are impacted by the subproject road are
relocated to a suitable location in consultation with local community.
46
Operation Stage
133. No significant impact on ground water during operation phase except reduction in the
recharge of ground water due to paved surface of subproject road.
Mitigation measures
 Provision for Ground water recharge pits are made at suitable location along the
subproject road to facilitate the runoff water to percolate in to the ground (Appendix –
2). Regular maintenance of these recharge pits shall be done during the operation
stage to prevent choking of recharge pits.
6.1.7 Impact on surface water bodies
Construction Phase
134. There is ChinnaHagari river (T13), four ponds in the impact zone and there are no
major rivers in the influence zone except a tributary of hagari river (T17) of the subproject
roads. There are a few small streams and small irrigational canals crossed by the subproject
road. There are five ponds along the project road. Disturbance to flows; alteration of
drainage causing erosion; sewage and oil/grease/lubricant contamination from construction
camps may occur.
135. Some of the water supply units adjacent to subproject road within proposed RoW will
be impacted. The affected water supply units such as hand pumps, wells and agricultural
bore wells within proposed RoW are given in Table 6.6.
Table 6-6: Water supply sources likely affected link wise in the project area (in Nos.)
Bore MWS/ Over Public
Hand Wate
Link Wells and Water Water Head Toilet/
Link description Pump r
ID Pump cister Lines Tank/GL Man
s Taps
house n Reservoir hole
T13 Jagalur – NH 13 3 3 - - - - -
T17 Molakalmuru – SH - - - - - - -
19
136. Use of local water resources for road construction activities may disturb water supply
use.
Mitigation measures
 Construction works of culverts and bridge (cross drainage structures) are taken up
during the lean flow periods in summer to minimize the impacts on drainage.
 All the water resources and water supply connections such as bore wells, taps, water
cisterns, pipelines, etc. being impacted by the project shall be relocated in such a
manner that it should not hamper the access to drinking water. Relocation of bore wells
shall be done with consent of concerned water supply authority or the owner.
 Water for construction shall not be tapped from the surface water resources like non-
perennial rivers, lakes and water tanks which are being utilized for drinking purposes.
 Ponds and other cattle feed tanks should be conserved by effective planning and
design modifications. If so affected new ponds have to be constructed by taking the
public opinion and revenue authority. The locations should be such that it should be on
barren land.
47
 Provision for enhancement of one water body along the stretch of the subproject road
has been made (Appendix – 11).
 Construction waste shall not be dumped in to the rivers as it constricts the passage to
the flow of water and ecosystem of the water body is disturbed (Appendix – 16).
 Appropriate location should be sited for the construction camp, workers camp, etc. to
prevent the waste water from entering these water resources and prevent incidence of
spreading of communicable diseases through water. Provision for treatment of
wastewater shall be made (Appendix – 21).
 Cleaning of construction vehicles and construction equipments shall be prohibited at
rivers, canal and other water bodies.
 When the excavation is undertaken in the wet area of the water body, the banks shall
be protected, such that the slopes are not steeper than 1 vertical to 2 horizontal.
Protection works such as geo-textures, silt traps shall be used to control the erosion at
these points.
 Provision for silt traps has been made at regular intervals of the subproject road
(Appendix – 3)
 All efforts shall be maintained to use the hazardous scarified bituminous material in the
construction of approach roads and disposed off in the landfill or dumping into clay
lined bitumen disposal pits so that that leachate does not reach the ground water and
pollute (Appendix – 5).
 Provision for oil interceptors shall be made at all the construction camps/workshop
areas to separate the oil and grease waste generated from servicing of equipments
and vehicles used in the construction (Appendix – 8).
Operation stage
137. Surface water contamination may result from storm water containing oil and grease,
metals and other pollutants released by vehicles on the roadway. Storm water may also
contain nutrients and herbicides used for management of vegetation in the right-of-way.
138. Proposed widening also contributes to consolidation of embankment decreasing the
permeability of the paved and unpaved shoulder area by decreasing the ground water
recharge and increasing in run off aftermaths of road construction. Surface runoff also
increases due to paved impervious surface of main carriageway.
139. The accidental spills of oils, fuels and other hazardous chemicals on the roads during
operational phase will pollute near by water courses of the area.
Mitigation measures
 During operation stage, regular cleaning of chocked / blocked or damaged drainage
provision are necessary to avoid operational impact.
 Monitoring of water quality to comply with Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution)
Act will have better control over the quality maintenance.
48
6.1.8 Impact on Hydrology and Drainage

Construction Phase
140. Construction of high embankment road may act as a barrier to the flow of runoff
water in absence of adequate cross drainage structures.
141. Run off water quantity may increase near the project area due to the paved surface
of the subproject road.
Mitigation measures
 In addition to treatment of existing culverts and bridges, new cross drainage structures
shall be proposed to take care of the increased run off and maintain the existing
drainage morphometry of the project area.
 Longitudinal drainage system is designed to handle surface runoff from the paved
surface of the road and embankment slopes as per IRC: SP 42 and IRC: SP 50.
 Rain water harvesting structures shall be provided to recharge the ground water from
excess of runoff from the surface of the project road.
Operation Stage
142. Hydrology of the project area is least impacted during operation stage, if all design
criterion are taken into consideration during design.
Mitigation measures
 Regular maintenance of drains by removing the silt and dirt before the start of
monsoon will prevent choking of drains.
6.2 Impact on Biological Environment
6.2.1 Terrestrial Ecology
143. Most of the project road stretch passes through agricultural areas and built-up areas
and there are no National Parks, Wildlife Sanctuaries and other eco-sensitive areas nearby
subproject road.
Construction Stage
144. The acquisition of productive agricultural land at some stretches is inherent to the
road development projects. The loss of crops on productive agricultural land is inevitable
during construction stage due to operating heavy vehicles.
145. Some stretches of avenue trees such as Ficus beghalensis, Tamarindus indica,
Pongamia pinnata, Azadirachta indica (Bevu), etc. are found along the subproject road. Total
of 716 trees are impacted due to the project. Cutting of trees will have negligible impact on
local meteorological parameters. Details of number of trees to be felled in the project area
for the proposed road widening are presented in Table 6.7.
Table 6-7: Girth wise likely impact on avenue trees (in Nos.)
Link Girth (30cm Girth (>60cm Girth (>90cm Girth
Link description Total
ID –60 cm) - 90cm) - 180cm) (>180cm)
T13 Jagalur – NH 13 169 141 91 70 471
T17 Molakalmuru – SH 19 67 94 54 30 245
Total trees impacted 716
49
146. During construction of subproject road, there will be inconvenience for local road
users and domestic animals and also cause health problems by the dust and gaseous
pollutants for a short period.
 Trees impacted due to the project shall only be cut after requisite permission from
State Forest Department is obtained.
 Trees impacted by the project shall be compensated by planting of endemic tree
species which are highly tolerable to vehicular emissions and dust will be taken up as
per IRC: SP 21.
 The median in urban sectors are landscaped with small tree/bushes and blooming
shrubs to avoid future tree cutting when the road is upgraded further.
 All necessary measures such as siting of construction establishments away from
human habitations; increase of stack height; regular maintenance of construction
equipments and vehicles; etc. shall be taken up to reduce the dust and gaseous
emissions during construction activities.
 Rows of approximately 2,876 avenue trees shall be planted on both sides of the
subproject for the entire length (Appendix – 10). Indigenous species are selected for
plantation, which will suit the local environmental conditions. Some species of trees,
shrubs and herbs recommended for plantation are given in the following table.
Trees Shrubs Herbs
Acacia arabica (Kateria babul) Bougainvillea (Baganvilas) Achyranthes aspera
Acacia auriculiformis (Pencil tree) Calotropis procera R. Br. Jacq. (Latjira)
Samanea saman ( Rain tree) (Madar) Amaranthus
Terminalia arjun (Arjuna) Cassia sophera Wall. (Kasunda) graecizans Auct.
Pongamia pinnata (Honge) Clerodendron infortunatum. Argemone mexican L.
Peltophorum pterocarpum (Yellow (Bhant) (Sialkanta)
gulmohar) Ipomoea fistulosa (Behaya) Croton sparsiflorus
Casuarina equisetifolia (Sarve mara) Lantana camara L. (Ghaneri) Morong.
Michelia champaca (Sampige) Murraya exotica L. (Kamini) Solanum
Nerium odorum Ait. (Lal Kaner) xanthocarpum Schard
Polyalthia longifolia (Ashoka)
and Wendl.
Delonix regia (Gulmohar) Ricinus communis L. (Arand)
(Bhatkataiya)
Butea monosperma (Muthuga) Tabernaemontana coronaria Wils.
Jacaranda mimosaefolia (Jacaranda) (Chandni)
Plumeria kubra (Deva kanagale) Thevetia nerifolia Juss. (Peela
Bauhinia variegate (Kanchivala) Kaner)
Aegle marmelos Correa. (Bilpatra)
Azadirachat indica. (Bevu)
Ficus religiosa Forsk. (Arali)
Operation stage
147. Impacts to terrestrial ecology during project operation are either minimal or positive.
Trees will be established along the road such that it does not affect the visibility and improve
micro-climate (see Appendix-10) and sequester greenhouse gases.
Mitigation measures
 All efforts shall be made for survival of planted trees. A Memorandum of Understanding
has been signed with Karnataka State Forest Department to take up the plantation
50
work along with maintenance of trees for 7 years. Selection of big tree species having
lateral growth should be avoided to ensure vertical clearance on the subproject road to
avoid any obstruction to the visibility for the operating vehicles. Small avenue trees
shall be preferred over big trees. Fruit bearing avenue trees shall be avoided.
 The traffic – animal conflicts during the operation stage shall be resolved by
implementing speed calming mitigation measures such as road humps, rumble strips,
speed limits, sign boards etc (Appendix – 14).
 It is necessary to comply with Hazardous Waste (Handling and Management) Rules,
1989 during road construction projects to protect animals by consuming contaminated
water. Accidental chemical spills shall be handled by emergency spill procedure such
as stopping the flow; removing ignition source; initiating emergency response; cleanup
and safe disposal will be followed (Appendix – 20).
 It is essential to make provisions for the transportation of agricultural equipments and
animal crossing wherever necessary by providing service roads, speed breakers (road
humps, rumble strips, signboards, etc.). Although situation does not warrant for the
provision of exclusive underpasses, all possible efforts shall be made to avoid animal-
traffic conflict arising out of proposed improvement of project roads.
6.2.2 Aquatic Ecology
Construction Stage
148. Impacts on the aquatic ecology during construction include increase in the silt inflow
to the surface water bodies and disposal of liquid wastes and untreated sewage from
construction camps and labour camps into the surface water bodies.
Mitigation measures
 Construction of road embankments shall be adhered to 1:2 slope ratio and turfing on
the slopes will reduce the embankment erosion. Construction of cross drainage
structures will be taken up during lean flow period to avoid the silt inflow to the surface
water bodies.
 Liquid wastes and sewage from the construction establishments will be treated to meet
the CPCB standards (Appendix – 7) before disposing it into water bodies.
Operation stage
149. There is no significant impact on aquatic ecology during operation stage except
during accidental chemical spill in the project area entering the surrounding water bodies
and proving detrimental to aquatic fauna.
150. There will be impact on aquatic ecology due to flow of sediments from the
embankment slopes if turfing done on slopes are not regularly monitored and maintained.
Mitigation measures
 Accidental chemical spills shall be handled by emergency spill procedure such as
stopping the flow; removing ignition source; initiating emergency response; cleanup
and safe disposal will be followed.
51
 Provision for silt traps has been made at regular intervals, especially at major cross
drainage structures to trap the silt before it reaches the water bodies along the
subproject road (Appendix – 3 and 16).
6.3 Management of Construction Debris/Waste
151. Construction debris/waste is generated due to demolition of existing structures,
scarification of existing pavement and excavation at some section of the subproject road.
Improper disposal of scarified bitumen causes decrease in soil fertility and water pollution.
Careless disposal of debris can obstruct waterways causing siltation of reservoirs and
reduce capacity. Unleaded demolition wastes will cause traffic blockage and dust causing
inconvenience and health risks.
Mitigation measures
 During the site clearance and disposal of debris, the contractor shall take full care to
ensure that public or private properties are not affected; there are no dwellings below
the dumpsite and the traffic is not interrupted.
 The Contractor shall at all times ensure that the entire existing canal and drains within
and adjacent to the site are kept safe and free from any debris.
 Construction waste debris shall be utilised for backfilling embankments, filling pits,
construction of cross roads, approach roads and landscaping before being disposed
into disposal pits.
 Debris disposal sites shall be sited away from sensitive locations like settlements,
water body, forest areas and any other sensitive locations (Appendix – 1 and 13).
 The debris dumpsites have to be suitably rehabilitated by planting local species of
shrubs and other plants so that the landscape is coherent with the local environment.
 Care should always be taken to maintain the hydrological flow in the area and dumping
sites do not contaminate the water sources such as rivers and ponds.
152. The locations of Disposal sites have to be selected such that (Appendix – 1):
 At least 1000 m away from residential area and located leeward side of wind.
 Disposal sites are located at least 1000 m away from sensitive locations like
Settlements, forest areas (Appendix – 13) and other sensitive locations.
 Disposal sites do not contaminate any water sources, rivers etc for this site should be
located away from water body.
 Public perception about the location of debris disposal site has to be obtained before
finalizing the location. Permission from the Village/local community is to be obtained for
the Disposal site selected.
6.4 Socioeconomic Impact
6.4.1 Positive Impacts
153. Road projects aim to improve urban and rural area connectivity, which in turn will
improve economic and social welfare of rural communities. Improved pavements will invite
transport operators connecting remote areas improving access to markets, jobs, and
education and health services. Crop pattern may change so that the perishable cash crops
have an easy access to the markets and get better prices for their agricultural products.
52
154. Tourism will improve contributing to the local economic activities through
sign/information boards with regarding ecological, tourism and pilgrimage areas (Appendix
– 4). Good roads will reduce travel time, fuel consumption and pollutants emitted by the
operating vehicles.
155. Roads promote social and gender equity through non-traditional channel. Access to
transportation on safe roads has direct impact on economic standing and quality of life in
affected community. Road improvement projects increases buying and selling opportunities,
availability of emergency health care, and promotes stronger familial links. These benefits
accrue differently to women than men. With increase buying and selling opportunities,
women become more independent and lessen the risk associated with their vulnerabilities.
Economic empowerment often means life or death for most vulnerable group in society. With
access to better roads maternal mortality in affected communities due to access to health
care, and the cost of transport is reduced, which is one of the key barriers to those in need of
medical assistance. Usually taken for granted are impacts of roads allowing women to travel
and visit extended family members which has proven to be critical in reducing risk of
isolation and deterrent against domestic violence.
6.4.2 Negative Impacts
156. Improvement of existing road requires acquisition of agricultural land and also impact
on the agricultural productivity at the fringe of RoW.
157. A variety of utilities serving the regional needs like electric poles, electric
transformers, telephone poles, telephone junction boxes which are within impact zone shall
be impacted. The categories of such impacted utilities are given in Table – 6-8.
Table 6-8: List of utilities being affected by the proposed roads (in Nos.)
Link Electric Electric Telephone Telephone
Link description
ID poles Transformer pole Junction Box
T13 Jagalur – NH 13 64 2 4 -
T17 Molakalmuru – SH 19 25 1 6 -
158. There are many religious structures such as temples, mosque, church, shrines, and
arali kattes along the subproject corridor. Some of these structures are impacted directly or
indirectly during construction of road project. The impact on religious structures due to
project road is shown in following Table 6.9.
Table 6-9: The Religious and cultural structures under impact in the project area (in Nos.)
Link Link Samadi/ Community Arali
Temple Mosque Church Shrine
ID description Graveyard Hall/Ashrama katte
T13 Jagalur – NH
2 - - - - 1 -
13
T17 Molakalmuru –
3 - - - - - -
SH 19
159. Some of the community structures such as Schools, hospitals and bus shelters will
be disturbed is shown in following Table 6.10.
53
Table 6-10: The Community structure under impact in the project area (in Nos.)
Primar Bus
Link Hospit Arc Compoun Fenc
Link description y Shelter/Stan Library
ID al h d wall e
School d
T13 Jagalur – NH 13 - - 3 - - - -
T17 Molakalmuru – SH
- - - - - - -
19
Mitigation measures
 Concerned owners of the utilities will be informed in advance to shift the utilities in co
ordination with the project proponents before construction starts to avoid disruption of
regional services.
 Alignment shift to minimise the impact on the religious and community structures.
Where it is unavoidable and the community is willing to relocate the religious property,
relocation will be undertaken after adequate consultations.
 Discussions with the community and various stakeholders shall be conducted for
relocation or shifting of cultural properties. The details of the cultural properties being
relocated are given in the RAP.
6.5 Impacts due to Construction Camp and Immigration of Workers
Construction phase
160. During construction phase, various types of equipment will be brought to the site.
These include D G Sets, batching plant, drillers, earthmovers, rock bolters, etc. The storing
and working space requirement of these construction equipments would be significant. In
addition, land will also be temporarily acquired for the duration of project construction for
storage of the quarried material before crushing, crushed material, cement rubble, etc.
161. The proposed road project would envisage construction of temporary camps to
accommodate construction workers from out side. This immigration of the labours for the
project is known to cause the problem for arranging the space for their stay and livelihood.
Labour camps require space nearby construction site to house the laborers.
162. The immigration of large number of labour force will create problems of storing,
treating and disposing the sewage waste and solid waste management. This may result in
discharge of sewage into the nearby water body.
163. Some times within the labour camp, increase in breeding sites of mosquitoes,
increases the incidence of spreading various diseases such as malaria and pathogenic
diseases. If adequate control measures are not undertaken, there could be increase in the
incidence of malaria, especially during construction phase. Further, the labour camps could
be vulnerable to increased incidence of water-borne diseases.
164. Labour camps also act as the potential centers for spreading diseases such as HIV
by having contact with local population.
165. The labors in the labour camps tend to be dependent on fuel wood requirement for
cooking and heating purposes by clearing the nearby trees and vegetation.
54
Mitigation measures
 A storage area shall be selected in such a way that it leads to minimal impacts on
human habitations, forest cover, wildlife etc. The operation of these equipment is to
take place mostly in the underground components, which is not likely to be near
habitations.
 It is proposed to commission adequate number of septic tanks for treatment of
domestic sewage before its disposal in to the water bodies. Therefore, no adverse
impacts on water quality are anticipated due to discharge of sewage from construction
worker camp.
 The credible sources of potential impacts may also arise from uncontrolled runoffs from
the labour camps and accidental spills of oil etc. into surface and ground water bodies.
 Contractor shall plan for water supply for drinking and other domestic purposes without
hampering existing water usage by the villagers for drinking, irrigation or other
purposes. Sufficient and appropriate sanitary facilities should be provided in the labour
camps in order to maintain hygienic conditions in the labour camps. The contractor
shall be obligated to follow the stringent procedures so as not to pollute surface and
groundwater with respect to disposing of liquid and solid wastes generated from labour
camps (Appendix – 21).
 The sufficient quantity and timely supply of Liquid Petroleum Gas shall be done to the
labourers for cooking and cutting of trees and vegetation shall be discouraged.
6.6 Impact on Safety and Health of Construction Workers and Accident Risk to
Local Communities
6.6.1 Impacts on Occupational Health and Safety
Construction Stage
166. Accidents may occur due to lack of knowledge on handling of new equipments,
workers functioning without proper personal protective equipment and without possessing
first aid facilities at work sites. Fire hazard due to absence of fire protective equipment at site
of storage of oils, bitumen, diesel and any other form of chemicals storage may impose
safety concerns.
167. During road paving, workers are subject to physical, chemical and noise hazards due
to work activities as vegetation clearing, placing of the asphalt coat, curing, placing of
asphalt mix and compaction. Workers are exposed to physical hazards from operating
machineries and moving vehicles. Some may be exposed to elevated working condition
particularly in clearing vegetation. Almost all workers will be exposed to weather elements,
noise and working in limited area to minimize traffic obstruction.
Mitigation measures
 All the workers at construction and batching plants shall be compulsorily equipped with
personal protective equipments like Gum boots, Helmet, Ear plugs, air mask and
goggles (Appendix – 9).
 Provision of first aid facilities for all the construction workers at construction camps and
all workplaces first aid equipment and nursing staff must be provided (Appendix – 16).
55
 Periodical health check-up of the workers are to be arranged by the contactors to

ensure good health. For those workers working in hot mix plants and with bitumen
pavers, health checkups for monitoring benzene content in their blood, especially
before and after the construction is ensured.
 Contractor shall implement road safety plan and attend to issues of health and safety
of construction workers; maintaining and cleaning up campsites and safeguard the
environment in the vicinity of project area (Appendix – 16).
 No construction camp shall be located within 1000m of major habitations to avoid
disease outbreak and communicable diseases. Required health facility shall be
arranged for the construction labourers to take care of accidents and other treatments
(Appendix – 21).
 Adequate sanitary, drainage, toilets with septic tanks, refuse collection and disposal
facilities shall be provided for the construction workers. The provision of a potable
water supply, cooking fuel and toilet facilities shall be made as per the stipulated
guidelines of the Indian labour Act.
 All the workers have to be supplied with potable drinking water at all times without
affecting the water availability and supply to nearby communities.
 The sewage generated from the construction workers camps shall be properly
designed, treated and disposed off so that no water pollution takes place. Treated
water shall be stored properly for subsequent use for gardening and non domestic
purposes (Appendix – 21). Solid waste generated from the construction workers
camps shall be stored properly and treated either by composting or by land filling.
 Development and implementation of transportation management plan to ensure work
zone safety and workers safety training are the principal measures to address
occupational safety risk. The transportation management plan will be prepared by the
contractor at least 45 days from the commencement of the construction and submitted
to Environmental Engineer, PIU for review and approval. The plan will clearly establish
work zones to separate workers on foot from traffic and equipment, by rerouting traffic
to alternative roads or shoulders and closure of lanes and diversion.
 Contractor shall ensure that all workers have undergone training in safety practices
and use of personal protective equipment at least 30 days before the commencement
of work.
 Workers engaged in overhead works will ensure that work place is barricaded for
unauthorized access. proper training on hoisting/lifting equipment, proper maintenance
of lifting equipment, strict implementation of equipment lifting procedures, and proper
use of ladders.
 Workers shall be protected from exposure to chemical hazards during construction
associated with dust from paving activities, exhaust from heavy equipment emissions
and use of paint and diesel. Workers will be supplied with protective clothing when
working with mixture of asphalt and solvents. Handling and storage of bitumen should
be guided by the bitumen materials safety data sheet (Appendix – 22).
 Contractor will practice work rotation system among the workers to reduce health
impacts related to prolonged exposure to noise.
56
Operation stage
168. Most of the project road stretch passes through agricultural areas, frequented by
transportation of agricultural equipments, harvested crops and domestic animals for grazing
purposes. The common traffic – animal conflict is accidents by rash driving or breakdown of
vehicles leading to death of cattle and domestic animals.
169. Accidental chemical spill or indiscriminate disposal of bituminous materials in the
project area may impact the terrestrial ecology and enter surrounding water bodies proving
detrimental to local fauna.
Mitigation measures
 Commuters and road using community will be educated on the road safety issues to
reduce the accidents involving traffic – animal.
 Accident Safety and Hazardous Chemical Spill Management Plan shall be prepared by
the contractor and submitted to Environmental Engineer, PIU. The plan should also
have details of detours in case of emergency.
6.6.2 Impacts on Community Health and Safety
Construction Phase
170. Traffic will be affected causing inconvenience, longer travel time and higher cost. The
traffic diversions on unpaved roads will also increase the dust generation in the surrounding
areas. The accidents are also increase due to traffic disruption.
171. Communities traversed along the subproject road will be subject to a range of health
and safety risk during road paving. These impacts include dust, noise and vibration from
construction vehicle transit, communicable diseases from influx of temporary migrant
workers. The more significant health and safety issues from road project are pedestrian
safety, traffic safety, and emergency preparedness.
Mitigation measures
 Contractor shall at all times carry out construction work on the road in manner creating
least interference to the free flow of traffic. Contractor shall provide and maintain,
during execution of the work, a passage for traffic either along a part of the existing
carriageway under improvement or along a temporary diversion constructed close to
the subproject road (Appendix – 14).
 The Contractor shall take all necessary measures for the safety of traffic during
construction and provide, erect and maintain such barricades, including signs, marking,
flags, lights and flagmen for the formation and protection of traffic approaching or
passing through the section of the road under construction.
 Before taking up any construction, an agreed Traffic Management Plan for the
diversion of traffic on the subproject road shall be drawn up in consultation with
Environmental Engineer of CSC.
 Upon completion of the works for which the temporary traffic arrangements or
diversions have been made, the Contractor shall remove all temporary installations and
signs and reinstate all affected roads and other structures or installations to the
conditions that existed before the work started, as directed by the Engineer.
57
 Provision for temporary traffic diversions shall be made on the paved and well
compacted surfaces to avoid the interruptions to the flow of traffic and minimise the
dust generation.
 The contractor will ensure availability of safe corridors and crossings of pedestrian and
bicyclists where paving activities are located in inhabited areas. Consultations will be
made by the contractor with affected communities on location preferences of safe
crossings. The contractor will also install barriers, traffic calming devices, signs, signals
and markings to avoid pedestrian from crossing hazardous sections.
 Emergency preparedness shall be discussed with the traversed communities and
coordinate efforts with the PIU, KSHIP through the contractor, local police, and
community in addressing emergency situations like vehicular accidents, pedestrian
accident, or release of oil and chemical spills.
Operation Phase
172. The more significant health and safety issues from road project are pedestrian safety,
traffic safety, and emergency preparedness.
Mitigation Measures
 The KSHIP, in coordination with communities shall be responsible for the maintenance
of signs, signals, markings, speed limits, warnings of sharp turns, including signs to
alert drivers of road sections that are known for animal crossing. KSHIP shall create
the awareness among the communities on emergency preparedness in addressing
emergency situations like vehicular accidents, pedestrian accident, or release of oil and
chemical spills.
58
7 STAKE HOLDER CONSULTATIONS

173. Consultation and participation with various stakeholders is an integral part of the
environmental and social impact assessment and also part of regulatory requirement of EIA
Notification, 2006 and ADB SPS 2009. The stake holders of the project include;
 Project affected communities (on either side of the project road),
 Institutional stake holders such as PCB, local bodies, Water Resource
Department, Environmental Department, Mines and Geology Department,
Forest Department, etc.
174. Consultations at micro-level (along the road) and macro-level (e.g. District/State level
institutional consultations) help planners integrate short term and long term requirements of
the local, regional, state and national goals in to the planning process. The regional, state
and national goals are generally set by the legislations and policies by controlling or limiting
the activities in order to reduce and nullify the adverse impact generated by infrastructure
projects like roads and highways.
7.1 Type of Consultations conducted
175. Various types of consultations done during the investigations include;
 One to one meetings with affected communities
 Focus group meetings with a group or section of communities
176. One on one meetings were held with key members of local communities. These
consultations focused specific issues in a given section (link) of the subproject corridor.
Wherever possible such type of consultations were generally held with informed people
(those members of the local communities who in their past had a thorough experience and
had geographic, political and general knowledge of the area and requirements of the
communities).
177. Focus group consultations were conducted with a sample section of the community
with a good representation from the affected communities. Such meetings provided
substantial information about the community concerns.
7.2 Consultation during Environmental Screening
178. During field reconnaissance for Environmental Screening, care was taken to meet
the people in the roadside teashops or near markets to solicit their opinion on the need for
improving the given road and their willingness to preserve the roadside avenue plantations.
Some of the findings from Public Consultations carried out by the PCC during Environmental
Screening are worth noting. Their general response was in favour of requirement of regular
repairing of any road but their main concern was on width of the proposed project road; land
required to be acquired for the project road and compensation to be given for the land losers.
For those who own the commercial establishments such as complexes and petty shops main
concern was on the total width of the project road within the villages; alternatives for their
livelihood and space to shift their establishments. On the social responsibility for preserving
the roadside plantations, some of the villagers expressed their support for avenue plantation
and they preferred fodder trees to other trees as it would help to feed their cattle on a
sustainable manner. They also felt more compelling need to ensure supply of firewood
plantations in spaces other than RoW. During consultation there were also general
opinions/suggestions on the project implementation as follows.
59
 Most of the people were not happy with the existing road infrastructure and they need
improvement of the roads.
 People wanted the road of minimum width so that much of their land property is not
affected.
 Road works should be completed at the earliest and people should not be
inconvenienced.
 After construction, proper maintenance of the road should be carried out.
 Noise pollution control measures during construction shall be devised at village
settlements, particularly at schools.
7.3 Major findings of consultations
179. The consultations for the links were held at Donihalli – T13 and Soolenahalli -T17 on
11.07.2010, there were 55 participants. Key findings of the consultations are given below.
Table 7-1: Major findings of consultations - T13 – Jagalur – NH 13
Name of
Sex Profession Issued Discussed Response
Stakeholder
MN M Ex- Gram Compensation of affected It was explained that the project
Borappa Panchayti properties should be according to had a policy and compensation
member the demand of the people – the would be paid according to the
people will not accept policy. The the policy provided
compensation value as decided for compensation at market
by the Project Authorities. rates. On reduction of width of
He also asked if it possible to road – it was explained that
reduce the width of the road where ever it is technically
Asked that those losing shops will feasible it will be done.
be affected by loss of business It was explained that those
thus more compensation should losing shops will be assisted by
be paid. the project to re-establish their
livelihood.
H M Farmer Asked for the project outside the It was explained only where
Hanumantha village as a lot of people lose impact was large bypass as an
iah their houses, shops. Asked for alternative was looked into.
bypass as it helps the public
Kotra M Business Wanted to know what It was explained that those
Basappa compensation will be paid for without legal title will be
those losing their shops in govt. assisted by the project to re-
land. establish their livelihood.
Wanted to know what It was explained that the project
compensation was there for Entitlement Policy addressed
tenants. the issue of tenants and
assistance will be paid to
tenants according to the project
He asked for compensation for Policy.
the land acquired and assistance It was explained that land
also the land which he would buy. compensation will be paid
according to negotiation.
However for nay land that the
person purchases the stamps
and registration duty will be
waived.
Basavarajap M Ex Asked whether compensation It was explained that
pa Chairman was related to BPL card. He said compensation was not based
GP a lot of poor did not have BPL on the BPL card, but on the
card. Asked for proper type/category of loss.
compensation for the poor It was confirmed that notices
60
Name of
Sex Profession Issued Discussed Response
Stakeholder
people. will be issued to all losing
Wanted to know whether notices property.
will be issued to all losing
property.
Jagadish M Farmer Mentioned that BPL card holders Those with houses/shops on
construct big houses in govt. land govt land will be treated as
– and wanted to know what kind squatters according to the
of valuation will be done for such Policy. Any assistance to them
structures. will be according to the Project
Policy.
Kotreshaiah M Service Mentioned that he did not have It was explained that that during
any property records. His house Section 15 Notification if the
is on private property. He wanted person had any objection to
to know what compensation will acquisition he should raise it
be paid. with the Sp DC LA KSHIP.
180. There were only two displaced families in Link T17 (Molakalmur – SH 19). No
residential or commercial structures are affected. Majority of the village people did not
participate in the consultation meeting. There were only two persons who agreed to sign the
attendance sheet.
7.4 Follow-up consultations
181. Subsequent to project preparation, a follow up formal consultation should be
organized by the project proponents during the actual implementation of the project to
involve the community and develop and promote the sense of local road ownership for its
operation and maintenance.
61
8 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

8.1 Environmental Management Plan
182. The environmental management plan (EMP) contains specific mitigation and
monitoring actions that will be carried out by the contractor and proponent. EMP deals with
the management measures and implementation procedure of the guidelines along with
enhancement measures recommended to avoid, minimize and mitigate foreseen
environmental impacts of the project. Details of various management measures to be
implemented during pre-construction, construction and operational phases are presented in
the EMAP Table-8.1 and Table -8.2.
62
Table 8-1: Environmental Management Plan (Part-A)

Sl. No. Environmental Mitigation Measures Approximate Reference Responsibility
Issue location law/guidelines Planning and Supervision/
Execution Monitoring
PRE-CONSTRUCTION STAGE
Pre-construction activities by PIU, KSHIP
P1 Land Acquisition The acquisition of land and private properties shall be carried Wherever LA Act 1984 KSHIP, KSHIP
out in accordance with the RAP and entitlement framework of existing RoW and its Revenue Dept,
the Project. is less than Amendments, Collaborating
KSHIP has to ascertain that acquisition of land in the post proposed Agencies
design phase are addressed and integrated into the EMP and RoW
relevant contract documents.
P2 Clearance of Advance notice, as per RAP shall be given to the encroachers Where RAP PIU, KSHIP and KSHIP
Encroachment/S and squatters present in the Corridor of Impact, who need to be compulsory documents Revenue
quatters (change relocated. All RandR activities shall be undertaken. Entitlements resettlement Authority
in land use) as per KSHIP entitlement framework shall be completed before of people is
construction starts. involved
P3 Tree Cutting Trees shall be removed from the Corridor of Impact before the Trees along MoRTH 201.1 Contractor/Agen CSC and /
actual commencement of the work with the permission from the the subproject and 201.6 cy engaged by KSHIP
state Forest Department. Cutting shall not start until the road falling KSHIP
implementation of the project in that particular location of cutting within
is confirmed. proposed
Stacking, transport and storage of the wood shall be done as RoW
per the relevant norms.
P4 Preservation of All efforts shall be made to preserve trees including evaluation At green MoRTH 201.2 Contractor/Agen CSC and /
Trees of minor design adjustments/alternatives (as applicable) to save tunnels and and 301.5 cy engaged by KSHIP
trees. Specific attention shall be given for protecting giant trees, trees present KSHIP
green tunnels and locally important trees (religiously important at the toe line
etc.). Detail of the trees affected due to the proposed project of the
road in given in (Appendix – 10) carriage way
Tree cutting is to proceed only after all the legal requirements and trees of
including attaining of In-principle and Formal Clearances form valuable
the Forest Dept./MoEF are completed and subsequently a species
written order is issued to the Contractor. having
Particular species declared as “protected” by the State Forest ecological
Dept. in the private land shall be felled only after due clearance value.
from the Forest Dept. is obtained.
In the event of design changes, additional assessments
63
including the possibility to save trees shall be made.

Systematic corridor level documentation for the trees cut and
those saved shall be maintained by the KSHIP
P5 Relocation of All community utilities and properties i.e., hand pumps, open Throughout RAP document KSHIP, other KSHIP
Community wells, water supply lines, sewer lines, telephone cables, the corridor Agencies /
Utilities and buildings and health centers shall not be relocated before Contractor
Common construction of subproject road starts.
Property
Resources
P6 Relocation of All religious property resources such as shrines, temples and Throughout MoRTH 110.7 KSHIP/ CSC/
affected Cultural mosques within the project road shall be relocated. A list of the stretch Contractor KSHIP
and Religious cultural properties affected is given in the Chapter-2 Summary especially
Properties of Impacts. nearby
If there is any relocation of the religious structures may happen settlements
then it shall be identified in accordance with the choice of the
community. KSHIP in consultation with local people shall finalize
those.
The entire process (i.e. selection of relocation sites and design)
shall be under supervision of Environmental Specialist of CSC,
during the construction stage by the Contractor. The relocation
shall be completed before the construction starts in these sites.
Pre-construction activities by the Contractor/Environmental Specialist of CSC
P7 Field Verification and Modification of the Contract Documents
P.7.1 Joint Field The Environmental Specialist of CSC and the Contractor shall Throughout MoRTH 201.2 Contractor/ KSHIP
Verification carry out joint field verification to ascertain any possibilities of the stretch of Environmental
saving trees, environmental and community resources, and subproject Specialist of
these activities are to be taken up by the construction CSC
contractor.
P.7.2 Assessment of The Environmental Specialist of CSC shall assess impacts and Where ever Contractor/ KSHIP
Impacts due to revise/modify the EMP and other required sections of the project changes are Environmental
Changes/Revisi document/s in the event of changes/revisions (including addition applicable Specialist of
ons/additions in or deletion) in the project’s scope of work. CSC
the Project Work
P.7.3 Crushers, Hot- All construction plants shall be sited sufficiently away from At all MoRTH 111.1, Contractor/ KSHIP
mix plants and settlements and agricultural operations or any commercial Crushers, Air (prevention Environmental
Batching Plants establishments. Such plants shall be located at least 100m Hot-mix of control of Specialist of
Location away from the nearest dwelling preferably in the downwind plants and pollution) Act, CSC
direction. Batching 1981and Noise
The Contractor shall submit a detailed layout plan for all such Plants Rules
64
sites and approval of Environmental Specialist of CSC shall be opened up for

necessary prior to the establishment. the
Arrangements to control dust pollution through provision of construction
windscreens, water sprinklers, and dust extraction systems shall of subproject
have to be provided at all such sites. road
Specifications for crushers, hot mix plants and batching plants
shall comply with the requirements of the relevant emission
control legislations. Consent for the Establishment and
Operation from KSPCB shall be obtained before establishment
and operation respectively and a copy should be submitted to
the CSC and KSHIP.
Wherever there is extremely water scarcity areas exist the
Water sprinkling shall be limited to one time in the morning. To
balance this deficient information boards shall be erected at
appropriate locations with a message to “Dust prone area take
precautions.
P.7.4 Other All vehicles, equipment and machinery to be procured for Applicable to Air pollution Contractor/ KSHIP
Construction construction shall confirm to the relevant Bureau of India all vehicles Control Act, Environmental
Vehicles, Standard (BIS) norms. The discharge standards promulgated used in the and Noise Specialist of
Equipment and under the Environment Protection Act, 1986 and Motor Vehicles construction Rules and CSC
Machinery Act, 1988 shall be strictly adhered to. Motor Vehicle
The silent/quiet equipment available in the market shall be used Act, 1988
in the Project.
The Contractor shall maintain a record of PUC for all vehicles
and machinery used during the contract period which shall be
produced to EO, KSHIP’s verification whenever required.
P8 Identification and Selection of Material Sources
.8.1 Borrow Areas Finalising soil borrowing earth and all logistic arrangements as Borrow sites IRC Guidelines Contractor/ KSHIP
well as compliance to environmental requirements, as on borrow Environmental
applicable, shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor. areas and Specialist of
The Contractor shall not start borrowing earth from selected quarries; EPA CSC
borrow area until the formal agreement is signed between 1986 and
landowner and Contractor and a copy is submitted to the CSC. MoRTH 111.2
Locations finalized by the Contractor shall be reported to the and 305.2.2
Environmental Specialist of CSC and he shall submit the report
to KSHIP.
Planning of haul roads for accessing borrows areas shall be
undertaken during this stage. The haul roads shall be routed to
avoid agricultural areas as far as possible and shall use the
65
existing village roads wherever available.

The environmental personnel of the CSC shall be required to
inspect every borrow area location prior to approval. The CSC
should include the Request for Inspection form for borrow area
approval from the environmental point of view.
P.8.2 Quarry Contractor shall finalize the quarry for procurement of Quarry sites MoRTH 111.3 Contractor Environment
construction materials after assessment of the availability of al Specialist
sufficient quantity of materials, quality and other logistic of CSC
arrangements.
In case the Contractor decides to use quarries other than
recommended by DPR consultant, then the Contractor should
give substantiation.
Contractor shall also work out haul road network and report to
Environmental Specialist of CSC and CSC shall inspect and in
turn report to KSHIP before approval.
P.8.3 Arrangement for In view of the special situation in Karnataka, Contractor shall Throughout As per the Contractor Environment
Construction prepare and implement the approved Water Management Plan the subproject contract al Specialist
Water in accordance with the Appendix-16, Appendix-24 and BoQ document and of CSC
Environment mitigation works Clause No.
The contractor shall use ground/surface water as a source of 1010 EPA,
water for the construction and may set up own bore well facility 1986
for construction work.
Contractor may take surface water from the Irrigation Canal with
the written consent from the Irrigation Department.
To avoid disruption/disturbance to other water users, the
Contractor shall extract water from fixed locations and consult
Environmental Specialist of CSC before finalizing the locations.
The Contractor shall provide a list of locations and type of
sources from where water for construction shall be extracted.
The Contractor shall need to comply with the requirements of
the State Ground Water Department for the extraction and seek
their approval for doing so and submit copies of the permission
to CSC and KSHIP.
P9 Sand The Sand shall be procured from identified sand mines as far as Sand quarries As per the All riverbeds
possible. If the Contractor wants to obtain from source other being used contract recommended
than listed in EMP, substitution shall be provided with the details for the document4 for sand
of the aggregates source and lead distance. construction extraction for
The Contractor shall obtain copy of the Lease Agreement of the the project.
66
supplier and submit to CSC before procuring the sand.

P 10 Labour The Contractor shall preferably use unskilled labour drawn from Throughout As per the Contractor Environment
Requirements local communities to give maximum benefits to the local the subproject Contract al Specialist
community. road Document of CSC
P 11 Construction Siting of the construction camps shall be as per the guidelines Construction As per IRC Contractor Environment
Camp Locations below and details of layout to be approved by CSC Resident camps guidelines and al Specialist
– Selection, Engineer and environment specialist. contract of CSC
Design and Construction camps shall not be proposed within 500m from the documents.
Layout nearest settlements to avoid conflicts and stress over the
infrastructure facilities with the local community.
Location for stockyards for construction materials shall be
identified at least 300m away from watercourses.
The Sewage Treatment Plant and solid waste treatment for the
camp shall be designed, built and operated.
Contractor’s camps shall be identified at least 2km away from
the Forest Reserves.
P 12 Arrangements The Contractor as per prevalent rules shall carry out Construction MoRTH 108.3 Contractor Environment
for Temporary negotiations with the landowners for obtaining their consent for camps and al Specialist
Land temporary use of lands for construction borrow areas of CSC
Requirement camp/construction/borrow areas etc.
Temporary land arrangements shall not be from the forest
reserves except under special permission circumstances where
it is un avoidable due to the vast forest reserves in the PIA.
P 13 Orientation of The KSHIP shall organize Orientation Sessions and regular Throughout EMP and other Contractor/ CSC KSHIP
Implementing training sessions at all stages of the project. This shall include the training plan and KSHIP
Agency and on-site training (general as well as in the specific context of a implementatio developed by
Contractors subproject). These sessions shall involve all staff of KSHIP n period. KSHIP
involved in the implementation of EMP, Environmental
Specialists of CSC and Contractors.
CONSTRUCTION STAGE
Activities to be Carried Out by the Contractor
C1 Site Clearance
C.1.1 Clearing and If required vegetation shall be removed from the construction Throughout MoRTH 201 Contractor Environment
Grubbing zone before commencement of construction. All works shall be the corridor al Specialist
carried out such that the damage or disruption of flora other of CSC,
than those identified for cutting is minimum. KSHIP
Only ground cover/shrubs that impinge directly on the
permanent works or necessary temporary works shall be
removed with prior approval from the Environmental Expert of
67
CSC.
The Contractor, under any circumstances shall not cut or
damage trees and forest reserves. Trees identified under the
project shall be cut only after receiving clearance from the
Forest Dept./DoEF/MoEF (as applicable) and after the receipt of
KSHIP’s written permission in this regard.
Vegetation only with girth size of over 30 cm shall be considered
as trees and shall be compensated, in the event of KSHIP’s
instruction to undertake tree cutting.
C.1.2 Disposal of Appendix-1 provides guidelines for the preparation of the All debris MoRTH 202 Contractor Environment
Debris from contractors Debris disposal plan. This is mainly to deal with disposal sites al Specialist
dismantling surplus debris materials that would be available after adjusting and Resident
structures and for all insitu applications. Engineer of
road surface Other debris generated due to dismantling of the existing road CSC, EC,
shall be suitably reused in the proposed construction zone, KSHIP
subjected to the structure suitability of the materials and
approval of the Resident Engineer and Environmental Expert of
CSC as follows:
For filling and leveling of School grounds and proposed parking
areas.
The sub grade of the existing pavement shall be used as
embankment fill material.
Existing base and sub-base material shall be recycled as sub-
base of the haul road or access roads.
The existing bitumen surface may be utilized for the paving of
cross roads, access roads and paving works in construction
sites and campus, temporary traffic diversions, haulage routes
etc.
The Contractor shall suitably dispose off unutilized debris
materials either through filling up of borrows areas located in
wasteland or at pre-designated disposal locations, subject to the
approval of the Environmental Expert of CSC.
At locations identified for disposal of bituminous wastes, the
disposal shall be carried out over a 30 mm thick layer of
rammed clay so as to eliminate the possibility of scarified
percolation of leachate into the ground water. The Contractor
shall ensure that the surface area of such disposal pits is
covered with a layer of soil and subsequent turfing.
All arrangements for transportation during construction including
68
provision, maintenance, dismantling and clearing debris, shall

be considered incidental to the work and shall be planned and
implemented by the Contractor as approved and directed by the
Environmental Expert of CSC.
The pre-designed disposal locations shall be a part of Waste
Disposal Plan in consultation and with approval of
Environmental Expert of CSC.
Debris generated from pile driving or other construction activities
shall be disposed such that it does not flow into the surface
water bodies or for mud puddles in the area.
The Contractor shall identify dumping sites as per the Debris
Disposal Plan prepared using the Guidelines provided in the
Appendix 1; The identified locations shall be reported to the
Environmental Expert of CSC. These locations shall be checked
on site and accordingly approved by Environmental Expert of
CSC prior to any disposal of waste materials.
C.1.3 Other The pre-identified disposal location shall be part of All waste MoRTH: 202.5 Contractor Environment
Construction Comprehensive Waste Disposal Plan Solid Waste Management disposal sites MoRTH: 301.11 al Specialist
Wastes Disposal Plan to be prepared by the Contractor in consultation and with of CSC,
approval of Environmental Specialist of CSC. KSHIP
Location of disposal sites shall be finalized prior to initiation of
the works on any particular section of the road.
The Environmental Specialist of CSC shall approve these
disposal sites after conducting a joint inspection on the site with
the Contractor.
Contractor shall ensure that any spoils or material unsuitable for
embankment fill shall not be disposed off near any water course
or agricultural land, Orchards and Natural Habitats like
Grasslands. Such spoils from excavation can be used to reclaim
borrow pits and low-lying areas located in barren lands along
the project road (if it so desired by the owner/community and
approved by the Environmental Specialist, CSC).
Non-bituminous wastes shall be dumped in borrow pits covered
with a layer of 30cm soil to ensure that borrow pit is restored to
original use. No new disposal site shall be created as part of the
project, except with prior approval of the Environmental
Specialist of CSC.
All waste materials shall be completely disposed and the site
shall be completely cleaned and certified by Environmental
69
Specialist of CSC before handing over.

The Contractor at his cost shall resolve any claim, arising out of
waste disposal or any non-compliance that may arise on
account of lack of action on his part.
C.1.4 Stripping, The topsoil from all areas of cutting and all areas to be At all MoRTH: Contractor Environment
stocking and permanently covered shall be stripped off to a specified depth of construction 301.3.2 al Specialist
preservation of 150 mm and stored in stockpiles. A portion of the temporarily material MoRTH: 301.7 of CSC,
top soil acquired area and/or Right of Way shall be earmarked for storage areas MoRTH: KSHIP
storing topsoil. The locations for stock piling shall be pre- 305.3.3 and
identified in consultation and with approval of Environmental MoRTH:
Specialist of CSC. The following precautionary measures shall 305.3.9
be taken to preserve them till they are used:
(a) Stockpile shall be designed such that the slope does not
exceed 1:2 (Vertical to horizontal), and height of the pile is
restricted to 2 m. To retain soil and to allow percolation of
water, silt fencing shall protect the edges of the pile.
(b) Stockpiles shall not be surcharged or otherwise loaded and
multiple handling shall be kept to a minimum to ensure that
no compaction shall occur. The stockpiles shall be covered
with gunny bags or vegetation.
(c) It shall be ensured by the Contractor that the topsoil shall
not be unnecessarily trafficked either before stripping or
when in stockpiles.
Such stockpiled topsoil shall be utilized for –
 Covering all disturbed areas including borrow areas, only
in case where they are to be rehabilitated.
 Dressing of slopes of road embankment/agricultural fields
of farmers acquired temporarily land.
C.1.5 Accessibility The Contractor shall provide safe and convenient passage for Throughout Contractor Environment
vehicles, pedestrians and livestock to and from roadsides and the project al Specialist
property access connecting the project road, providing corridor of CSC,
temporary connecting road. KSHIP
The Contractor shall also ensure that the existing accesses shall
not be undertaken without providing adequate provisions.
The Contractor shall take care that the cross roads are
constructed in such a sequence that construction work on the
adjacent cross roads are taken up one after one so that traffic
movement in any given area not get affected much.
C.1.6 Planning for Temporary diversions shall be constructed with the approval of Through out MoRTH: 112 Contractor Environment
70
traffic diversions the Resident Engineer and Environmental Specialist of CSC. the project and its al Specialist
and detours Detailed Traffic Control Plans shall be prepared by the corridor Amendments and Resident
Contractor and approved by Environmental Specialist and especially at Engineer of
Resident Engineer of CSC seven days prior to commencement intersections CSC, EO,
of works on any section of road. The Traffic Control Plans shall and KSHIP
contain details of temporary diversions, traffic safety settlements
arrangements for construction under traffic, details of traffic and schools
arrangement after cessation of work each day, safety measures
for night time traffic and precaution for transportation of
hazardous materials and arrangement of flagmen.
The contractor shall ensure that the diversion/detour is always
maintained in running condition, particularly during the monsoon
to avoid disruption to traffic flow.
The Contractor shall also inform local community of changes to
traffic routes, conditions and pedestrian access arrangements
with assistance from CSC and KSHIP. The temporary traffic
detours shall be kept free of dust by sprinkling of water three
times a day and as required under specific conditions
(depending on weather conditions, construction in the
settlement areas and volume of traffic).
C.2 Procurement of Construction Material
C.2.1 Earth from No borrow area shall be opened without permission of the All borrow MoRTH: 305.2 Contractor Environment
Borrow Areas for Environmental Specialist of CSC. The location, shape and size areas al Specialist
Construction of the designated borrow areas shall be as approved by the of CSC,
Environmental Specialist of CSC and in accordance to the IRC KSHIP
recommended practice for borrow pits for road embankments
(IRC: 10: 1961). The borrowing operations shall be carried out
as specified in the guidelines for siting and operation of borrow
areas.
The unpaved surfaces used for the haulage of borrow materials,
if passing through the settlement areas or habitations; shall be
maintained dust free by the Contractor. Sprinkling of water shall
be carried out twice a day to control dust along such roads
during their period of use.
During dry seasons (winter and summer) frequency of water
sprinkling shall be increased in the settlement areas and
Environmental Specialist of CSC shall decide the sprinkling time
depending on the local requirements.
Contractor shall rehabilitate the borrow areas as soon as
71
borrowing of soil is over from a particular borrow area in

accordance with the approved Borrow Area Redevelopment
Plan.
C.2.2 Quarry The Contractor shall obtain materials from quarries only after At quarries MoRTH: 111.3 Contractor Environment
Operations consent of the Department of Mines and Geology and District and Crushing al Specialist
Crushers Administration. In view of special situation of excavation of the units. of CSC,
hill ward side, Contractor shall get an opportunity to use the KSHIP
same material for road construction. This shall require
establishment of a number of crushers along the roadsides. The
crushers and all related activities shall be under taken as per
the Policy guidelines for installation of stone Crushers.
C.2.3 Blasting Except as may be provided in the contract or ordered or Quarry sites Sub-Clauses of MoRTH:302.4 301.9 (i)
authorized by the Engineer, the Contractor shall not use MoRTH 302 304.5
explosives.
Where the use of explosives is so provided or ordered or
authorized, the Contractor shall comply with the requirements of
the following Sub-Clauses of MoRTH 302 besides the law of the
land as applicable.
The Contractor shall at all times take every possible precaution
and shall comply with appropriate laws and regulations relating
to the importation, handling, transportation, storage and use of
explosives. The contractor shall at all times when engaged in
blasting operations, post sufficient warning flagmen, to the full
satisfaction of the Engineer.
The Contractor shall at all times make full liaison with and inform
well in advance and obtain such permission as is required from
all Government Authorities, public bodies and private parties
whomsoever concerned or affected or likely to be concerned or
affected by blasting operations.
Blasting shall be carried out only with permission of the
Engineer. All the statutory laws, regulations, rules etc.,
pertaining to acquisition, transport, storage, handling and use of
explosives shall be strictly followed.
Blasting shall be carried out during fixed hours (preferably
during mid-day) or as permitted by the Engineer. The timing
should be made known to all the people within 1000m (200m for
pre-splitting) from the blasting site in all directions.
C.2.4 Transporting Contractor shall maintain all roads (existing or built for the All roads As per IRC Contractor Environment
Construction project), which are used for transporting construction materials, used for guidelines and al Specialist
72
Materials and equipment and machineries as précised. All vehicles delivering haulage of contract of CSC,
Haul Road fine materials to the site shall be covered to avoid spillage of construction documents KSHIP
Management materials. materials
All existing roads used by vehicles of the Contractor or any of
his subcontractor or suppliers of materials and similarly roads,
which are part of the works, shall be kept clear of all dust/mud or
other extraneous materials dropped by such vehicles.
Contractor shall arrange for regular water sprinkling as
necessary for dust suppression of all such roads and surfaces.
C.2.5 Construction Contractor need to implement the finally approved contractors Through out Environmental. Contractor Environment
Water Construction Water Management Plan as per the guidelines the project Protection Act al Specialist
provided in Appendix 15. This is linked to the contractor’s work corridor 1986 and of CSC,
plan. MoRTH Spec. KSHIP
Contractor shall arrange adequate supply and storage of water for Roads and
for the whole construction period at his own cost. The contractor Bridges
shall submit a list of source/s from where water shall be used for
the project to CSC and KSHIP.
The Contractor shall source the requirement of water
preferentially by conjunctive use of Surface water and
groundwater but with prior permission from the Groundwater
Authority. A copy of the permission shall be submitted to CSC
and KSHIP prior to initiation of construction.
The Contractor shall take all precaution to minimize the wastage
of water in the construction process/operation.
C.3 Construction Work
C.3.1 River training While working across or close to any perennial water bodies, Near major MoRTH:304.3.2 Contractor Environment
and disruption to Contractor shall not obstruct/prevent the flow of water. cross al Specialist
other users of Construction over and close to the non-perennial streams shall drainage of CSC,
water be undertaken in the dry season. If construction work is structures KSHIP
expected to disrupt users of community water bodies, notice (River
shall be served well in advance to the affected community. crossings)
C.3.2 Drainage and Contractor shall ensure that no construction materials like earth, Construction MoRTH:305.3.7 Contractor Environment
flood control stone, or appendage disposed off in a manner that block the sites of cross MoRTH:306 al Specialist
flow of water of any water course and cross drainage channels. drainage of CSC,
Contractor shall take all necessary measures to prevent any structures KSHIP
blockage to the water flow. In addition to the design
requirements, the Contractor shall take all required measures as
directed by the Environmental Specialist of CSC to prevent
temporary or permanent flooding of the site or any adjacent
73
area.
C.3.3 Siltation of water The Contractor shall not excavate beds of any Construction MoRTH:06 Contractor Environment
bodies and stream/canals/any other water body for borrowing earth for sites of cross al Specialist
degradation of embankment construction. drainage of CSC,
water quality Contractor shall construct silt fencing at the base of the structures KSHIP
embankment construction for the entire perimeter of any water
body (including springs and wells) adjacent to the project road
and around the stockpiles at the construction sites including
ancillary sites close to water bodies. The fencing shall be
provided prior to commencement of earthwork and continue till
the stabilization of the embankment slopes, on the particular
sub-section of the road.
Contractor shall ensure that construction materials containing
fine particles are stored in an enclosure such that sediment-
laden water does not drain into nearby watercourse.
C.3.4 Slope protection All temporary sedimentation control works and maintenance At bridge MoRTH: Contractor Environment
and control of thereof shall be deemed as incidental to the earth work or other approaches; 305.2.2.2 al Specialist
soil erosion items of work and as such no separate payment shall be made high MoRTH: 306.2 of CSC,
for them. embankment KSHIP
Contractor shall ensure the following aspects: sections (Low
 After construction of road embankment, the side slopes lying areas)
shall be covered with grass and shrubs (refer Appendix-10 and borrow
and 18) as per design specifications. pits
 Turfing works shall be taken up as soon as possible
provided the season is favorable for the establishment of
grass sods. Other measures of slope stabilization shall
include mulching netting and seeding of batters and drains
immediately on completion of earthworks.
 In borrow pits, the depth shall be so regulated that the sides
of the excavation shall have a slope no steeper than 1
vertical to 2 horizontal, from the edge of the final section of
the bank.
 Along sections abutting water bodies, pitching as per design
specification shall protect slopes.
C.4 Pollution
C.4.1 Water Pollution
C.4.1.1 Water Pollution The Contractor shall take all precautionary measures to prevent At all surface MoRTH: 111.4 Contractor Environment
from entering of wastewater into streams, water bodies or the water bodies MoRTH: 111.1 al Specialist
Construction irrigation system during construction. Contractor shall avoid intercepting of CSC,
74
Wastes construction works close to the streams or water bodies during with the KSHIP
monsoon. project
Contractor shall not wash his vehicles in river water and shall corridor
not enter riverbed for that purpose.
C.4.1.2 Water Pollution The Contractor shall ensure that all construction vehicle parking At all surface MoRTH: 111.4 Contractor Environment
from Fuel and locations, fuel/lubricants storage sites, vehicle, machinery and water bodies MoRTH: 111.1 al Specialist
Lubricants equipment maintenance and refueling sites shall be located at intercepting (Oil of CSC,
least 500 m away from rivers and irrigation canal/ponds. with the Interceptors) KSHIP
The Contractor shall submit all locations and layout plans of project Petroleum Act
such sites prior to their establishment and shall be approved by corridor; and Rules
the Environmental Specialist of CSC. refueling MoEF/CPCB
Contractor shall ensure that all vehicle/machinery and stations and Notifications
equipment operation, maintenance and refueling shall be construction
carried out in such a manner that spillage of fuels and lubricants camps
does not contaminate the ground. Wastewater from vehicle
parking, fuel storage areas, workshops, wash down and
refueling areas shall be treated in an oil interceptor before
discharging it on land or into surface water bodies or into other
treatment system.
In all, fuel storage and refueling areas, if located on agricultural
land or areas supporting vegetation, the topsoil shall be
stripped, stockpiled and returned after cessation of such
storage.
Contractor shall arrange for collection, storing and disposal of
oily wastes to the pre-identified disposal sites (list to be
submitted to CSC and KSHIP) and approved by the
Environmental Specialist of CSC. All spills and collected
petroleum wastes shall be disposed off in accordance with
Petroleum Rules and PCB guidelines.
C.4.2 Air Pollution
C.4.2.1 Dust Pollution The Contractor shall take every precaution to reduce the level of Construction MoRTH:111.1 Contractor Environment
dust from construction plants, construction sites involving sites and MoRTH:111.5 al Specialist
earthwork by sprinkling of water, encapsulation of dust source. construction MoRTH:111.9 of CSC, EO,
Due to the acute water scarcity in certain areas, Contractor establishment MoRTH:111.10 KSHIP
should limit water sprinkling once in the early morning hours. such as Contract through
Contractor should erect warning boards on dust nuisance to the batching Agreement Engineer
road users. plants, hot
The Contractor shall procure the construction plants and mix plants
machinery, which shall conform to the pollution control norms
75
specified by MoEF/CPCB/KSPCB.
The concentration of suspended particulate matter at a distance
of 40m from a construction plant located in a cluster of
industries should be less than 500 µg. The environmental
monitoring is to be conducted as per the monitoring plan.
Alternatively, only crushers licensed by the KSPCB shall be
used. The Environmental Specialist, EO and KSHIP through the
Engineer shall submit required certificates and consents.
C.4.2.2 Emission from Contractor shall ensure that all vehicles, equipment and The Air Contractor Environment
Construction machinery used for construction are regularly maintained and (prevention Annexure ‘A’ to al Specialist
Vehicles, confirm that pollution emission levels comply with the relevant and control of MoRTH 501 of CSC,
Equipment and statutory requirements of CPCB and/Motor Vehicles Rules. pollution) Act, KSHIP
Machineries The Contractor shall submit PUC certificates for all 1981 and
vehicles/equipment/machinery used for the Project. EPA, 1986
C.4.3 Noise Pollution
C.4.3.1 Noise Pollution: The Contractor shall confirm the following: Trhough out The noise Contractor Environment
Noise from  All Construction plants and equipment used in construction the project pollution al Specialist
Vehicles, Plants shall strictly conform to the MoEF/CPCB noise standards. corridor and (regulation and of CSC,
and  All Vehicles and equipment used in construction shall be other control) rules, KSHIP
Equipments fitted with exhaust silencers. construction 2000
 Servicing of all construction vehicles and machinery shall be establishment
done regularly and during routine servicing operations, the s
effectiveness of exhaust silencers shall be checked and if
found defective shall be replaced.
 The equipment available in the market should be procured,
if the Contractor plans to purchase new equipment. For the
old equipment, necessary or possible alterations must be
carried out to reduce the noise levels to the possible extent.
 Maintenance of vehicles, equipment and machinery shall be
regular and up to the satisfaction of the Environmental
Specialist of CSC to keep noise levels at the minimum.
At the construction sites within 150 m of the nearest habitation,
noisy construction work such as crushing, operation of DG sets,
use of high noise generation equipment shall be stopped during
the night time between 10.00 pm to 6.00 am. Working hours of
the construction activities shall be restricted around educational
institutions/Health Centers (silent zones) up to a distance of 100
m from the sensitive receptors i.e., School, Health Centers and
Hospitals etc.
76
Contractor shall provide noise barriers to the suggested

locations of select Schools. List of locations for noise barriers is
given in (Appendix-6).
Noise monitoring shall be carried out at the locations specified
in monitoring plan by the KSHIP and the Engineer through the
approved monitoring agency.
C.5 Safety
C.5.1 Personnel Contractor shall provide: Throughout Building and Contractor Environment
Safety Measures  Protective footwear, protective goggles and nose masks to the project other al Specialist
for Labour the workers employed in asphalt works, concrete works, corridor and Construction of CSC,
crusher etc. construction Workers KSHIP
 Welder’s protective eye-shields to workers who are phase of the (regulation of
engaged in welding works project Employment
 Earplugs to workers exposed to loud noise, and workers and Conditions
working in crushing or compaction of Services)
 The Contractor shall comply with all regulations regarding Act, 1996;
safe scaffolding, ladders, working platforms, gangway,
stairwells, excavations, trenches and safe means of entry
and egress.
The Contractor shall comply with all the precautions as required
for ensuring the safety of the workmen as per the International
Labour Organization (ILO) Convention No. 62 as far as those
are applicable to this contract.
The Contractor shall make sure that during the construction
work all relevant provisions of Building and other Construction
Workers (regulation of Employment and Conditions of Services)
Act, 1996 are adhered to.
The Contractor shall not employ any person below the age of 14
years for any work and no woman shall be employed on the
work of painting with products containing lead in any form
The Contractor shall also ensure that paint containing lead or
lead products is used except in the form of paste or readymade
paint.
C.5.2 Traffic and The Contractor shall take all necessary measures for the safety Throughout MoRTH: 112.4 Contractor Environment
Safety of traffic during construction and provide erect and maintain the project MoRTH: 112.1 al Specialist
such barricades, including signs, markings, flags, lights and corridor IRC: SP:55 of CSC,
flagmen as proposed in the Traffic Control Plan/Drawings and especially at KSHIP
as required by the Environmental Expert of CSC for the intersections
information and protection on traffic approaching or passing and
77
through the section of any existing cross roads. settlements

The Contractor shall ensure that all signs, barricades, pavement
markings are provided as per the MoRTH specifications. Before
taking up of construction on any section of the existing lanes of
the highway, a Traffic Control Plan shall be devised and
implemented to the satisfaction of the Environmental Expert of
CSC.
C.5.3 Risk from The Contractor shall take all required precautions to prevent Construction The Building Contractor Environment
electrical danger from electrical equipment and ensure that – sites and and Other al Expert of
equipments  No material shall be so stacked or placed as to cause storage areas Construction SC, PIU
danger or inconvenience to any person or the public. workers
 All necessary fencing and lights shall be provided to protect (Regulation of
the public in construction zones. Employment
All machines to be used in the construction shall conform to the and Conditions
relevant Indian Standards (IS) codes, shall be free from patent of Service) Act,
defect, shall be kept in good working order, shall be regularly 1996 and
inspected and properly maintained as per IS provision and to Factories Act,
the satisfaction of the Environmental Expert of CSC. 1948
C.5.4 Risk force Contractor shall take all reasonable precautions to prevent Throughout Contract Contractor Environment
measure danger to the workers and public from fire, flood etc. resulting the Agreement and al Specialist
due to construction activities. construction Annexure ‘A’ to of CSC,
Contractor shall make required arrangements so that in case of phase MoRTH Clause KSHIP
any mishap all necessary steps can be taken for prompt first aid 501
treatment. Construction Safety Plan prepared by the Contractor
shall identify necessary actions in the event of an emergency.
C.5.6 First Aid The Contractor shall arrange for – Construction The Building Contractor Environment
A readily available first aid unit including an adequate supply of sites; labour and Other al Specialist
sterilized dressing materials and appliances as per the Factories camps and Construction of CSC,
Rules in every work zone. construction workers KSHIP
Availability of suitable transport at all times to take injured or establishments (Regulation of
sick person(s) to the nearest hospital. Employment
Equipment and trained nursing staff at construction camp. and Conditions
of Service) Act,
1996
C.5.7 Informatory The Contractor shall provide, erect and maintain Construction MoRTH:801 Contractor Environment
Signs and informatory/safety signs, hoardings written in English and local sites and MoRTH:802 al Specialist
Hoardings language (Kannada), wherever required or as suggested by the construction of CSC,
Environmental Specialist of CSC. establishments KSHIP
C.6 Flora and Fauna: Plantation/Preservation/Conservation Measures
78
C.6.1 Road side The Contractor shall do turfing on embankment slopes, Throughout As per the Contractor Environment
Plantation plantation of shrubs as specified in the Contract. the length of contract al Specialist
Strategy The compensatory plantation shall be carried out by the State project document and of CSC,
Forest Department. corridor MoRTH 301.3.3 KSHIP
Minimum 80 percent survival rate of the saplings shall be
acceptable otherwise the Contractor/Forest Department shall
replace dead plants at his own cost.
The Environmental Specialist of CSC shall inspect regularly the
survival rate of the trees planted by the Contractor in
accordance with the plantation strategy suggested.
C.6.2 Flora and The Contractor shall take reasonable precaution to prevent his Throughout Contractor Environment
chance found workmen or any other persons from removing and damaging project al Specialist
Fauna any flora (plant/vegetation) and fauna (animal) including fishing corridor of CSC,
in any water body and hunting of any animal. If any animal is especially KSHIP
found near the construction site at any point of time, the near forest
contractor shall immediately upon discovery thereof acquaint in stretches
the Environmental Specialist of CSC and carry out his including
instructions for dealing with the same. surface water
Environmental Specialist of CSC shall report to the near by bodies
forest office (range office or divisional office) and shall take
appropriate steps/measures, if required in consultation with the
forest officials.
C.6.3 Chance Found All fossils, coins, articles of value of antiquity, structures and Throughout The Ancient Contractor Environment
Archaeological other remains of archaeological interest discovered on the site project Monuments al Specialist
Property shall be the property of the Government and shall be dealt with corridor and of CSC,
as per provisions of the relevant legislation. Archaeological KSHIP
The Contractor shall take reasonable precautions to prevent his Sites and
workmen or any other persons from removing and damaging Remains
any such article or thing. He shall, immediately upon discovery Act, 1958
thereof and before removal acquaint the Environmental
Specialist of CSC of such discovery and carry out the CSC’s
instructions for dealing with the same, waiting which all work
shall be stopped. The CSC shall seek direction from the
Archaeological Survey of India (ASI) before instructing the
Contractor to recommence the work in the site. The
Archaeological structures identified along the road sides should
be protected/ preserved or enhanced as per the law.
C.7.1 Accommodation Contractor shall follow all relevant provisions of the Building and Labour The Building Contractor Environment
the other Construction Workers (Regulations of Employment camps and Other al Specialist
79
and Conditions of Service) Act, 1996 for construction and Construction of CSC,
maintenance of labour camp. workers KSHIP
The location, layout and basic facility provision of each labour (Regulation of
camp shall be submitted to CSC and KSHIP prior to their Employment
construction. and Conditions
The Construction shall commence only upon the written of Service) Act,
approval of the Environmental Specialist of CSC. 1996
The Contractor shall maintain necessary living accommodation
and ancillary facilities in functional and hygienic manner and as
approved by the CSC.
C.7.2 Potable Water The Contractor shall construct and maintain all labour Construction The Building Contractor Environment
accommodation in such a fashion that uncontaminated water is site, Labour and Other al Specialist
available for drinking, cooking and washing. camp Construction of CSC,
The Contractor shall also provide potable water facilities within workers KSHIP
the premises of every camp at an accessible place, as per (Regulation of
standards set by the Building and other Construction Workers Employment
(Regulation of Employment and Conditions of Service) Act, and Conditions
1996. of Service) Act,
The Contractor shall also guarantee the following: 1996
a) Supply of sufficient quantity of Potable Water (as per IS)
in every workplace/labour camp (Site at suitable and
easily accessible places and regular maintenance of
such facilities.
b) If any water storage tank is provided that shall be kept
such that the bottom of the tank at least 1 m above the
surrounding ground level.
c) If water is drawn from any existing well, which is within
30 m proximity of any toilet, drain or other source of
pollution, the well shall be disinfected before water is
used for drinking.
d) All such wells shall be entirely covered and provided
with a trap door, which shall be dust proof and water
proof.
e) A reliable pump shall be fitted to each covered well. The
trap door shall be kept locked and opened only for
cleaning or inspection, which shall be done at least
once in a month.
f) Analysis of water shall be done every month as per
parameters prescribed in IS 10500-1991.
80
Environmental Specialist of CSC shall be required to inspect the

labour camp once in a week to ensure the compliance of the
EMP
C.7.3 Sanitation and The Contractor shall ensure that – Labour The Building Contractor Environment
Sewage System  The Sewage system for the camp are designed, built and camps and Other al Specialist
operated in such a manner that no health hazards occurs Construction of CSC,
and no pollution to the air, ground water or adjacent water workers KSHIP
courses take place (Regulation of
 Separate toilets/bathrooms, wherever required, Screened Employment
from those form men (marked in vernacular) are to be and Conditions
provided for women of Service) Act,
 Adequate water supply is to be provided in all toilets and 1996
urinals MoRTH:114.14
 Night soil can be disposed of with the help of local municipal
extractor or disposed of by putting layer of it at the bottom of
a permanent tank prepared for the purpose and covered
with 15 cm layer of waste or refuse and then covered with a
layer of earth for fortnight.
C.7.4 Waste Disposal The Contractor shall provide garbage bins in the camps and Labour Annexure 'A' to Contractor Environment
ensure that these are regularly emptied and disposed off in a camps MoRTH Clause al Specialist
hygienic manner as per the Comprehensive Solid Waste 501 of CSC,
Management Plan approved by the Environmental Specialist of KSHIP
CSC.
C.8 Contractor’s Demobilization
C.8.1 Environmental The KSHIP shall undertake seasonal monitoring of air, water Representative Environmental Contractor Environment
Conditions and noise and soil quality through an approved monitoring locations as Protection Act, al Specialist
agency. The parameters to be monitored, frequency and directed by 1986 of CSC and
duration of monitoring as well as the locations to be monitored Environmental KSHIP
shall be as per the Monitoring Plan prepared. National Standard Engineer, CSC.
of Air, Noise and Water given in Appendix-7.
C.8.2 Continuous The Environmental Specialist of CSC shall have continuous Along the Environmental Environment
Community interactions with local people around the project area to ensure project Specialist of al Specialist
Participation that the construction activities are not causing undue corridor CSC of CSC and
inconvenience to the locals residing in the vicinity of project site KSHIP
under construction due to noise, dust or disposal of debris etc.
C.8.3 Clean-up Contractor shall prepare site restoration plans, which shall be Throughout MoRTH 111.9, Contractor Environment
Operations, approved by the Environmental Specialist of CSC. The clean-up the project 111.10 and al Specialist
Restoration and and restoration operations are to be implemented by the corridor 111.11 of CSC,
Rehabilitation Contractor prior to demobilization. The Contractor shall clear all KSHIP
81
temporary structures; dispose all garbage, night soils and POL

(Petroleum, Oil and Lubricants) wastes as per Comprehensive
Waste Management Plan and as approved by CSC.
All disposal pits or trenches shall be filled in and effectively
sealed off. Residual topsoil, if any shall be distributed on
adjoining/proximate barren land or areas identified by the
Contractor and approved by the Environmental Specialist of
CSC in a layer of thickness of 75 mm – 150 mm. All construction
zones and facilities including culverts, road side areas, camps,
Hot Mix plant sites, Crushers, batching plant sites and any other
area used/affected due to the project operations shall be left
clean and tidy, at the Contractor’s expense, to the entire
satisfaction to the Environmental Specialist of CSC.
C.9 Construction Activities by KSHIP
C.9.1 Tree Plantation The plantation at the following locations shall be implemented Throughout Karnataka Tree State Forest KSHIP
by the KSHIP through the State Forest Department; the project Preservation Department
3. Road side corridor Act, 1976
4. Enhancement sites
5. Forest land
6. Community Forestation
A forest area management plan is provided in Appendix-13 and
11 is the list of various enhancements sites included in the
project.
C.9.2 Oxbow lands Development of the enhancement sites identified where PWD Minor As per the MoU State PWD KSHIP
and other left land is already available is provided in Appendix-11. realignments with Forest
over portions of and space Department
the existing within existing
project road RoW
OPERATION STAGE
Activities to be Carried Out by the KSHIP
O.1 Monitoring The KSHIP shall monitor the operational performance of the Throughout As per the KSHIP KSHIP
Operation various mitigation/enhancement measures carried out as a part the project contract
Performance of the project. corridor document
The indicators selected for monitoring include the survival rate
of trees; utility of enhancement provision made under the
project; status of rehabilitation of borrow areas; and
effectiveness of noise barriers.
O.2 Maintenance of PWD shall ensure that all drains (side drains, median drain and Throughout KSHIP KSHIP
Drainage all cross drainages) are periodically cleared especially before the project
82
monsoon season to facilitate the quick passage of rainwater and corridor

avoid flooding.
O.3 Pollution The periodic monitoring of the ambient air quality, noise level, At Environmental Pollution KSHIP
Monitoring water (both ground and surface water) quality, soil quality in the representativ Protection Act, Monitoring
selected locations as suggested in pollution monitoring plan e locations as 1986 and The Agency
through the KSPCB or its approved monitoring agency. per the noise pollution
instructions of (regulation and
Env. Engineer control) rules,
2000
O.4 Soil Erosion and Visual Monitoring and inspection of soil erosion at borrow areas, Borrow areas MoRTH KSHIP KSHIP
Monitoring of quarries (if closed and rehabilitated), embankments and other and 305.2.2.2 and
Borrow Areas places expected to be affected, shall be carried out once in embankment 306.3
every three months as suggested in monitoring plan. slopes
O.5 Public However the public shall be advised to construct the noise Throughout Corporate KSHIP KSHIP
awareness on barriers such as walls, double glazed windows and tree the project Social
Noise levels and plantation between the roads and their property. The public corridor Responsibility
Health Affects awareness is necessary regarding the human health through
the news papers and consultations and distribution of pamphlets
during the operation stage.
83
Table 8-2: Environmental Management Plan – Bridges (Part-B)

Responsibility
Environmental Reference
Sl. No. Mitigation Measures Planning and Supervision/
Issue law/guidelines
PRE-CONSTRUCTION STAGE
Pre-construction activities by Construction Management Unit
Permission from Permission from Irrigation Department shall be taken prior to start of
Contract CSC and
P.1 Irrigation construction work on bridges EO, KSHIP.
Agreement KSHIP
Department
Water Quality upstream and down stream of bridges shall be tested prior to KSHIP
initiation of any work at the site of new construction of Bridges to establish through
Environmental
Pollution baseline. approved
P.2 Protection Act EO, KSHIP
Monitoring Pollution
1986
Monitoring
Laboratory
Contractor/Environmental Expert of TA Consultant/CMU (KSHIP)
The contractor as per prevalent rules shall carry out negotiations with the
landowners for obtaining their consent for temporary use of lands for traffic
Arrangements
detours, material storage, construction machinery and equipment, vehicle
for Temporary CSC and
P.3 parking etc. Contractor shall enter into a written agreements with land MoRTH 108.3 Contractor
Land KSHIP
owners for all such sites and Environmental Officer shall be required to
Requirement
ensure that the rehabilitation/clearing up of the sites prior to handling over to
the owners have been carried out as per written agreement.
CONSTRUCTION STAGE
Activities to be Carried Out by the Contractor
The contractor shall identify disposal sites and shall report the same to the
Environmental Officer. These locations shall be checked on site and
accordingly approved by Environmental Officer prior to any disposal of waste
materials.
Dismantling of Contractor shall prepare Comprehensive Solid Waste Management Plan in CSC and
Structures/Com consultation with Environmental Officer and after approval of plan by EO Environment
C.1 MoRTH 2802.5 Contractor
ponents and debris shall be disposed off accordingly. This plan also should include ways al Officer,
Debris Disposal and means to dispose off the Municipal Garbage’s dumped on the bridge KSHIP
side of the existing alignment to the make the area congenial for working.
No dismantling work shall be carried out at night, or during storm or heavy
rain. No dismantling shall be carried out without identification and approval of
site by Environmental Officer of CSC. Dismantled material shall not be
84
Responsibility
stored in canal bed, embankment slopes except material which shall be
reused in Construction. All debris requiring disposal shall be directly taken to
the Pre identified disposal site and deposited as per approved
Comprehensive Waste Disposal Locations.
Debris generated shall be reused in the construction of temporary diversion
of traffic, filling in embankment, slope protection work etc subject to the
suitability of the materials and approval of the Engineer and Environmental
Officer.
All arrangements for dismantling, clearing debris and its transportation shall
be considered incidental to the work and shall be planned and implemented
by the Contractor as approved and directed by the Environmental Officer.
Construction of temporary traffic diversions shall be carried out in
accordance with the plans prepared and approved during pre-construction
stage.
Temporary diversions shall be constructed after receipt of approval from
concerned authorities and under supervision of Environmental Officer.
Warning boards should be placed at least 500 m and 200 m from the
construction sites on both sides along with battery operated lamp/retro
reflective lamps.
Flashlights are provided at least 200 m before the construction site on either
side giving warning to drivers before reaching construction sites.
Signs, lights, barriers, cones, and other traffic control devices, as well as the
CSC and
Construction of riding surface of diversions shall be maintained in a satisfactory condition till IRC:SP 55;
Environment
C.1.2 temporary traffic such time they are required as directed by the engineer. MoRTH 112.4 Contractor
al Officer,
diversions Contractor shall keep the temporary traffic diversions free of dust by and 5
KSHIP
sprinkling of water three times a day and as required under specific
conditions (depending on weather conditions, construction in the settlement
areas and volume of traffic).
Contractor shall prepare a Detailed Traffic Control Plans and shall submit it
to the Environmental Officer for approval, five days prior to commencement
of works on any bridge. The traffic control plans shall contain details of
temporary diversions, traffic safety arrangements i.e. lighting arrangement,
signage, arrangement of flagmen etc. The Contractor shall provide specific
measures for safety of pedestrians and workers as a part of traffic control
plans. The Contractor shall ensure that the diversion/detour is always
maintained in running condition, particularly during the monsoon to avoid
85
Responsibility
disruption of traffic flow.
The Contractor shall also inform local community of changes to traffic routes,
conditions and pedestrian access arrangements with assistance from local
bodies and KSHIP.
Contractor shall not store/dump the construction material in water course.
Area of storage of material near the work site shall be earmarked in
consultation with Environmental Officer of CSC. This area shall not be at a
distance of less than 50 from bank of the water course.
The access road should be free from water logging.
Storage area should be leveled ground; stacking area should be planned CSC and
Handling and
and have racks, stands, sleepers, access traces etc and properly lighted, all IS: 7293 Environment
C.1.3 storing of Contractor
materials consumables, including raw steel or fabricated materials shall be IS: 7969 al Officer,
materials
stored properly on platforms, skids or other supports IS: 7293 and IS: 7969 KSHIP
dealing with handling of materials and equipment for safe working should be
followed.
Contractor shall prepare a plan for handling and storing of material at bridge
construction site and shall submit it for approval from Environmental
Officer/Engineer.
Contractor shall no obstruct the flow of water while constructing/rehabilitating
bridges. Contractor shall ensure that velocity in the constructed portion does
not increase more then twice the lean season velocity. This shall help
turbidity control in downstream and minimum disruption of flora and fauna.
Contractor shall carry out the excavation for foundation and construction of
substructures during lean season to reduce turbidity levels and soil erosion,
which may cause disruption to flora and fauna.
Water Training CSC and
Construction over and close to the non-perennial streams shall be
and Disruption Environment
C.1.4 undertaken in the dry season. MoRTH 2501 Contractor
to Other Users al Officer,
Contractor shall construct river training and protection work i.e. construction
of Water KSHIP
of guide bunds, guide walls, bank protection, flooring and approach
embankment protection etc. as given in engineering design/drawing in such
a fashion that shall provide safety to the bridge structure and its approaches
against damage by flood/flowing water and at the same time shall not pollute
water.
Contractor shall prevent the soil erosion by minimizing the amount of
exposed soil, minimizing the time the soil is exposed, avoiding steep cutting
86
Responsibility
of slope (steeper than 1:2), and constructing all slope protection measures
whether incidental or payable, temporary or permanent in time.
The Contractor shall serve notice to the down stream users well in advance
if construction work is expected to disrupt users of community water bodies
or flow of surface water body is diverted. The Engineer/CMU shall ensure
that contractor has served the notice to the downstream users of water well
in advance.
The Contractor shall take prior approval of the Irrigation Department or CMU
(KSHIP) for any such activity.
Since the rivers along the project road are most of the time dry, Aquatic CSC and
Fauna are very limited. Any impacts to the aquatic fauna shall be avoided. Environment
Aquatic Fauna MoRTH 111 Contractor
al Officer,
KSHIP
Minimum required labour should stay at night at bridge site and Contractor AS per the
Labour shall make necessary arrangement of toilets, waste sanitation, and Drinking Labour laws of
Water requirement at site. the Nation
C.2 Pollution
C.2.1 Water Pollution
The Contractor should not discharge wastewater, generated during
construction, into streams, water bodies or the irrigation system without
Clause No
preliminary treatment and should conform to Karnataka State Pollution
501.86
Control Board.
MoRTH
Water Pollution Cofferdams or formwork shall be such as to ensure still water conditions. All CSC and
Specification for
from waste arising from the bridges construction activity is to be disposed off in Environment
C.2.1.1 Road and Contractor
Construction the manner that is acceptable to the State Pollution Control Board and as al Officer,
Bridge Works
Wastes per approved Comprehensive Waste Management Plan. KSHIP
W (PandC) P
Wastes must be collected, stored and reused in the construction/taken to
Act 1981
approved disposal sites.
The Environmental Officer shall certify that all wastes generated on bridge
site have been disposed off as per norms or in environment friendly manner.
87
Responsibility
To avoid contamination from fuel and lubricants, the vehicle and equipments Clause No
shall be properly maintained and refueling/maintenance of vehicles shall not 501.8.6 MoRTH
Contamination CSC and
be done near the bridge sites. Specification for
of water from Environment
C.2.1.2 Diesel Generator set shall be placed on a cement concrete platform with oil Road and Contractor
fuel and al Officer,
and grease trap to control the oil ingress into soil/water bodies. Bridge Works W
lubricants KSHIP
(PandC) P Act
1981
Contractor shall ensure that no construction materials like earth; stone or
any other obstructing construction material is disposed in watercourse and
CSC and
shall take all necessary measures to prevent the blockage of water flow
Drainage and MoRTH:305.3.7 Environment
C.2.1.3 blocking the flow of water. Contractor
runoff MoRTH:306 al Officer,
In addition to the design requirements, the Contractor shall take all required
KSHIP
measures as directed by the Environmental Officer to prevent temporary or
permanent flooding of the site or any adjacent area.
Siltation of The Contractor shall not excavate beds of any stream/canals/nala for
CSC and
Water Bodies borrowing earth for embankment construction.
Environment
C.2.1.4 and Silt fencing shall be provided at bridge locations where rehabilitation /New MoRTH:06 Contractor
al Officer,
Degradation of construction is proposed as per drawing and locations attached in Appendix-
KSHIP
Water Quality 3 to avoid siltation of water bodies.
C.2.2 Air Pollution
The Contractor shall follow good engineering practices during demolishing of
bridges or part thereof and during Construction and rehabilitation of bridges.
(Refer Appendices EA and EMP)
Clause No 111
The Contractor should provide screen around the demolition sites wherever
and 501.8.6
feasible.
MoRTH
The Contractor shall reduce dust nuisance from construction sites by CSC and
Specifications
sprinkling of water, encapsulation of dust source and by erection of Environment
C.2.2.1 Dust Pollution for Road and Contractor
screen/barriers. al Officer,
Bridge Works
Vehicle delivering material shall be covered. End boards in loaders shall be KSHIP
Air (PandCP)
provided to prevent spillage. Water shall also be sprayed on temporary
Act
access roads and diversions.
The air pollution monitoring shall be carried out as per monitoring and
reporting programme detailed in Environment Assessment and Management
Plan.
C.2.3 Noise Pollution
88
Responsibility
The demolition of bridges/rehabilitation of bridges shall be done using good The noise
Noise Pollution: CSC and
engineering practices so that noise levels are kept at acceptable levels. pollution
Noise from Environment
C.2.3.1 If required screens shall be erected around the construction sites. (regulation and Contractor
Vehicles, Plants al Officer,
control) rules,
and Equipments KSHIP
2000
C.3 Safety
Tool box meeting shall be held at least once a week in order to brief workers
about safety, do’s and don’t during construction. Toolbox safety meetings
are on the job meetings and shall keep employees alert to work related
accidents and illness. A toolbox meeting helps alert employees to workplace
hazards, and by preventing accidents, illness and on the job injuries. The
Tool Box MoRTH
meeting should involve groups of people who work together and face same
Meetings 2804.10
sort of injury risks. The meetings should be so designed to raise employee’s
awareness following hazardous incidents, a recent injury or near miss.
Toolbox meeting improve workplace safety and health, provide information
and instructions, improve consultation and help identify hazards and
deciding what action needs to be taken to reduce the risks.
Contractor shall provide:
 Protective footwear, goggles and clothing to all workers employed on
laying of wearing coat, preparing cement mortars for brick work,
concreting, painting etc.
 Welder’s protective eye shields to workers who are engaged in welding
works
 Earplugs to workers exposed to loud noise, and workers working with
jack hammer, joint cutting machines, vibrators etc. CSC and
Personal Safety
 Adequate safety measures for workers during handling of materials at MoRTH Environment
C.3.1 Measures for Contractor
site are taken up. 2804.10 al Officer,
Labour
 The Contractor shall comply with all regulations regarding safe KSHIP
scaffolding, ladders, working platforms, gangway, stairwells,
excavations, trenches and safe means of entry and egress.
 At every workplace, good and sufficient water supply shall be maintained
to avoid waterborne/water related/water based diseases to ensure the
health and hygiene of workers.
 Persons working should wear safety helmets and rubber gloves
 Contractor at his own expenses shall put up necessary shoring,
89
Responsibility
shuttering and planking or cut slopes to a safer angle or both with due
regard to the safety of personnel and workers and to the satisfaction of
the Engineer
The Contractor shall comply with all the precautions as required for ensuring
the safety of the workmen as per the International Labour Organization (ILO)
Convention No. 62 as far as those are applicable to this contract.
The Contractor shall make sure that during the construction work all relevant
provisions of the Factories Act, 1948 and the Building and other Construction
Workers (regulation of Employment and Conditions of Services) Act, 1996
are adhered to.
The Contractor shall not employ any person below the age of 14 years for
any work and no woman shall be employed on the work of painting with
products containing lead in any form.
The Contractor shall also ensure that no paint containing lead or lead
products is used to except in the form of paste or readymade paint.
Contractor shall provide facemasks for use to the workers when paint is
applied in the form of spray or a surface having lead paint dry is rubbed and
scrapped.
The Contractor shall mark ‘hard hat’ and ‘no smoking’ and other ‘high risk’
areas and enforce non-compliance of use PPE with zero tolerance. These
shall be reflected in the Construction Safety Plan to be prepared by the
Contractor during mobilization and shall be approved by SC
Contractor shall install a warning device in the area to be used to warn the
workers in case of mishap/emergency.
Contractor shall provide Safety Helmets conforming to IS 2925 to all the
workmen engaged in dismantling work.
The shed and tool boxes should be located away from work site.
Goggles preferably made up of celluloid’s and gas masks shall be worn at
the time of dismantling, especially where tools like jack hammers are
deployed to protect eyes from injuries form flying pieces, dirt, dust etc.
The workers shall wear leather or rubber gloves during demolition of RCC
work. Screens made up GI sheets shall be placed wherever necessary to
prevent the flying pieces from injuring the workers
Water should be sprayed to reduce the dust while removing concrete
wearing course with jackhammer.
No work shall be taken up under the span when dismantling work is in
90
Responsibility
progress.
Contact numbers of Police, Fire Brigade, Ambulance, Police Station,
Engineer, EO CSC Consultant and KSHIP should be displayed at every
bridge Site.
Any skin contacts with epoxy materials; solvents and epoxy strippers should
be avoided. Epoxy resin can cause irritation of skin particularly epoxy
hardeners (B component) may cause a rash on skin in sensitive persons if
incorrectly handled. The resin and hardener should not be allowed to come
into direct contact with skin. The most effective protection is achieved by
wearing polythene gloves, rubber gloves, with a cloth liner, and protective
clothing.
The official toxicity classification on container labels may be looked for
before starting work.
Barrier creams are recommended but are not substitutes for protective
clothing. Eyes shall be protected where splashing could occur while
Handling of CSC and
spraying. Good ventilation shall be ensured and inhalation of vapors
Hazardous Environment
C.3.2 avoided. If materials are sprayed, a respirator shall be used. If skin contact MoRTH 111.6 Contractor
Materials / al Officer,
occurs, it shall be immediately washed with a cleaner, followed by soap and
Chemicals KSHIP
water. Should eye contact occur, it shall be flushed immediately with plenty
of water for 15 minutes and a doctor called for
If contact occurs with the clothing, it shall be immediately changed to prevent
further skin contact, and if the contact occurs with component A or B, the
clothing shall be thrown away. Hardened epoxy is not harmful but shall break
the clothing.
All emptied used buckets; rags and containers shall be removed from site.
These shall be stored in waste disposal bags and suitable disposed.
The Contractor shall prepare a hazardous waste management and disposal
plan and shall submit a copy of it to Environmental Officer (KSHIP) for
review and supervision.
The Contractor shall ensure that temporary bridges constructed for diversion
of traffic are as per norms and safe and approved by Environmental Officer. CSC and
Traffic IRC:SP 55;
Speed limits shall be set for movement of traffic on temporary bridges. Environment
C.3.3 Management MoRTH 112.4 Contractor
The Contractor shall take all necessary measures for the safety of traffic al Officer,
and Safety and 5
during construction and provide, erect and maintain such barricades, KSHIP
including sign, markings, flags, lights, warning boards and flagmen as
91
Responsibility
proposed in the Traffic Control Plan/Drawings and as required by the
Environmental Officer for the information and protection of traffic
approaching or passing the bridge under construction or through the
temporary diversion.
The Contractor shall ensure that all signs, barricades markings are provided
as per the MoRTH specifications. Before taking up of construction on any
bridge site, a Traffic Control Plan shall be devised and implemented to the
satisfaction of the Environmental Expert. The Contractor shall take all
necessary measures for the safety of traffic during construction and provide,
erect and maintain such barricading, including signs, markings lights and
flagmen etc. For the information and protection of traffic.
A readily available first aid unit including an adequate supply of sterilized CSC and
dressing materials and appliances as per the Factories Rules at every Environment
C.3.4 First Aid MoRTH 121.3.1 Contractor
Bridge Construction site. al Officer,
KSHIP
The Contractor shall provide, erect and maintain informatory/safety signs, CSC and
Informatory IRC:SP 55;
hoardings written in English and Hindi, wherever required or as suggested Environment
C.3.5 Signs and MoRTH 112.4 Contractor
by the Environmental Officer. al Officer,
Hoardings and 5
KSHIP
CMU shall monitor water quality both upstream and downstream of bridges Environmental
thrice a year at the site of new bridges. Protection Act, CMU through
1986 and The approved
Pollution
C.3.6 noise pollution Pollution EO KSHIP
Monitoring
(regulation and Monitoring
control) rules, Laboratory
2000
C.4 Contractor’s Demobilization
Contractor shall prepare site restoration plans, which shall be approved by
the Environmental Officer. The clean-up and restoration operations are to be
Cleanup implemented by the Contractor prior to demobilization. All spaces excavated As per the CSC and
Operations, and not occupied by the foundation or other permanent works shall be contract Environment
C.4.1 Contractor
Restoration and refilled with earth up to surface of surrounding ground. document and al Officer,
Rehabilitation The Contractor shall clear all temporary structures; dispose all surplus RAP KSHIP
material laying in waterway or around bridge site as per Comprehensive
Waste Management Plan and approved by Environmental Officer.
92
Responsibility
The bridge construction site shall be left clean and tidy, at the contractor’s
expense, to the satisfaction to the Environmental Officer.
OPERATION STAGE
Activities to be Carried Out by the CMU (Construction Management Unit)
The KSHIP shall monitor the operational performance of the various
Monitoring mitigation measures carried out in the form of river training works as a part of As per the
O.1 Operation the project contract KSHIP KSHIP
Performance The indicators selected for monitoring include the water quality status, Soil document
erosion etc.
The periodic monitoring of the surface water quality at the selected locations Pollution
as suggested in pollution monitoring plan shall be responsibility of KSHIP. Environmental Monitoring
Pollution
O.2 These locations shall be monitored once during operation stage. Protection Act, Agency KSHIP
Monitoring
1986 through
KSHIP
Contractor shall submit Accident Safety and Hazardous Chemical Spill
Safety
O.3 Management Plan and shall get it approved by the “EO KSHIP”. The plan MoRTH 111.6
Measures
should also have details of detours in case of emergency.
93
8.2 Other Mitigation Plans

8.2.1 Resettlement Plan
184. Social Impact Assessment (SIA) has been undertaken wherein the project authority
will adopt the Resettlement and Rehabilitation (R & R) Policy of the project and prepare
Resettlement Plan to address the adverse impacts arising out of the project. The R & R
policy is in line with the National Policy on Resettlement and Rehabilitation 2007 and Asian
Development Banks Safeguard Policy 2009.
8.2.2 Emergency Response Plan
185. Project Proponents shall prepare site specific Emergency Response Plans to face
and address any emergency situation with respect to vehicular accidents, heavy floods and
spillage of oil or other hazardous materials. It requires establishing and developing a
communication and response system to minimize the impacts of these situations and also
minimize the time required to respond to these situations in order to safeguard people,
property and environmental resources. Contractor shall submit approved Accident Safety
and Hazardous Chemical Spill Management Plan. The plan should also have details of
detours in case of emergency.
8.2.3 Construction Water Management Plan
186. It is the responsibility of the contractor to arrange adequate supply and storage of
water for the whole construction period and submit a list of sources from where water shall
be used for the project as per the Construction Water Management Plan (Appendix 15).
Contractor shall source the required water preferentially by conjunctive use of Surface water
and groundwater but with prior permission from the Groundwater Authority. All precaution
shall be taken to minimize the wastage of water during construction process.
8.3 Grievance Redressal Mechanism
187. A joint social and environmental redress mechanism will be implemented under the
project. Grievances and suggestions from local and affected people may come-up related to
inappropriate implementation of the project and components of EMP. Grievance re-dress
mechanism shall be translated in Kannada language and posted to the respective
village/Panchayat office by Contractor in behalf of the KSHIP at least 30 days prior to
commencement of construction works. The expected range of grievances to be handled
through this mechanism will encompass but not limited to the following: i) nuisance from
noise, dust, and temporary blocking of access; ii) contamination of receiving water from
runoff; iii) emissions from increase vehicular traffic and stationary sources like hot mix plant;
iv) conflict between local residents and migrant workers; v) ownership of vegetation for
clearing; and vi) damage compensation. These issues will be addressed through
acknowledgement, evaluation and corrective action and response approach. Grievances
from public or stakeholders concerning the project and EMP implementation will be received
by the concerned Executive Engineer of KSHIP division. The Executive Engineer shall refer
the application to Construction Supervision Consultants (CSC) who then assess the
grievances/suggestions and if they are found to be genuine and acceptable, will be resolved
at division level itself within 15 to 30 days from the date of receipt. In case, the issue is
unable to be resolved, the matter will be forwarded to the Social and Environmental cell,
KSHIP (Head quarter). This mechanism is non-judicial in nature and does not preclude the
affected people coursing their grievances to the courts. The corrective action will be started
94
as per the action plan indicated to the stakeholder. The action taken and the outcome shall
form a part of quarterly report to ADB.
8.4 Environmental Monitoring programme
188. Monitoring is an essential component for sustainability of any developmental project.
It is an integral part of any environmental assessment process. Any development project
introduces complex inter-relationships in the project area between people, natural resources,
biota and other developing forces. Thus, a new environment is created. It is very difficult to
predict with complete certainty the exact post-project environmental scenario. Hence,
monitoring of critical parameters is essential in the post project phase.
189. The monitoring programme consists of performance indicators, reporting formats
(Appendix – 12) and necessary budgetary provision. Out of this, the budgetary provisions
are confidential and are not supposed to be part of the disclosure statement. The budgetary
statements are provided in section 8.9 for the purpose of evaluation of the EMP.
190. The contractors monitoring plan should be in accordance with the baseline
environmental monitoring locations provided in the environmental impact assessment report.
191. The monitoring plan has the following objective
 To ensure effective implementation of EMP
 To comply with all applicable environmental, safety, labour and local legislation
 To ensure that public opinions and obligations are taken in to account and
respected to the required satisfaction level
 To modify the mitigation measures or implementing additional measures, if required
192. For each of the environmental condition indicators, the monitoring plan specifies the
parameters to be monitored, location of the monitoring sites, frequency and duration of
monitoring. The monitoring plan also specifies the applicable standards, implementation and
supervising responsibilities. The monitoring plan and details of monitoring locations for
environmental condition indicators of the project during the construction and operation stage
are presented in Table 8.3. The monitoring will be carried out by PIU through the approved
agency and will be supervised by the Environmental Experts of the Construction Supervision
Consultants and PIU.
95
Table 8-3: Environmental monitoring for Air, Water, Noise and Soil
No of
Attribute Parameter Special guidance Standards Frequency Duration Location Implementation
samples
Air CO, NOx, SPM, High volume Air (prevention Once in every Two Construction Sites 24 or as KSHIP
RPM, Pb and SO2 sampler to be and control of four months years and major directed
located 50m from pollution) during establishments along
the plant in the Rules. CPCB, construction the subproject
down wind 1994 and operation including base line
direction. Use stage. monitored stations
method specified
by CPCB for 24 hr
sampling
Water Please refer Grab sample IS for Inland Once in every Two Drinking water 24 or as KSHIP
Appendix 7 for water collected from surface waters four months years samples from the directed
quality parameters source and analyze (IS:2296,1982) during labour camps and
to be monitored or as per standard and for construction from hand pumps,
parameters as methods for drinking water and operation Surface water from
decided by the examination (IS: 10500- stage. the water courses
Environmental 1991) along the road
Specialist of the project.
CSC
Noise Noise quality as per Equivalent noise MOEF Noise Once in every Two Near the construction 24 or as KSHIP
National Ambient levels using and Rules 2000 four months years camps, working desired
Noise Standards on integrated noise during zones, sensitive
db (A) scale level meter kept at construction receptors at major
a distance of 15m and operation human settlements
from edge of stage. along the road.
pavement Leq in db
(A) of day time and
night time
96
No of
Attribute Parameter Special guidance Standards Frequency Duration Location Implementation
samples
*Soil Monitoring of pH, Sample of soil Threshold for One sample Two Construction camp 16 or as KSHIP
Nitrogen, collected and each each during years /plant sites, Labour desired
Phosphorus,, analyzed using contaminant the pre and camps, Batching
Potassium, Sodium, absorption set by IRIS post monsoon plants and productive
Chloride, Organic spectrometer database of for agricultural lands
Carbon and Lead USPEA until construction abutting traffic
standards are and operation detours and traffic
available to stage. diversions and major
use. intersections.
*Accidental spillage of hazardous and non-hazardous substances need to be dealt with as special cases largely depends on the circumstances including
state of the substance (liquid or solid)
Monitoring shall be carried out at all locations used for collection of primary data in the study
.
97
8.5 Performance indicators

193. Environmental components identified of a particular significance in affecting the
environment at critical locations have been suggested as performance indicators (PIs).
Table 8-4: Performance Indicators and monitoring plan
Monitoring
S. plan/ Responsibili
Description of Item Indicator Stage
No Performance ty
indicators
1 Monitoring  No. of trees planted (Total) Road side Post Forest
plan  No. of trees under and other constructio Department
Compensatory Afforestation plantation n stage and PIU
 No. of Trees planted along areas
Road sides
 No. of Trees planted at other
locations (such as camps,
borrow areas, debris disposal
sites and plant areas)
 No. of trees planted at
enhancement sites
3 Performance  No. of Borrow Areas identified Borrow Pre - Contractor
indicators and verified Area Constructio
 No. of sites for which n and Post-
restoration plans have been Constructio
prepared n
 No. of Sites restored and
rehabilitated
 No. of sites handed over
4 Performance  No. of Quarry Areas identified Quarry Pre – Contractor
indicators and verified Constructio
 No. of sites for which n and Post
restoration plans have been Constructio
prepared n
 No. of sites restored and
rehabilitated
 No. of sites handed over
5 Performance  Quantity of Debris and spoils Disposal Constructio Contractor
indicators to be disposed off sites n and Post
 No. of locations finalized for Constructio
Debris disposal n
 Quantity of Debris and spoils
disposed off
 No. of locations for which
Rehabilitation works have
been completed
6 Performance  No. of locations identified for Constructi Pre- Contractor
indicators the construction camp and on camps constructio
construction plant sites and plant n and Post
 No. of locations approved sites Constructio
 Lay-outs approved n
 No. of sites for which site
Restoration and Rehabilitation
98
Monitoring
No Performance ty
indicators
has been completed
7 Performance  No. of Trees to be cut Tree Pre PIU
indicators  No. of Trees cut cutting constructio
 % Progress on the tree n
removal
8 Performance No. of locations identified for Storage of Pre Contractor
indicators temporary storage of the excavated constructio
excavated materials to be used in materials n and
embankment and sub grade constructio
n
9 Monitoring Statutory environmental monitoring Environm Constructio Contractor
plan as per the conditions stipulated in ental n
the consents/ permission issued by status at
PCB constructi
on Sites
10 Monitoring Environmental parameter Air, Noise, Constructio PIU through
plan monitoring in accordance with the Soil and n and external
frequency and duration of Water Operation agency
monitoring as well as the locations quality
as per the Monitoring plan given in
Table 8.3
11 Monitoring Before the onset of monsoon all Silting of Constructio Contractor
plan the debris/excavated materials water n supervised by
shall be cleaned from the work bodies the
sites and disposed of at the pre – Environmenta
identified approved locations l specialist of
CSC
12 Performance Implementation of enhancement Enhance Constructio Contractor
indicators measures for ments n
 Parking areas
 Cultural properties
 Religious properties
 Other oxbow land
development
13 Performance  No. of Training sessions Training Constructio PIU

indicators organized for Imparted n and
- Department staff Operational
- Contractors Phase
- Combined
 No. of people trained
- Department staff
- Contractors
14 Performance Slope protection measures Work Constructio Contractor
indicators  Length (by type) sites n
 No. of Locations
15 Performance Drainage Work Constructio Contractor
indicators  Length sites n
16 Performance Safety provisions Work Constructio Contractor
indicators sites n
99
Monitoring
No Performance ty
indicators
 Signage (by type and No.)
 Guard Rails
 Guide Rails
17 Performance No. of chute drains provided Work Constructio Contractor
indicators sites n
18 Performance Soil erosion prevention measures Work Constructio Contractor
indicators  Silt fencing (No. of locations sites n
and quantity)
 Stone pitching (No. of
locations and quantity)
 Any other (Grass seeding
etc.,)
19 Performance Utility ducts Utility Constructio Contractor
indicators  Length provided ducts n
20 Performance Water sources Work Constructio Contractor
indicators  No. of sources protected sites n
 No. of sources relocated
21 Performance No. of HIV awareness sessions Labours Constructio PIU
indicators conducted n Stage
22 Performance No. Safety awareness sessions Labours Constructio PIU
indicators conducted n Stage
23 Monitoring No. of awareness sessions for Public in Constructio PIU
plan educating the public about road the n Stage
safety and other environmental vicinity of
aspects (such as waste dumping, project
preservation of enhanced sites, road.
pollution and health impacts etc.)
8.6 Reporting system
194. Reporting system for the suggested monitoring programme operates at two levels
1) Reporting for environmental condition indicators and environmental management indicators
2) Reporting for operational performance indicators at the PIU level.
195. Environmental monitoring involves regular checking of the environmental management
issues detailed in the EMP and to ascertain whether the mitigation measures are achieving their
objectives, according to the EMP, with the progress of the works. It provides the necessary
feedback for project management to keep the programme on schedule will still achieving the
expected outcomes.
196. The contractor, CSC and PIU operate the reporting system for environmental conditions
and environmental management indicators. The reporting system is presented in Table 8.4.
Reporting formats (Appendix – 12) for contractors and CSC have been prepared, which will
form the basis of the implementation by the Contractor and monitoring by the CSC and PIU. The
list of reporting formats prepared for the project is presented in Table 8.6 and formats are
presented in Appendix – 12.
100
 The reporting system will start with the construction contractor who is the main executor of
the implementation activities. The contractor will report to the CSC who in turn shall report
to the PIU. The Contractor will submit monthly and quarterly environmental compliance
reports along with formal monthly and quarterly reporting to the CSC.
 The CSC will submit separate quarterly environmental monitoring reports to PIU in
addition to submission of the summary of the activities of the month in the formal monthly
report including any deviations and corrective actions.
 PIU will be responsible for the preparation of the targets for identified non-compliances for
the EMP compliance.
197. A full record of construction activities will be kept as a part of normal contract monitoring
system. Reporting and Monitoring Systems for various stages of construction and related
activities have been proposed are to ensure timely and effective implementation of the EMP.
The operation stage monitoring reports may be annual or biannual, provided the Project
Environmental Completion Report shows that the implementation was satisfactory.
198. This reporting will be as follows:
 Reporting by the contractor to the CSC
 Reporting by CSC to PIU
 Reporting by PIU for the information of all interested parties.
Table 8-5: Reporting System
Construction Supervision
PIU to oversee
consultant (CSC)
Item Contractor compliance
Supervisi
Reporting to PIU monitoring
on
Construction Stage
Monitoring of Before start of Regular Quarterly Regular
construction site and work
construction camp
Pollution monitoring As required As Quarterly Quarterly
required
Debris disposal area Weekly As Quarterly Quarterly
required
Monitoring Implementatio Regular Quarterly Quarterly
Enhancements n
Top soil preservations Weekly Weekly Monthly Quarterly
Borrow area/quarry Regular Weekly Monthly Quarterly
area / Debris disposal
area
Tree cutting Weekly Weekly Monthly Quarterly
Tree plantation Monthly Monthly Monthly Quarterly
Operation stage
Pollution Monitoring Quarterly Quarterly Quarterly As per monitoring
plan
101
Table 8-6: Summary Details of Reporting Formats

Construction
Forest
Contractor Supervision Consultant
Department
(CSC)
Format
Item Stage Implementatio Implementatio
No.
n and n and Supervisio Reportin
Reporting to Reporting to n g to PIU
Engineer PIU
EMS1 Approval of Pre- One time - One time One time
construction construction
camp/ plant
site and its
management
plan
EMS2 Approval of Pre- General- One - Regular Quarterly
Borrow construction time
Management Specific
Plan redevelopment
(General and plan – One for
Specific) each borrow
area
Identification Pre- One time - One time One time
of temporary construction
storage yards
and
Management
plan
Solid waste Pre- General- One - Regular Quarterly
Management construction time
Plan Specific
(General and redevelopment
Specific) plan – One for
each camp or
plant site
EMS3 Construction Constructio Monthly - Regular Quarterly
camp and n
plant site
management
EMS 4 Top Soil Constructio Monthly - Regular Quarterly
management n
EMS 5 Construction Constructio Monthly - Regular Quarterly
plants and n
pollution
control
Monitoring
EMS 6 Vehicles and Constructio Monthly - Regular Quarterly
Pollution n
Control
EMS 7 Details of the Constructio Monthly - Regular Quarterly
DG sets and n
pollution
control
EMS 8 Details of oil Constructio Monthly - Regular Quarterly
Storage n
EMS 9 Working at Constructio Monthly - Regular Quarterly
102
Construction
Forest
Contractor Supervision Consultant
Department
(CSC)
Format
Item Stage Implementatio Implementatio
No.
n and n and Supervisio Reportin
Reporting to Reporting to n g to PIU
Engineer PIU
water n
courses and
pollution
control
EMS10 Details of Constructio Monthly - Regular Quarterly
Water n
Extraction
EMS11 Details of Constructio Monthly - Regular Quarterly
personal n
protective
Equipment
EMS12 Status of Constructio Half yearly - Half yearly Half
consent for n yearly
water
extraction
EMS13 Deviations Constructio - Monthly Quarterly
and n
corrective
Actions
EMS14 Tree Constructio Quarterly Quarterly
plantation n and
Operation
EMS15 Plantation of Constructio As applicable Quarterly As As
shrubs and n and applicable applicable
grass Operation
EMS16 Implementati Constructio Monthly - Regular Quarterly
on of n
Enhancemen
t measures
for cultural
properties,
parking areas
and
incidental
spaces
Status Operation - Half
Regarding yearly
Rehabilitation
of Borrow
Areas
Noise barrier Operation As applicable - Quarterly Quarterly
construction
Survival rate Operation Quarterly Quarterly
of plants
EMS17 Debris During Through out the - Regular Quarterly
generated construction construction
due to road period during
widening widening
103
199. The Environmental officer of CSC can make required changes in the formats specified in
Appendix 12 to ensure effective reporting of environmental issues. Some of the formats should
be included in the request for inspection such as Debris disposal area approval request. For
making any required changes in the frequency of reporting and change in the contents of the
report for effective and simple for implementation and monitoring, CSC should discuss the
reporting formats with the Contractor and PIU. This will not only ensure that the environmental
provisions are addressed but also link the satisfactory compliance to environmental procedures
prior to approval of the Interim Payment Certificate (IPC) by the Engineer. In the regular monthly
meeting the environmental aspects should also be discussed and the staff responsible for the
implementation of the environmental management from the contractor, PIU and CSC should
also be present.
8.7 INSTITUTIONAL ARRANGEMENTS
200. Project Implementation Unit is responsible for implementing the road improvement
project to ensure and achieve certain level of quality in the project, during implementation of
project and in turn will make sure that the statutory requirements are not violated during the pre
construction, construction and Operational (defect liability period) stages of the project.
Organizational setup for PIU and EMPIU is illustrated in the Figure 1.1.
201. The Chief Project Officer heads KSHIP. He will be responsible for the successful
implementation of the Project. The Chief engineer is also the Project Director in the KSHIP set
up for the implementation of the project. The project director (PD) is assisted by Project
Implementation Unit (PIU), Environmental and Social wings at the head office. Various sub units
are functioning under PIU such as Environmental Social Management Unit (ESMU);
Environmental Management Plan Implementation Unit (EMPIU) and Social Development
Resettlement Cell (SDRC). The SDRC is headed by a Chief Administrative Officer (CAO). The
Project Director will be heading the overall functioning of the Environmental and Social
Management Unit (ESMU).
202. The Executive Engineers (EEs) and supporting staff as employer’s representatives
nominated for the project will be responsible for the implementation of the project under the
divisions. The Executive Engineer (Environment) and Social Development Officer of KSHIP will
look after the environmental and social issues during the project preparation, implementation
and operation with the assistance of the Environmental Specialist of Project Design and
Environmental Officer (EO) of the CSC.
203. During the operation stage monitoring will be carried out by PIU with the help of
environmental monitoring agencies approved by the State or Central Pollution Control Board.
204. Relationship among Environmental Specialist of construction supervision consultancy
(CSC), Karnataka Road Improvement Project (KSHIP) and the contractor with respect to
supervision and monitoring of EMP is depicted in the following Figure 8.1.
104
Figure 8-1: Relationship among Environmental Specialist of CSC, KSHIP and the contractor
Chief Engineer/Project Director, Team Leader, CSC, Bangalore

PIU, KRIP, Bangalore.
Environmental Engineer Environmental Specialist
Executive Engineer and Resident Engineer and

Asst. Environmental Engineer, Sr. Environmental Engineer,
KRIP Project Division CSC, Project Division
Asst. Executive Engineer and Asst. Resident Engineer and

Asst. Engineer, (Envtl. In charge) Asst. Envtl. Engineer,
KRIP Sub division Project site office.
Contractor, Environmental
Engineer, EHS
8.8 Institutional Capacity Building

205. The Environmental Officers/Engineers at PIU, Environmental experts of the Supervision
Consultancy and the Concessionaire, who would be responsible for the implementation of the
EMP, need to be trained on environmental issues of specific road development project. To
ensure the success of the proposed implementation set up, there is need for training and skill
upgradation.
8.8.1 Training Components:
206. The Environmental training should encompass the following:
 Understanding of the relevant environmental regulations and their application to the
project.
 Main impacts of the project on the environment.
 Mitigation measures as given in the EMP and their implementation.
105
 Duties and responsibilities of the Contractors, Supervision Consultants and staff of PIU
involved in the project.
 Public/community consultation and its role during the implementation of the project.
 Supervision of the implementation of the EMP and environmental issues during
construction.
 Monitoring during construction stage.
 Weekly, monthly and quarterly report preparations and submission.
8.8.2 Training Programme:
207. A training programme needs to be worked out incorporating the project needs as well as
the intermediate term capacity building needs. The programme should consist of a number of
training modules specific to target groups. The training would cover the basic principles and
postulates of environmental assessment, mitigation plans and programmes implementation
techniques, monitoring and management methods and tools. Looking into the potential
requirements of each of the target groups, several training modules have been suggested. The
training modules are given in Table-8.7.
Table 8-7: Training Modules for Environmental Management
Environmental
Training
Mode of Aspects to be
Sl. No. Training Recipients Conducting
Training covered in training
Agency
modules
SESSION-I
Module-I Environmental staff of PIU Lecture Environmental External
involved in the project, staff Sessions, overview and trainers,
of construction supervision Workshops Environmental Environmental
consultant, contractor, and and Regulations and Acts specialist,
collaborating Government Presentation
Agencies
Module-II Environmental staff of PIU Lecture Environmental Impact External
involved in the project, staff Sessions, Assessment: Road trainers,
of construction supervision Workshops Projects and Environmental
consultant and contractor and Environment Issues specialist,
Presentation
Module-III Environmental staff of PIU Lecture Environmental Specialist
involved in the project, staff Sessions, Management Plan for Trainers;
of construction supervision Workshops Road Projects Environmental
consultant and Specialist
Presentation
SESSION-II
Module-IV Environmental staff of PIU Lecturers; Environmental Issues External
involved in the project, staff Group in the Project Agency
of construction supervision Discussions
consultant, contractor, and
collaborating Government
Agencies
Module-V Environmental staff of PIU Lecturers; Environmentally External
involved in the project, staff Demonstration Sound Construction Agency
of construction supervision sessions; Management
consultant and contractor Group
106
Environmental
Training
Mode of Aspects to be
Sl. No. Training Recipients Conducting
Training covered in training
Agency
modules
Discussions
Module-VI Environmental staff of PIU Lecturers; Planning for External
involved in the project Group Environmentally Agency
Discussions Sustainable
Operation of Roads
Module-VII Environmental staff of PIU Lecturers; Long Term External
involved in the project Demonstration Environmental Issues Agency
sessions; in Road Management
Group
Discussions
8.9 ENVIRONMENTAL BUDGETARY PROVISIONS
208. The budgetary provision for the implementation of the environmental management plan
of the subproject road is presented in Table 8.8 and Table 8.9 and can be categorized in to two
types.
A) Environmental Management Plan Works to be implemented by the contractor under
civil works contract (not included in civil works BOQ)
B) Environment Management Plan Works to be implemented by Government
Departments or other agencies as per the regulatory requirements.
Table 8-8 : Bill of Quantities for Implementation of Environmental Management Action Plan to be
executed under Civil Works Contract
Sl. Amount
Description Unit Quantity Rate (Rs)
No. (Rs)
1 A. Carting away the unserviceable materials from Cum 4,938 58 284,429
work site to the nearest disposal site (up to a lead of
5km) and disposing the same in disposal pits or
borrow areas including depositing unserviceable
materials in layers and manual compaction.
Appendix: 1
B. The 30 cm top layer of disposal pit shall be Sqm. 27,434 28 761,294
provided with good earth, suitable for development
of vegetation/plantation. All work shall be carried out
as per specifications and approval of the Engineer in
Charge
2 Turfing at ground level at disposal pits for un- Sqm 27,434 27 740,718
serviceable material as per specifications and
approval of the Engineer in Charge.
3 Regular water sprinkling (at least 4 times) per day at Km 14.38 12,000 172,560
all construction sites for suppression of visible dust
levels.
Note: This item is to be operated after the
completion of earthwork to suppress the visible dust
levels. Cost of watering during compaction of
earthwork is deemed to be already covered under
civil works.
107
Sl. Amount
No. (Rs)
4 Construction of Recharge pits within the selected Nos. 7 26,000 182,000
water bodies along the project road as per approved
design and drawing as developed by Central Ground
Water Board (Ref Appendix-2 for details).
5 Construction of silt traps at the discharge points of M 7 1,250 8,750
channels into to fresh water bodies across the
project road as per the Standard Details provided in
the Appendix-3
6 Providing informatory sign boards (informatory Sqm 2 10,192 20,384
/caution messages) for road users for providing
information about ecologically sensitive areas, wild
life crossing points (if any), important tourist
locations, etc as applicable. The specifications of
sign boards shall conform to relevant IRC
specifications. The probable locations for
informatory sign boards are given in Appendix-4
7 Construction of 30cm thick clay lined (at bottom and Nos. 7 83,410 583,870
sides) pits for safe disposal of scarified bitumen
including carriage (up to a lead of 10km), depositing
bitumen in layers of 15 Cms with manual compaction
and covering the pit with 20cm thick good earth as
top layer at ground level all complete as per
specifications and details given in the Appendix-5
8 Turfing at ground level at disposal pits for scarified Sqm 2,366 28 65,657
bitumen as per specifications and approval of the
Engineer in Charge.
9 Periodic air quality monitoring during construction Nos. 24 7,500 180,000
stage at construction camp sites, bitumen hot mix
plants, crusher plants (if specifically established for
Project), at major settlement areas along project
road. The parameters to be monitored are SPM,
RPM, SO2, NOx and CO, Lead. Each monitoring
schedule shall be over a duration of 24 hours (in 8
hour shifts), once in four months for 2 Years). The
tests are to conducted in accordance CPCB norms
at locations given in Appendix - 7)
10 Water quality monitoring during construction phase Nos. 24 2,000 48,000
at locations given in Appendix - 7. The sampling
shall be carried out once four months for 2 years
and cover all parameters as per IS10500 including
heavy metals as per details given in Appendix-7.
11 Noise quality monitoring at specified silent receptors Nos. 24 500 12,000
along Project Road, at construction camp sites,
bitumen hot mix plants, crusher plants(if specifically
established for Project), and at major settlement
areas along project road. – Each monitoring
schedule shall be over a duration of 12hours (6Am
to 6PM), once in four months for 2 Years). The
monitoring shall be carried out in accordance with
CPCB norms at locations given in Appendix-7)
108
Sl. Amount
No. (Rs)
12 Soil quality monitoring at Construction camp /plant Nos. 16 3,500 56,000
sites, Labour camps, Batching plants and productive
agricultural lands abutting traffic detours and traffic
diversions and major intersections along Project
Road. Parameters shall include pH, Nitrogen,
Phosphorus, Potassium, Sodium, Chloride, Organic
Carbon and Lead and carried out twice in a year
(Pre and Post Monsoon) at all locations for 2 years
as per details given in Appendix-7
13 Providing Oil Interceptors at the fuel/oil storage Nos. 1 5,000 5,000
camps or Construction camps. Typical Drawing
given in Appendix-8
14 Providing Personal Protective Equipment to the cost/ 100 1,000 100,000
labours during the construction phase of the project. person/
Appendix-9 annum
15 Provision for two health check ups for the cost/ 100 1,500 150,000
carcinogens from bituminous fumes, which may person
inhaled during road paving works. The first health
check up prior to induction of the personnel into the
construction works and the last health check up prior
to the discharge of the personnel from the
construction works
16 Utilisation of unserviceable material obtained from Cum 494 77 38,038
Road way excavation for widening and construction
of cross roads.
Total (Rs.) 3,408,699
Table 8-9: Bill of Quantities for Environmental Management Action Plan - Mandatory Works to be
implemented by Government Departments/ agencies as per regulatory requirements.
Sl. Rate Amount
Description Unit Quantity
No. (Rs) (Rs)
1 Raising Avenue Plantation along the project road Km 14.38 143,400 2,062,092
length @ 200 tress per Km. The Plantation
programme shall be prepared, implemented and
maintained for total of 7 (2+5) years.
2 Raising of Median Plantation along selected Km. 0.00 65,000 0
stretches of project road. The plantation program
shall be prepared, implemented and maintained for
total of 4 (1+3) years.
3 Construction of noise barrier(s) at specified M 655 4,200 2,751,000
locations along Project Road as per the
specifications and drawing given in the Appendix -6
4 Raising of Plantation to act as vegetative noise M 0 490 0
barrier at select locations as per specifications and
details given in Appendix - 6. The plantation
program shall be prepared, implemented and
maintained for 6 years as per plan.
5 Enhancement of roadside pond including gardening, Nos. 0 4,120,00 0
construction of parking lots, internal roads, as per 0
drawing No. Complete with all leads and lift and as
directed by the Engineer.
6 Re-Development of oxbow land with and other left Ha 1.00 94,000 94,000
over land at realignment locations along project road
109
Sl. Rate Amount

Description Unit Quantity
No. (Rs) (Rs)
as per standard tree plantation program approved
by the Forest Department, Government of
Karnataka. The plantation program shall be
prepared, implemented and maintained for total of 4
(1+3) years.
7 Compensatory Afforestation in lieu of forestland Ha 0.00 94,000 0
diverted Project Road as per the Forest
Conservation Act. Compensatory Afforestation
works is to be implemented by Forest Department.
8 Compensatory Provision in terms of Net Present Ha 0.00 730,000 0
value (NPV cost) of the Forestland diverted for the
Project Road (NPV to be borne by PIU, KSHIP).
9 Providing short term Environmental Management Nos. 0 143,000 0
Training for Staff of PIU, contractor’s personnel by
the Construction Supervision Consultant. The
responsibility of developing and conducting the
training program shall be of construction supervision
consultant but the cost will be borne by contractor.
Training shall cover for pre-construction,
construction and post construction phase.
Total (Rs.) 4,907,092
Total cost estimate for implementation of EMP works of the Link

Total of Table 8.8 3,408,699
Total of Table 8.9 4,907,092
Grand Total (Rs.) 8,315,791
110
9 CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS

209. The proposed Jagalur – NH 13 and Molkalmuru – SH 19 subprojects (T13 and T 17) are
existing state highways and it is proposed to be up-graded with no new alignment except for
realignments at some locations for improving the road geometrics and meet the project
objectives. The subproject road is of less than 30 km in length and does not attract the EIA
Notification, 2006 by MoEF.
210. The Initial Environmental Examination report attempts to identify significant potential
environmental impacts associated with the construction and operational phases of the proposed
road Project. Apart from positive impacts road projects could also generate some adverse direct
and indirect environmental impacts. Direct environmental impacts are usually due to
construction activities, while indirect environmental impacts are usually related to the operation
of improved roads.
211. Subprojects T13 and T17 are of 9.25 km and 5.13 km in length and most of the adverse
impacts of road project during construction period are temporary in nature. Most of these
impacts can be minimized through specific engineering solutions, construction methodology
incorporated into the project design and by planning adequate and timely mitigation measures
such that, the overall impact on environmental attributes by the proposed project works are
unlikely to cause any significant adverse environmental impacts and no further detailed study is
required.
212. Any major change in the project proposal and setup will require updating the
environmental assessment document as per the requirement. The updated assessment will
have to be submitted to concerned Government authorities and ADB for concurrence before the
actual construction commence. Environmental Management and Monitoring Plan may be
updated if deemed necessary as per the requirements.
111
ANNEX 1: PHYSIOGRAPHY OF THE PROJECT AREA

112
ANNEX 2: CLIMATIC CONDITION OF THE PROJECT AREA.

113
ANNEX 3: DRAINAGE AND RIVER BASINS OF THE PROJECT AREA

114
ANNEX 4: IRRIGATION AND HYDROGEOLOGY OF THE PROJECT AREA

115
ANNEX 5: ROCKS AND MINERALS IN THE PROJECT AREA.

116
ANNEX 6: SOIL TYPE OF THE PROJECT AREA

117
ANNEX 7: GENERAL LAND USE AND CROPPING PATTERN OF THE PROJECT AREA.
118
ANNEX 8: FORESTLAND TYPE IN THE PROJECT AREA.

119
ANNEX 9: RAPID ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT (REA) CHECKLIST –ROADS and

HIGHWAYS
Jagalur – NH 13 (T13) and Molkalmuru – SH 19 (T 17) Subprojects
Instructions:
 This checklist is to be prepared to support the environmental classification of a project. It
is to be attached to the environmental categorization form that is to be prepared and
submitted to the Chief Compliance Officer of the Regional and Sustainable Development
Department.
 This checklist is to be completed with the assistance of an Environment Specialist in a
Regional Department.
 This checklist focuses on environmental issues and concerns. To ensure that social
dimensions are adequately considered, refer also to ADB checklists and handbooks on
(i) involuntary resettlement, (ii) indigenous peoples planning, (iii) poverty reduction, (iv)
participation, and (v) gender and development.
 Answer the questions assuming the “without mitigation” case. The purpose is to identify
potential impacts. Use the “remarks” section to discuss any anticipated mitigation
measures.
Country/Project Title: KRIP T 13 (Length – 9.25 km)

Sector Division: Jagalur – NH 13
SCREENING
Yes No REMARKS
QUESTIONS
A. Project Siting - Is the Project area adjacent to or within any of the following Environmentally sensitive
areas?
 Cultural heritage site There are no cultural heritage sites identified on the project
X
corridor.
 Protected Area There is no Protected area within 10 km of radius. The nearest
X protected area Ranebennur Blackbuck sanctuary is located
approximately 60 km away from the subproject road.
 Wetland There are no natural wetlands. The subproject road intercepts
X wetlands irrigated by underground water and not protected for
biodiversity
 Mangrove X None.
 Estuarine X None.
 Buffer zone of None.
X
protected area
 Special area for None.
X
protecting biodiversity
B. Potential Environmental Impacts - Will the Project cause…
 Encroachment on There are no cultural heritage sites on the subproject road.
historical/cultural
areas; disfiguration of
X
landscape by road
embankments, cuts,
fills, and quarries?
 Encroachment on
precious ecology (e.g. There are no ecologically sensitive or protected areas along the
X
sensitive or protected subproject road.
areas)?
 Alteration of surface X The subproject crosses small river Chinna hagari along with few
120
water hydrology of ponds. and no major changes in surface water hydrology of

waterways crossed by waterway is envisaged as construction of bridges (cross
roads, resulting in drainage structures) will be taken up during lean stream flow
increased sediment in periods (summer) to avoid diversion of stream flow, soil erosion
streams affected by and flooding in the adjacent areas. All existing cross drainages
increased soil erosion have been reviewed for impact on surface water hydrology;
at construction site? reconstruction and replacement of distressed cross drainage
structures along with new constructions will minimize the impact
of subproject on the surface water hydrology. Two bridges are
widened and one new bridge is constructed and 2 culverts are
replaced with larger diameter and 4distressed culverts are
replaced.
 Deterioration of Several mitigation measures will be taken to minimize the silt
surface water quality runoff by constructing by setting worker camps and construction
due to silt runoff and camps away from the surface water bodies and providing silt
sanitary wastes from trap trenches across the natural drains. Toilets will be provided
X
worker-based camps with Septic tanks, Sullage water will be connected to soak pits,
and chemicals used in paved platform will be provided for vehicle service area,
construction? chemicals, and oil spills will be collected in oil interceptors and
stored separately for recycling.
 Increased local air Air pollution due to construction activities is very less as the
pollution due to rock construction period is limited to approximately 9 months and
crushing, cutting and total length of subproject is only 9.25 km .
filling works, and Impacts on air quality during construction stage are transitory in
chemicals from nature and can be largely limited by mitigating measures.
asphalt processing? X Crushing units, hot mix plant and wet mix plants will be located
away from the human settlements and sensitive ecosystems.
SPCB consents will be obtained and conditions laid there will be
complied for establishing and operating these plants. Grubbing,
clearing and wetting of sites will be done for cutting and filling
works at construction sites as well as at borrow area.
 Noise and vibration No blasting sites will be selected nearer to settlements. Blasting
due to blasting and timings will be decided by consulting locals. All precautions
other civil works? such as cordoning the area, sirens, manning with flags etc will
X be taken up before blasting operations. Noisy equipments such
as DG sets will be provided with enclosures and mufflers.
People working near excess noise producing equipments and
machinery will be provided with ear plugs
 Dislocation or Only 4 families will be dislocated due to the subproject. The
involuntary project will adopt the Resettlement and Rehabilitation (RandR)
resettlement of people Policy of the project to address the adverse impacts arising out
X
of the project. This policy is in line with the National Policy on
Resettlement and Rehabilitation 2007 and Asian Development
Banks Safeguard Policy 2009.
 Other social concerns Social concerns relating to inconveniences in living conditions in
relating to the project areas is minimal as total length of the subproject is
inconveniences in only 9.25 km and short construction period of approximately 9
living conditions in the months.
project areas that may However, all precautionary and mitigation measures for dust
trigger cases of upper mitigation measures such as sprinkling water on all the haul
X
respiratory problems roads on a regular basis during construction period; siting of
and stress? construction establishments away from the human habitats;
Pollution control devices (cyclone separators /scrubbers) and
increasing the stack height to control and dilute emissions from
hot mix plants and batching plants; covering the truck loads of
materials to avoid dust and spillage on the roads, etc will be
121
taken up.
 Hazardous driving Site specific traffic management plans will be prepared.
conditions where Assistance from local police will be taken. Temporary diversions
construction interferes will be provided by maintaining adequate carriage way for
with pre-existing X diversion traffic. Barricades, Traffic Safety Signs, Caution
roads? boards, markings, flags, lights and flagmen as may be required
will be provided to avoid interference to the flow of traffic at pre-
existing roads.
 Poor sanitation and Construction camps will be provided with sanitary latrines and
solid waste disposal in urinals. The sewage system will be operated properly to avoid
construction camps health hazards, ground water and soil contamination. Compost
and work sites, and pits will be constructed for the disposal of the garbage and other
possible transmission X biodegradable wastes generated from the camps. Proper
of communicable collection, transportation and disposal of the wastes will be
diseases from workers ensured. Construction and labour camps will be sited away from
to local populations? human settlements to avoid possible transmission of
communicable diseases from workers to local populations.
 Creation of temporary
Better sanitation will be provided in construction and labour
breeding habitats for
X camps. Open pits near settlements will be filled with
mosquito vectors of
construction debris and covered with soil.
disease?
 Gaseous and odor As the size of subproject is only 9.25 km (length) and
emissions to the construction period is short (approx. 9 months), quantity of
atmosphere from X gaseous and odor emissions to the atmosphere are very less.
processing Hot Mix Plants and Batch Mixing Plants will be sited away from
operations? settlements. Chimney height will be raised as per design.
 Dislocation and Subproject involves compulsory resettlement of only 2 people
compulsory living within right of way near settlements along the project
resettlement of people road. Resettlement Plan is prepared in accordance with the
living in right-of-way? X guide-lines of National Policy on Resettlement and
Rehabilitation 2007 and Asian Development Banks Safeguard
Policy 2009 to address dislocation and compulsory
resettlement.
 Uncontrolled in-
migration with opening Subproject do not open any new roads to forest area. Hence,
of roads to forest area X the question of uncontrolled in–migration and overloading of
and overloading of social infrastructure on the subproject doesn’t arise.
social infrastructure?
 Accident risks
associated with
Should an accidental spill occur, the applicable emergency spill
increased vehicular
procedure such as stopping the flow; removing ignition source;
traffic, leading to X
initiating emergency response; cleanup and safe disposal will
accidental spills of
be followed.
toxic materials and
loss of life?
 Increased noise and After the completion of subproject, there will be a reduction in
air pollution resulting noise and air pollution due to smooth and uniform flow of traffic.
from traffic volume? However, there will be a gradual increase in air pollution due to
X increased number of vehicles on the improved roads. Proposed
avenue and median plantation along the road sides and in
medians should help to control dust, fugitive emissions and
noise from reaching the receptors.
 Increased risk of There is no increased risk of water pollution from small
water pollution from X quantities of oil, grease and fuel spills and other materials from
oil, grease and fuel vehicles using the road. The accidental spills of oils, fuels and
122
spills, and other other hazardous chemicals from the vehicles using the road
materials from during operational phase will pollute nearby water courses of
vehicles using the the area.
road? Small quantities of oil and fuel get emulsified in large quantities
of runoff and cannot be removed effectively by oil interceptors.
Oil interceptors have been proposed for all the construction
camps. Emergency Services will be engaged for the
containment, cleanup and disposal of contamination release
into the environment.
Country/Project Title: KRIP T 17 (Length 5.13 km)

Sector Division: Molkalmur – SH 19
SCREENING QUESTIONS Yes No REMARKS
A. Project Siting - Is the Project area adjacent to or within any of the following Environmentally sensitive
areas?
 Cultural heritage site There are no cultural heritage sites identified on the project
X
corridor.
 Protected Area The nearest protected area Daroji Sloth Bear Sanctuary is
X located approximately 70 km away from the proposed
project corridor.
 Wetland There are no natural wetlands. The subproject road
X intercepts some stretch of wetlands irrigated by chinahagari
river and are not protected for biodiversity.
 Mangrove X None.
 Estuarine X None.
 Buffer zone of protected None.
X
area
 Special area for None.
X
protecting biodiversity
B. Potential Environmental Impacts - Will the Project cause…
 Encroachment on There are no cultural heritage sites on the subproject road.
historical/cultural areas;
disfiguration of
X
landscape by road
embankments, cuts,
fills, and quarries?
 Encroachment on
precious ecology (e.g. There are no ecologically sensitive or protected areas along
X
sensitive or protected the subproject road
areas)?
 Alteration of surface The subproject crosses two small ponds. and no major
water hydrology of changes in surface water hydrology of waterway is
waterways crossed by envisaged as construction of bridges (cross drainage
roads, resulting in structures) will be taken up during lean stream flow periods
increased sediment in (summer) to avoid diversion of stream flow, soil erosion and
streams affected by X flooding in the adjacent areas. All existing cross drainages
increased soil erosion have been reviewed for impact on surface water hydrology;
at construction site? reconstruction and replacement of distressed cross
drainage structures along with new constructions will
minimize the impact of subproject on the surface water
hydrology.
123
Replacement of 10 distressed culverts will be taken up for

the subproject.
 Deterioration of surface Several mitigation measures will be taken to minimize the
water quality due to silt silt runoff by constructing by setting worker camps and
runoff and sanitary construction camps away from the surface water bodies
wastes from worker- and providing silt trap trenches across the natural drains.
based camps and X Toilets will be provided with Septic tanks, Sullage water will
chemicals used in be connected to soak pits, paved platform will be provided
construction? for vehicle service area, chemicals, and oil spills will be
collected in oil interceptors and stored separately for
recycling.
 Increased local air Air pollution due to construction activities is very less as the
pollution due to rock construction period is limited to approximately 8 months
crushing, cutting and and total length of subproject is only 5.13 km.
filling works, and Impacts on air quality during construction stage are
chemicals from asphalt transitory in nature and can be largely limited by mitigating
processing? measures. Crushing units, hot mix plant and wet mix plants
X
will be located away from the human settlements and
sensitive ecosystems. SPCB consents will be obtained and
conditions laid there will be complied for establishing and
operating these plants. Grubbing, clearing and wetting of
sites will be done for cutting and filling works at construction
sites as well as at borrow area.
 Risks and vulnerabilities Risks and vulnerabilities related to health and safety due to
related to occupational physical, chemical, biological and radiological hazards
health and safety due to during project road construction are addressed through risk
physical, chemical, prevention and reduction by onsite safety monitoring and
biological, and management; imparting training and skill development on
radiological hazards occupational health and safety to construction workers;
during project insisting contractor to comply with all the applicable labour
X
construction and laws applicable to the construction workers employment,
operation during project health, safety and welfare; ensuring provision of Personnel
construction and Protective Equipments (PPE); conducting periodical safety
operation? audits; preparing transportation management plans; taking
necessary precautions to maintain the health and safety of
the construction workers and ensuring medical staff and
first aid facilities at the construction site.
 Noise and vibration due No blasting sites will be selected nearer to settlements.
to blasting and other Blasting timings will be decided by consulting locals. All
civil works? precautions such as cordoning the area, sirens, manning
with flags etc will be taken up before blasting operations.
X
Noisy equipments such as DG sets will be provided with
enclosures and mufflers. People working near excess
noise producing equipments and machinery will be
provided with ear plugs
 Dislocation or About 2 families will be dislocated due to the subproject.
involuntary resettlement The project will adopt the Resettlement and Rehabilitation
of people (RandR) Policy of the project to address the adverse
X impacts arising out of the project. This policy is in line with
the National Policy on Resettlement and Rehabilitation
2007 and Asian Development Banks Safeguard Policy
2009.
 Dislocation and Subproject involves compulsory resettlement of single
compulsory squatter living within right of way near settlement along the
X
resettlement of people project road. Resettlement Plan is prepared in accordance
with the guide-lines of National Policy on Resettlement and
124
living in right-of-way? Rehabilitation 2007 and Asian Development Banks

Safeguard Policy 2009 to address dislocation and
compulsory resettlement.
 Disproportionate There are no disproportionate impacts on the poor, women
impacts on the poor, and children, Indigenous Peoples or other vulnerable
women and children, groups by the proposed upgradation of KSHIP roads.
Indigenous Peoples or Indigenous People Development Plans shall be prepared to
other vulnerable address the issues raised due to the implementation of the
groups? proposed project.
X
Proposed project roads provide safe access to markets,
health care and other necessary services thus improving
the quality of life of poor, women and other vulnerable
groups.
Children below the age of 14 years of age shall not be
allowed to employ in the project.
 Other social concerns Social concerns relating to inconveniences in living
relating to conditions in the project areas is minimal as total length of
inconveniences in living the subproject is only 5.13 km and short construction period
conditions in the project of approximately 8 months.
areas that may trigger Construction activities near to settlements including plying
cases of upper of construction vehicles may generate in few cases
respiratory problems respiratory problems.
and stress? All precautionary and mitigation measures for dust
X
mitigation measures such as sprinkling water on all the haul
roads on a regular basis during construction period; siting
of construction establishments away from the human
habitats; Pollution control devices (cyclone separators
/scrubbers) and increasing the stack height to control and
dilute emissions from hot mix plants and batching plants;
covering the truck loads of materials to avoid dust and
spillage on the roads, etc will be taken up.
 Hazardous driving Site specific traffic management plans will be prepared.
conditions where Assistance from local police will be taken. Temporary
construction interferes diversions will be provided by maintaining adequate
with pre-existing roads? X carriage way for diversion traffic. Barricades, Traffic Safety
Signs, Caution boards, markings, flags, lights and flagmen
as may be required will be provided to avoid interference to
the flow of traffic at pre-existing roads.
 Poor sanitation and Construction camps will be provided with sanitary latrines
solid waste disposal in and urinals. The sewage system will be operated properly
construction camps and to avoid health hazards, ground water and soil
work sites, and possible contamination. Compost pits will be constructed for the
transmission of disposal of the garbage and other biodegradable wastes
X
communicable diseases generated from the camps. Proper collection, transportation
from workers to local and disposal of the wastes will be ensured. Construction
populations? and labour camps will be sited away from human
settlements to avoid possible transmission of
communicable diseases from workers to local populations.
 Creation of temporary
Better sanitation will be provided in construction and labour
breeding habitats for
X camps. Open pits near settlements will be filled with
mosquito vectors of
construction debris and covered with soil.
disease?
 Gaseous and odor As the size of subproject is only 5.13 km (length) and
emissions to the X construction period is short (approx. 8 months), quantity of
atmosphere from gaseous and odor emissions to the atmosphere are very
125
processing operations? less..

Hot Mix Plants and Batch Mixing Plants will be sited away
from settlements. Chimney height will be raised as per
design.
 Uncontrolled in-
Subproject do not open any new roads to forest area.
migration with opening
Hence, the question of uncontrolled in–migration and
of roads to forest area X
overloading of social infrastructure on the subproject
and overloading of
doesn’t arise.
social infrastructure?
 Accident risks
associated with
Should an accidental spill occur, the applicable emergency
increased vehicular
spill procedure such as stopping the flow; removing ignition
traffic, leading to X
source; initiating emergency response; cleanup and safe
accidental spills of toxic
disposal will be followed.
materials and loss of
life?
 Increased noise and air After the completion of subproject, there will be a reduction
pollution resulting from in noise and air pollution due to smooth and uniform flow of
traffic volume? traffic. However, there will be a gradual increase in air
pollution due to increased number of vehicles on the
X
improved roads. Proposed avenue and median plantation
along the road sides and in medians should help to control
dust, fugitive emissions and noise from reaching the
receptors.
 Increased risk of water There is no increased risk of water pollution from small
pollution from oil, quantities of oil, grease and fuel spills and other materials
grease and fuel spills, from vehicles using the road. The accidental spills of oils,
and other materials fuels and other hazardous chemicals from the vehicles
from vehicles using the using the road during operational phase will pollute nearby
road? water courses of the area.
X
Small quantities of oil and fuel get emulsified in large
quantities of runoff and cannot be removed effectively by oil
interceptors. Oil interceptors have been proposed for all the
construction camps. Emergency Services will be engaged
for the containment, cleanup and disposal of contamination
release into the environment.
 Social conflicts if Construction labourers shall be hired locally to avoid any
workers from other sort of conflicts. If workers are hired from other regions,
regions or countries are X construction camps shall be located away from human
hired? habitations to avoid the social conflicts rising between
locals and labourers.
 Large population influx All attempts shall be made to hire local construction
during project labourers to avoid any sort of conflicts. If workers are hired
construction and from other regions, construction camps shall be located
operation that causes away from human habitations to avoid the increased
increased burden on burden on social infrastructure and services such as water
X
social infrastructure and supply and sanitation systems, etc.
services (such as water
supply and sanitation
systems)?
 Risks to community Statutory rules such as Hazardous Waste (Management

health and safety due to and Handling) Rules, 1989 governing transport, storage
X
the transport, storage, and handling of hazardous chemicals shall be strictly
and use and/or disposal adhered.
126
of materials such as Hazardous Waste Management and Disposal Plan shall be

explosives, fuel and prepared to avoid risks associated with transport, storage,
other chemicals during and use and/or disposal of materials such as explosives,
construction and fuel and other chemicals during construction and operation.
operation? Accident Safety and Hazardous Chemical Spill
Management Plan including details of detours in case of
emergency shall be prepared for an accidental release or
spill of such chemicals.
Training and awareness shall be given to transport crews
and personnel handling such substances.
 Community safety risks If the project activities pose potential safety risks to the
due to both accidental members of the affected family by structural elements used
and natural causes, in the project it shall be disclosed along with relevant
especially where the project-related information to enable the affected
structural elements or communities to understand these risks and potential
components of the impacts, all efforts shall be made for prevention, mitigation
project are accessible including emergency response measures.
to members of the Efforts shall also be made to design, construct, operate and
affected community or X decommission the structural elements of the project giving
where their failure could special consideration to potential exposure to natural
result in injury to the hazards, especially where the structural elements are
community throughout accessible to members of the affected community.
project construction, All necessary measures for the safety of affected
operation and community and traffic during construction by providing,
decommissioning. erecting and maintaining barricades, signboards, pavement
markings, flags, lights and flagmen as proposed in the
Traffic Control Plan and MoRTH specifications.
APPENDIXES
TABLE OF CONTENTS
APPENDIX - 1: DISPOSAL SITE MANAGEMENT.............................................................. 1

APPENDIX – 2: RECHARGE PITS ..................................................................................... 4
APPENDIX – 3: TYPICAL SILT TRAP................................................................................. 6
APPENDIX - 4: SIGN/ INFORMATION BOARDS FOR TOURISM ENHANCEMENT: ........ 8
APPENDIX – 5: BITUMINOUS PAVEMENT RECYCLING ................................................. 9
APPENDIX – 6: NOISE BARRIERS .................................................................................. 12
APPENDIX - 7: SAMPLING LOCATIONS FOR AIR, WATER, NOISE AND SOIL WITH
NATIONAL STANDARDS. ................................................................................................ 15
APPENDIX - 8: OIL INTERCEPTORS .............................................................................. 18
APPENDIX – 9: WORKERS SAFETY IN COMMON OPERATION AND DURING
CONSTRUCTIONS........................................................................................................... 19
APPENDIX - 10: TREE PLANTATION STRATEGY .......................................................... 28
APPENDIX – 11: ENHANCEMENT MEASURES.............................................................. 33
APPENDIX - 12: FORMATS FOR ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING ............................. 34
APPENDIX – 13: GUIDELINES FOR THE MANAGEMENT OF ROAD SECTION
THROUGH FOREST AREAS............................................................................................ 46
APPENDIX – 14: ARRANGEMENT FOR TRAFFIC DURING CONSTRUCTION ............. 48
APPENDIX – 15: GENERAL GUIDELINES FOR CONTRACTOR’S CONSTRUCTION
WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN ........................................................................................ 53
APPENDIX – 16: ENVIRONMENT FRIENDLY CONSTRUCTION METHODOLOGY: ..... 54
APPENDIX – 17: BORROW AREAS MANAGEMENT ...................................................... 58
APPENDIX - 18: SOIL EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL ............................ 62
APPENDIX - 19: LOCATING QUARRIES, REHABILITATING QUARRIES AND
GUIDELINES FOR STONE CRUSHERS.......................................................................... 63
APPENDIX - 20: STORAGE, HANDLING, USE AND EMERGENCY RESPONSE FOR
HAZARDOUS CHEMICALS.............................................................................................. 69
APPENDIX – 21: SELECTION AND MANAGEMENT OF CONSTRUCTION CAMP ........ 72
APPENDIX – 22: MATERIAL DATA SHEET – BITUMEN ................................................. 76
APPENDIX - 1: DISPOSAL SITE MANAGEMENT
SELECTION OF DISPOSAL SITES:
The locations of Disposal sites have to be selected such that:
 No residential area are located downwind side of these locations,
 Disposal sites are located at least 1000 m away from sensitive locations like
Settlements, Water body notified forest areas, Sanctuaries or any other sensitive
locations.
 Disposal sites do not contaminate any water sources, rivers etc for this site should be
located away from water body and disposal site should be lined properly to prevent
infiltration of water.
 Public perception about the location of debris disposal site has to be obtained before
finalizing the location.
 Permission from the Village/local community is to be obtained for the Disposal site
selected.
 Environment Engineer of CSC and Executive Engineer of Contract Management Unit
must approve the Plan.
PRECAUTIONS TO BE ADOPTED DURING DISPOSAL OF DEBRIS / WASTE MATERIAL
The Contractor shall take the following precautions while disposing off the waste material
 During the site clearance and disposal of debris, the Contractor will take full care to
ensure that public or private properties are not affected, there is no dwellings below the
dumpsite and that the traffic is not interrupted.
 The Contractor will dispose off debris only to the identified places or at other places only
with prior permission of Engineer-in-Charge of works.
 In the event of any spoil or debris from the sites being deposited on any adjacent land,
the Contractor will immediately remove all such spoil debris and restore the affected area
to its original state to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge of works.
 The Contractor will at all times ensure that the entire existing canal and drains within and
adjacent to the site are kept safe and free from any debris.
 Contractor will utilize effective water sprays during the delivery and handling of materials
when dust is likely to be created and to dampen stored materials during dry and windy
weather.
 Materials having the potential to produce dust will not the loaded to a level higher than
the side and tail boards and will be covered with a tarpaulin in good condition.
 Any diversion required for traffic during disposal of debris shall be provided with traffic
control signals and barriers after the discussion with local people and with the permission
of Engineer-in-Charge of works.
 During the debris disposal, Contractor will take care of surrounding features and avoid
any damage to it.
While disposing debris / waste material, the Contractor will take into account the wind
direction and location of settlements to ensure against any dust problems.
GUIDELINES FOR REHABILITATION OF DISPOSAL SITES
The dumpsites filled only up to the ground level could be rehabilitated as per guidelines
below and to be decided by the Engineer and the supervision consultant
2
 The dumpsites have to be suitably rehabilitated by planting local species of shrubs and
other plants. Local species of trees has also to be planted so that the landscape is
coherent and is in harmony with its various components.
 In cases where a dumpsite is near to the local village community settlements, it could be
converted into a play field by spreading the dump material evenly on the ground. Such
playground could be made coherent with the landscape by planting trees all along the
periphery of the playground.
 Some of the dumpsites could be used either for plantation or for growing agricultural
produce such as ginger, turmeric or oranges etc.
 Care should always be taken to maintain the hydrological flow in the area.
Identification of Disposal Areas:
The Contractor should also try to make use of all disposal areas identified during the project
preparation stage. If the road execution is approaching hilly area, rolling terrain,
mountainous area or rocky area then importance should be given to screening i.e., to screen
the debris into useful materials. Useful stones can be utilized as construction material and
non-useful can be used as development of the public, social and cultural properties as
already written above such as parking places, school playground, bus bays, ground near any
temple and Mosque so that people participation can be assured in the implementation of the
project. So it would be good if NGOs are introduced to perform this task more efficiently.
In order to maximize the profits or at least to reduce the expenditure, the contractor usually
resorts to his own methods. In that process Contractor could find a more number of feasible
areas.
Following are some of the burrow pits nearby subprojects JAgalur to NH 13 and
Molakalmuru to SH 19, which can be used as disposal sites for unserviceable materials
derived from the project.
Sl Chainage
No (Km)
Subproject – T13
Locally available Roadside murrum borrow pit at a distance
1 MII-1B-223 1+500
of 0.10 Km from project Road.
Locally available Roadside murrum borrow pits at a distance
2 MII-1B-224 8+00
Subproject – T17
Locally available Roadside murram borrow pit at a distance
1 MII-1B-225 4+900
2 MII-1B-226 3+000
Disposal methods and its limitations:
There are several constraints in the disposal of materials in the identified locations. They are
 Disposal areas are uneven and irregular in shape in the hilly terrain
 Most of the disposal areas would require construction of retaining walls
 Disposal areas would require compaction
 Disposal areas would require plantation
 No overloading and should be in small trucks or dumpers
 Need to transport safely with covered trucks using tarpaulin
 Consultation with all concerned
 Written permission form all concerned
 To transport through difficult haul roads- may require maintenance
3
Local community Groups

At each identified debris disposal locations, it is necessary to form local community groups.
Entrust the duty of the supervision and all other assistance to dumping process. Ultimately
the disposed area should be compacted using road rollers.
Information display boards

The capacity of the disposal locations, name of the location etc shall be written in an
information board at each identified disposal locations.
Proposed design:
Contractor needs to plan the disposal in the following way
 Identify the disposal area
 Need to photograph the present land use and condition of the area
 Consult with all stakeholders
 Get written agreement from all concerned
 Prepare a suitable design for the safe disposal
 Construct all required structures (e.g. retaining wall)
 Planting of fast growing popular trees on the outer potion of the retaining wall in the
form of a linear wall parallel to the retaining wall
 Compact of the materials after disposal
 Prepare a Contractors debris disposal plan with design drawings for each identified
area
 With regards to plan, there would be only one disposal plan with small changes for
each location. Contractors need to get approvals for specific design for each
identified disposal area.
Penalties:
Stringent action & penalties for dumping of materials in locations other than the pre-identified
locations is to be worked out to avoid clandestine disposal in the midnight hours. There are
several cases of dumping of material randomly in many locations.
4
APPENDIX – 2: RECHARGE PITS

TYPICAL DRAWING OF RECHARGE PIT
5
RECHARGE PITS – LOCATION
Sl. No. Chainage LHS RHS

Subproject T13
1 0.400 - Pond
2 4.700 Low lying area Low lying area
3 8.600 - Low lying area
Subproject T17
1 0.300 Low lying area Pond
2 4.500 Pond -
6
APPENDIX – 3: TYPICAL SILT TRAP
Some of the locations for silt fencing on the proposed road are given in the following
table. Silt fencing locations have been selected such that each recharge pit will have
one silt fence to prevent silt from entering the nearest water bodies and also prevent
choking of recharge pit by the silt coming from runoff water increasing the life of
recharge pits. Silt fence are mounted in guiding drains at a distance of 3 to 5 M in the
upstream direction depending on the gradient of the guiding drains. However location
of silt traps will depend on contractor’s proposal for site facilities and work sites and should
7
be provided in the contractor’s proposals. This will be checked by Environmental engineer of

the construction supervision consultancy and monitored by PIU.
SILT FENCING – LOCATION:
Sl. No. Chainage LHS RHS

Subproject T13
1 0.400 - Pond
2 4.700 Low lying area Low lying area
3 8.600 - Low lying area
Subproject T17
1 0.300 Low lying area Pond
2 4.500 Pond -
8
APPENDIX - 4: SIGN/ INFORMATION BOARDS FOR TOURISM ENHANCEMENT:

This relates to the information boards with regards to the Ecological, tourism and
pilgrimage areas so that all these structures are properly integrated to the project
roads. This will be a positive step towards tourism’s prospective of the state.
Provision for minimum of two signboards has been made and included in the BoQ of
Environmental Management Plan.
9
APPENDIX – 5: BITUMINOUS PAVEMENT RECYCLING

Introduction:
The bituminous pavement rehabilitation alternatives are mainly overlaying, recycling and
construction. In the recycling process the material from deteriorated pavement, known as
reclaimed asphalt pavement (RAP), is partially or fully reused in fresh construction. Some of
the advantages associated with pavement recycling are
(i) Less user delay
(ii) Conservation of energy
(iii) Preservation of environment
(iv) Reduced cost of construction
(v) Conservation of aggregate and binder
(vi) Preservation of existing pavement geometrics, etc.
It is also reported that recycled mix has higher resistance to shearing and scuffing, which in
turn increase the rutting resistance. Chances of reflective cracking are found to be less with
recycled mix.
The RAP is a deteriorated bituminous mix that contains aged bitumen and aggregates.
Hence, its performance is poorer when compared to the fresh mix. The purpose of the
bituminous recycling is to regain the properties of the RAP, such that it tends to perform as
good as fresh mix. Thus, the process of bituminous recycling involves mixing of the RAP,
fresh bitumen, rejuvenators and new aggregates in suitable proportions. Rejuvenators are
low viscosity oily substance, which helps to bring down the high viscosity of aged bitumen.
The present article intends to discuss briefly the various possible methods of bituminous
pavement recycling.
RECYCLING METHODS:
I. Based on the process adopted in recycling the bituminous mix, it can be broadly
classified as central plant recycling and in-situ recycling. If the RAP is modified at
a plant, away from construction site then the process is known as central plant
recycling. In-situ recycling process the RAP modified in place, where from it is
available. Further, the RAP could be heated to condition it. If heat is applied then
the process is known as hot mix recycling. In case of cold mix recycling, old
materials are conditioned using recycling agent (like, low viscosity emulsion)
without application of heat.
II. Another way of classification could be based on the depth of the old pavement
removed. If the top layers of pavement fail, then the upper layers are removed
and laid again. This process is known as surface recycling. However, if base
failure occurs then the pavement layers up to base layer is removed and
constructed again. This process is known as full depth reclamation.
III. The following paragraphs elaborate further the various recycling processes.
HOT IN-PLACE RECYCLING:
Initially the pavement intended to be recycled is heated to a higher temperature using
suitable heating arrangement. This facilitates easier removal of materials. After heating,
the pavement surface is scarified to the required depth. Further, depending on the
requirement fresh aggregate and binder are added. The material is mixed well and
compacted to the required thickness. As this process consumes less time, least
disruption to traffic is caused. Also the transportation cost is less, as materials need not
10
be taken away. Machinery required for this purpose being bulky in nature, sufficient right-
of-way is required. This becomes an important consideration for in-place recycling within
the city areas.
COLD IN PLACE RECYCLING:
In cold in-place recycling process, first, the pavement is scarified with a scarifier. The
scarified material is crushed to the required gradation. Then the required amount of fresh
aggregates and binder in cold form (emulsion or cutback) is added. It is compacted and
left for aeration. During this process additives like, cement, quick lime, fly ash may be
used. The cold mix recycling takes care of local geometric correction, correction of
pavement distresses like surface cracks. Being an in-situ process the hauling cost is
considerably low. The air quality related problems during construction is almost
negligible as compared to hot mix process. Similar to hot in place recycling process the
machinery required being bulky, sufficient maneuvering space should be available for
operating the equipment. Also, the lane needs to be closed for certain time so that
sufficient time is available for curing of freshly laid course. Moisture content (when
bitumen emulsion is used) needs to be given importance as it influences gradation
control, mixing and workability of recycled mix to a large extent.
HOT CENTRAL PLANT RECYCLING:
In this process, RAP is combined with required quantity of bituminous binder, and fresh
aggregates in a hot mix plant. The resultant mix is heated to an elevated temperature
and mixed thoroughly. The hot mix is transported to paving site, placed, and compacted
to the required compaction level. The main advantage of this process is that the mix
properties and performance is comparable to that of virgin mix. It is noted that the quality
control in this process is better when compared to hot in-place recycling. As RAP is
susceptible to moisture, care needs to be taken while storing it. Less workspace is
required for laying the recycled mix, hence this is suitable for the roads where the right-
of-way is somewhat restricted. The RAP should not be exposed to extremely high
temperature as it causes pollution due to smoke emission.
COLD CENTRAL PLANT RECYCLING:
This is the similar process as is the hot central plant mixing except it does not involve
any heating and therefore emulsion bitumen is used binder in most of the cases. Precise
control on the mixing time is important. Over-mixing may cause premature breaking of
emulsified bitumen, under-mixing results in insufficient coating of aggregates.
Details of scarified bitumen generated from the proposed road project and the number of
Bitumen Disposal Pits (of volume 547 Cu m) required for the disposal are given in the
following table.
Quantity of Scarified Number of
Subproject
bitumen generated (Cum) Pits
T13 2,873 5
T17 829 2
FIGURE: TYPICAL BITUMEN DISPOSAL PIT
12
APPENDIX – 6: NOISE BARRIERS

1. Typical Design for Noise Barriers
Mitigation at the sensitive receptor locations may include posting of signs prohibiting the use
of horns and, to the extent possible planting of trees serve as green noise barriers. Effect of
noise can be reduced considerably by the combined effect of sound insulating walls and
green barriers. Nevertheless the green barriers require at least 2-5m additional space
between the solid barrier and the receptor. Proposed project mitigation actions should be
cost effective and implementable when compared to the generally recommended expensive
double glazed windows.
2. Sound insulating walls for silence zones
The design of these barriers is proposed with a brick wall to act as sound barrier. The
Hospitals, Medical centre, Schools and other Educational institutions are affected by the
traffic noise. A number of schools and a few hospitals are generally observed adjacent to the
road corridor.
Location of the noise barriers

Length of
S. Chainage
Side LHS noise barrier Remarks
No. (KM)
(M)
Subproject: T13 (Jagalur - NH13)
Govt. Kannada Model Primary Solid Noise
1 0.200 LHS 65
School, Jagalur. Barrier
HCBM SC, ST First Grade Away form the
2 0.400 RHS 0
College, Jagalur. project road.
Govt. Composite High School, Solid Noise
3 8.900 LHS 110
Donihalli. Barrier
Govt. Composite Higher Primary Solid Noise
4 9.000 LHS 80
School, Donihalli. Barrier
Subproject: T17 (Molkalmuru - SH19)
Solid Noise
1 0.000 RHS Public Student Hostel, Molkalmuru 70
Barrier
BSNT Govt. High School, Solid Noise
2 0.100 RHS 125
Molkalmuru. Barrier
Govt. First Grade College, Solid Noise
3 1.100 LHS 125
Molkalmuru. Barrier
Deepika Kannada Primary School, Solid Noise
4 1.800 LHS 80
Molkalmuru. Barrier
Total length (M) 655
3. Green barriers for Silence zones
These are simply a thick layer of green plantation with small leaves acting as noise
attenuates. These trees may be planted just inside and adjacent to the wall. Contractors will
be responsible for the implementation of the civil work. Tree plantation will be carried out by
the Forest department under the tree-planting scheme of the project. The implementation
aspects are provided in the EMP. In addition to the noise mitigation, the thick green belt will
act as an air quality filter for vehicular emissions. A typical green barrier of 100m lengths will
have 200 trees in 4 rows.
Noise mitigation techniques will be employed as may be warranted at each of the sensitive
receptor sites tabulated in the above table. Definitive noise levels will be empirically
determined at each site and selection of the mitigation technique shall be made on a site-
specific basis in consultation with property owners. Co-ordination and implementation will be
the responsibility of the Environmental officer of the construction supervision consultants
(CSC). Mitigation cost has been estimated as a part of the environmental costs of the
project.
14
TYPICAL SOLID NOISE BARRIER:

15
APPENDIX - 7: SAMPLING LOCATIONS FOR AIR, WATER, NOISE AND SOIL WITH
NATIONAL STANDARDS.
1 Ambient Air Quality Standards (National)
Concentration in ambient air
Time-Weighted
Pollutants Industrial Residential, Rural Sensitive
Average
Area & other Areas Area
Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) Annual Avg. 80µg/m3 60µg/m3 15µg/m3
24 Hours** 120µg/m3 80µg/m3 30µg/m3
Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx) Annual* 80µg/m3 60µg/m3 15µg/m3
24 Hours** 120µg/m3 80µg/m3 30µg/m3
SPM Annual 360µg/m3 140µg/m3 70µg/m3
24 Hours** 500µg/m3 200µg/m3 100µg/m3
RPM (Size<10µm) Annual 120µg/m3 60µg/m3 50µg/m3
24 Hours** 150µg/m3 100µg/m3 75µg/m3
Lead (Pb) Annual 1µg/m3 0.75µg/m3 0.5µg/m3
24 Hours** 1.5µg/m3 1µg/m3 0.75µg/m3
Carbon Monoxide (CO) 8 Hours** 5mg/m3 2mg/m3 1mg/m3
1 Hour 10mg/m3 4mg/m3 2mg/m3
Source: Standards for liquid effluents, gaseous emissions, automobile exhaust, noise and Ambient
Air Quality, Central Pollution Control Board,PCL/4/1995-96
* Annual Arithmetic Mean of minimum 104 measurements in a year taken twice a week 24 hourly at
uniform interval
** 24 hourly/8 hourly values should be met 98% of the time in a year. However, 2% of the time, it may
exceed but not on two consecutive days.
2 Water quality Standards (IS 10500: 1991)
Sl SUBSTANCE/ DESIRABLE PERMISSIB
REMARKS
No CHARACTERISTIC LIMIT LE LIMIT
1 COLOUR, HAZEN UNITS, 5 25 Extended to 25 if toxic
MAX substance are not suspected in
absence of alternate sources
2 ODOUR Unobjectionabl a) Test cold and when heated
e
b) Test at several dilution
3 TASTE Agreeable Test to be conducted only after
safety has been established
4 TURBIDITY N T U, Max 5 10
5 pH value 6.5 to 8.5 No
relaxation
6 TOTAL HARDNESS (as Ca 600 600
CO3 mg/lit)
7 IRON (as Fe mg/lit, Max 0.3 1.0
8 CHLORIDES (as Cl mg/lit 250 1000
Max
9 RESIDUAL FREE 0.2 To be applicable only when
CHLORINE, mg/lit Max water is chlorinated. Treated at
consumer end. When protection
against viral infection is
required, it should be Min 0.5
mg/lit
10 DISSOLVED SOLIDS mg/l, 500 2000
Max
11 CALCIUM (as Ca) mg/l, 75 200
Max
12 COPPER (as Cu) mg/l, 0.05 1.5
Max
13 MANGANESE (Mn) mg/l 0.1 0.3
16
Sl SUBSTANCE/ DESIRABLE PERMISSIB

REMARKS
No CHARACTERISTIC LIMIT LE LIMIT
Max
14 SULPHATE (As SO4), Max 200 400 May be extended up to 400
provided (as Mg) does not
exceed 30
15 NITRATE (as No3) mg/l, 45 100
Max
16 FLUORIDE (as F) mg/l, 1.0 1.5
Max
17 PHENOLIC COMPOUNDS 0.001 0.002
(as C6H6OH) mg/l Max
18 ARSENIC (as As mg/l 0.05 No To be tested when pollution is
relaxation suspected
19 LEAD (as Pb) mg/l 0.05 No
relaxation
20 ANIONIC DETERGENTS 0.2 1.0
(as MBAS) mg/l
21 CHROMIUM (as Cr) mg/l 0.05 1.0 To be tested when pollution is
suspected
22 MINERAL OIL mg/l 0.01 0.03
23 ALKALINITY mg/l 200 600
24 TOTAL COLIFORM 95% of the sample should not contain coliform in 100 ml. 10
coliform /100 ml
3 National Ambient Noise Standards
Area Category of Limits in dB (A) Leq
Code Area Day Time Night Time
A Industrial area 75 70
B Commercial area 65 55
C Residential area 55 45
D Silence area 50 40
Day time shall mean from 6.00 AM to 10.00 PM and Night shall mean from 10.00PM to 6.00
AM silence zone defined as area up to 100m around premises of hospitals, educational
institutions and courts. Use of vehicles horns, loud speakers and bursting of crackers are
banned in these zones.
The location for air, water, noise and soil quality monitoring stations have been selected
depending on the impact of pollutants on sensitive pollutant receptors like major human
settlements (having more than 1000 population), representativeness of the sample; baseline
data monitored location, ecologically sensitive locations, etc, Number and frequency of
samples to be monitored along the proposed project road are given in the following tables.
Cost for monitoring has been estimated and included in the EMP BoQ.
Number & frequency of air and noise samples to be monitored:
Sl. Number of Air & Noise
Locations
No. samples & frequency
1 Jagalur 3 samples /yr for 2 yrs
2 Construction camp/Crusher unit 3 samples /yr for 2 yrs
1 Molkalmur 3 samples /yr for 2 yrs
2 Labour camp/Batching plant 3 samples /yr for 2 yrs
TOTAL 24 samples
Number & frequency of water samples to be monitored:
Sl. Water sampling Number of Water
Chainage Side
No. locations samples & frequency
17

1 0.400 RHS Pond 3 samples /yr for 2 yrs
2 9.200 LHS/RHS Small stream 3 samples /yr for 2 yrs
1 4.500 LHS Pond 3 samples /yr for 2 yrs
2 As proposed Labour camps 3 samples/yr for 2 yrs
Total 24 Samples
Number & frequency of soil samples to be monitored:
Soil samples are collected at 10 km intervals along the proposed project road including one
each at Construction camp /Crusher unit and Labour camp/Batching plant at a frequency of
two samples per year (pre & post monsoon) for two years. Total number of soil samples for
the road link is 16.
The total number of sampling locations/samples may change depending on the number of
road links in a corridor/contract package and location of construction camp/work shop area,
labour camp, batching plant and crusher units among the constituent links.
18
APPENDIX - 8: OIL INTERCEPTORS
Appendix : 8
OIL INTERCEPTOR
Location of Oil Interceptors has been considered such that each construction camp having
refueling stations, oil and lubricants storage places will have one oil interceptor to stop &
separate the floating oils. However the number of interceptors shall be increased as the
situation demands or during the accidental spillages with the consent of Environmental
Engineer of Construction Supervision Consultants. Provision has been made to provide one
oil interceptor for each construction campsite in the EMP BoQ.
19
APPENDIX – 9: WORKERS SAFETY IN COMMON OPERATION AND DURING

CONSTRUCTIONS
HOUSE KEEPING PRACTICES
1. Maintain washrooms and canteens clean
2. Keep all walkways clear and unobstructed at all times
3. Ensure that no spillages of oil and grease occurs in the construction camp
4. Stack raw materials and finished products clear of walkways or out of roads
5. Do not leave tools on the floor or in any location where they can be easily dislodged
6. Keep windows and light fittings clean
7. Maintain the workplace floors dry and in a non-slippery condition
8. Provide and maintain proper drainage system to prevent stagnant water.
9. Use metal bins for oily and greasy rags and store all flammable materials in appropriate
bins, racks or cabinets. Ensure that the meal bins for storing oily and grease rags should
be covered with lids.
10. Ensure that protruding nails in boards or walls are removed or bent over so that they do
not constitute an hazard to people
11. Make sure that hazardous/dangerous chemicals are kept in the stores with the
appropriate labeling, display of the material-safety-data-sheet (MSDS) and other
precautionary measures
12. Display ‘no smoking’ signs in areas with high fire risks such as paint stores, wood
working areas, etc.
SAFE LAYOUT IN THE CONSTRUCTION PLANT, CAMP AND QUARRY AREAS
1) Arrange perimeter fencing for construction plant
2) Ensure good visibility and safe access at site entrances
3) Provide adequate warning signs at the entrance and exit and where ever necessary
4) Provide adequate space/area for loading, unloading and storage of materials, plant and
machinery
5) Display emergency procedure and statutory notices at conspicuous locations
6) Consider provision of welfare facilities required
7) Provide areas for dumping garbage and other waste materials, and also arrange their
regular clearance and safe disposal
8) Arrange storage, transport and use of fuel, other flammable materials and explosives in
lines with the license requirements to be obtained from appropriate authorities
9) Plan emergency assembly points, fire escape routes and location of fire-fighting
equipment
10) Provide access roads and plant movement areas within the site.
11) Ensure the availability of first aid facilities and display notices to show the location of
these facilities
12) Provide proper drainage and sewage facilities
TREE FELLING
 Use hard hats during tree felling works
 Ensure that tools such as axes are in good condition
 Determine proper foot and body position while using the axe
 Wear appropriate foot protection while felling trees
 Carry a first aid kit to the site
 Determine possible hazards in the area, with reference to electrical or telephone or other
utility lines
 Determine the safest direction for the tree fall prior to felling
 Determine the proper hinge size before directing the tree fall.
NOISE HAZARDS AND ITS CONTROL
1) Observe the indications of noise levels
20
2) Use sound level meters to measure. If the sound level exceeds 85 dB(A), then
preventive and protective measures should be taken
3) Make personnel aware of noisy areas by using suitable warning signs and insisting that
ear protective devices should necessarily be worn.
4) Reduce noise at source by improved maintenance, replacing noisy machines, screening
with noise absorbing material, making changes to the process/equipment, controlling
machine speeds, ensuring that two noise-generating machines are not running at the
same time, using cutting oils and hydraulic breakers.
5) Appoint a competent person to carryout a detailed noise assessment in the site,
designate ear protection zone, and give instructions on the necessary precautionary
measures to be observed by site personnel, including the use of suitable type of ear
protections.
6) Wear and maintain ear muffs and ear plugs as required
7) In construction or repair works, noise should be kept to a low-level bearing in mind the
disturbance to local residents.
ROAD WORKS
1) The use of signage is most important to caution the road users of possible unsafe
conditions due to the road works.
2) Use appropriate signage devices as required by the site conditions/situation. The
devices include regulatory signs, delineators, barricades, cones, pavement markings,
lanterns and traffic control lights.
3) While using signs, make sure that they are (i) simple, easy-to-understand and convey
only one message, (ii) luminescent and with reflective properties and (iii) prominent and
of appropriate size.
4) While using barricades, make sure that you keep traffic away form work areas and you
guide the drivers to keep along a safe and alternative path.
5) Ensure that proper personal protective equipment (PPE) is provided to all the workers.
6) Cover existing road signs and install new ones at appropriate locations taking into
account the distances that would be required and reaction times.
7) Plan layout and traffic management so that hazards do not occur.
8) Deploy flagmen to control traffic at the work areas. The flag should be 600mm x 600mm
fastened to a 1m length staff.
9) Flagmen should wear reflective safety vests along with hard hats.
10) If required, use wireless devices for flagmen to co-ordinate form either ends of the road,
where works are being carried out.
ELECTRICAL HAZARDS IN CONSTRUCTION AREAS
1) Treat all wires as live wires
2) Never touch dangling wires but report them to the manager
3) Unless you are a qualified electrician do not attempt electrical repairs
4) Never use electrical equipments if your hands are wet or you are standing in water
5) If electrical equipment is sparking or smoking, turn the power off and report the condition
to the supervisor
6) Never use electrical wires having physical damage
7) Never allow equipment or traffic to run over the electrical wires.
USE AND STORAGE OF GAS/LPG
1) Store filled gas/LPG cylinder in an open area or outside the building
2) Transport, store, use and secure cylinders in upright position
3) Ensure proper ventilation at the ground level where the gas/LPG is in use
4) Avoid physical damage to the cylinder
5) Never weld or cut on or near the cylinder
6) Store empty cylinders secured and in upright position.
7) Make sure that the cylinder is closed immediately after use.
8) Investigate immediately if there is thea smell of LPG or gas.
21
9) Never use destenched gas/LPG on site.

10) Make sure that there is no fire in the vicinity of the cylinder.
OPERATION OF EXCAVATORS
1) Ensure that excavators are operated by authorized persons who have adequately
trained.
2) Prevent unauthorized movement or use of excavators
3) Check regularly and maintain the machine thoroughly
4) Ensure that all relevant information, including those related to instruction, training,
supervision and safe system of work are provided to the operators.
5) Ensure that the operation and maintenance manuals, manufacturer’s specifications,
inspection and maintenance log books are provided for the use of machines to service
engineers or other safety personnel during periodic maintenance, inspection and
examination.
6) During tipping or running along the trenches, excavators must be provided with stop
blocks.
7) Excavators must be rested on firm ground during operation.
8) Avoid operating the machine too close to an overhand, deep ditch or slope.
9) Locate and identify underground utility services by checking with all utility companies
before the excavations.
10) Ensure that all excavations are supervised by experienced and competent persons.
11) When reversing or in case the operator’s view is restricted, adequate supervision and
signaling should be provided.
12) Ensure that the type and capacity of the excavator are properly chosen for the intended
purposes and site conditions. Never use a machine for any purposes other than it is
designed for.
13) Check and report for excessive wear and any breakage of the bucket, blade, edge, tooth
and other working tools of the excavator.
14) Check that all linkages/hinges are properly lubricated and ensure that the linkage pins
are secured. Never use the improper linkage pins.
15) Never get down or climb a moving machine
16) Ensure adequate ventilation and lighting in the working place.
17) Ensure that the protective front screen of the driving cabin is fixed in position during
excavations to avoid eye injury to the operator.
18) Ensure to switch-off the unattended vehicle.
OPERATION OF TRUCKS AND DUMPERS
1) Ensure that only trained, authorized and licensed drivers operate the vehicles.
2) Provide the help of another worker before reversing the vehicle.
3) Switch-off the engine of an unattended vehicle.
4) Lower the tipping bodies when the machine is unattended, but if it is necessary to leave
them in the raised position they should be blocked to prevent their fall.
5) Wear safety boots or shoes to avoid injuries during loading and unloading.
6) Carryout periodic servicing to the manufacturer’s requirements. All records of
maintenance and repairs should be in writing and kept in the site.
7) Keep the vehicle tidy and its cabin free from tools and materials which might obstruct the
controls.
8) Do not exceed speed limits.
9) No passenger should be carried on a dumper except the driver
10) Never drive the vehicle across a slope
11) Provide stop blocks when the vehicle is tipping into or running towards excavations
12) Do not overload the vehicle.
13) Carry only well secured loads.
14) Park only on level ground, in neutral with the parking brake applied.
15) Never climb or get down from a moving vehicle.
GAS WELDING
22
1) Use the following personal protective equipment during welding

 Face or hand shield fitted with filters,
 Goggles, particularly while chipping slag,
 Gloves long enough to protect wrists and forearms against heats, molten metal
and radiation,
 High-top boots to prevent sparks from burning foot.
2) Screen the work area with sturdy opaque or translucent materials as glare can cause
eye injury.
3) Key for opening the acetylene cylinder valve must be kept ready while the cylinder is in
use so that the cylinder valve may be immediately shut-off in an emergency.
4) Ventilate the workplace using air blowers and exhaust fans to remove poisonous fumes
and gases that are being used during welding
5) Take precautions against flying spark and hot slag where welding is being done near
flammable materials and check the area before leaving.
6) Do not weld the material degreased with solvents until it is completely dry.
7) Do not use gas cylinders for supporting work or as rollers.
8) Do not use oil/grease on oxygen cylinder fittings.
9) Do not use cylinders with damaged valves.
10) Do not use too much force if valves are stuck.
11) Replace valve caps after use
12) Search for leaks in equipment by using a solution of soap water.
13) Shut the cylinder valve if acetylene from a cylinder catches fire at the valve or regulator
due to leakage at a connection.
14) Treat all gas cylinders as “full” unless you are sure otherwise.
15) Never attempt to transfer acetylene from one cylinder to another or attempt to refill an
acetylene cylinder.
16) Keep portable fire extinguishers near the welding area
17) Secure all cylinders against accidental displacement.
18) Always lift gas cylinders. Do not slide them along the ground or drop them from trucks.
19) Keep gas cylinders in vertical position both in store and when it is in use.
20) Keep the work place dry, secure, free from combustible materials and obstruction.
21) Store the acetylene and oxygen cylinders separately and in a proper store.
22) Keep the gas cylinders away from source of heat, flammable materials, corrosive
chemicals and fumes.
MANUAL HANDLING AND LIFTING
1) Use mechanical equipment in place of manual handling as far as possible.
2) Assess the manpower required to handle or lift the load safely and arrange the
manpower accordingly.
3) While handling hazardous materials, the workers shall be informed of the hazards and
safety precautions.
4) All relevant persons shall be trained on proper methods of lifting and carrying.
5) Where team work is required, select the persons whose ages and physical builds are
compatible for teaming up. Coordinate the actions of the team members by giving
necessary instructions.
6) Always lighten or suitably shape the load for manual handling. As far as possible keep a
look for splinters, sharp edges, loose banding and nails.
7) Clear path or obstruction and tripping hazards.
8) Stack and secure goods safely on trucks, otherwise they fall off and injure passers-by.
9) Use personal protective equipment such as gloves, safety shoes, etc.
10) Adopt the following procedure when you lift a load.
Stand close to the object, have a firm footing with feet spread on either side of the road.
Bend the knees and keep your back as straight as you can.
Grasp object firmly & be sure grip will not slip
Breathe in and throw the shoulder back wards.
Straighten the legs, continuing to keep the back as straight as you can.
23
Hold the object firmly & close to the body

Always lift smoothly, avoid jerky motions and turn with feet instead of twisting the back.
FIRST AID
1) Provide first aid boxes at every site.
2) Ensure that training on the use of first aid box is provided to a handful of staff working in
the site.
3) Display the list of persons who are trained on providing first aid.
4) Ensure that every first aid box is marked plainly “First Aid” in English and local language.
5) The responsible person or first aider should replenish the contents of the first aid box as
necessary.
PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT
List of personal protective equipment (PPE)
Sl. No. Part of the body Personal protective Equipment
1 Eye Safety glasses, Goggles
2 Face Face shields
3 Nose Nose masks
4 Head Helmets
5 Feet Safety shoes
6 Hands and Arms Gloves
7 Body Vests
8 Hearing Earplugs, Earmuffs
Cost of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE):

Cost of Personal Protective Equipment per person per project has been considered based
on the assumption that one person/labour requires two set of PPE till the completion of the
project. Cost per set of PPE is taken as Rs. 750 on an average for EMP BoQ estimate. So
cost / person / project will be Rs. 1500.00
General:
1) Ensure that sufficient personal protective equipment are provided and that they are
readily available for every person who may need to use them.
2) The management should ensure that all persons make full and proper use of the
personal protective equipment provided.
3) Provide instruction and training on the proper use and care of protective equipment.
4) Do not willfully misuse, interfere with or ill-treat any protective clothing and equipment
provided.
5) Ensure that the personal protective equipments are in good condition. Report
immediately any damage to the management for replacement. Always keep the personal
protective equipment as clean as possible.
Eye Protection
1) Issue eye protection equipment where there is a foreseeable risk of eye injury.
2) Ensure an adequate supply of goggles/shields is available.
3) Keep the goggles clean and make sure they fit well.
4) Do not watch welding operations unless your eyes are protected.
Head Protection
1) No person shall enter a construction site unless he is wearing a suitable safety helmet
2) Wear a safety helmet:
 When there is the risk of being hit by falling objects
 While on or near a construction site
 During adverse weather conditions
 When in any area designated as a “hard hat” area.
3) Provide identification labels to all helmets in some way to prevent random exchange
among wearers, with one helmet exclusive to each person.
24
4) Inspect helmets for cracks, sign of impact or rough treatment before each usage and
replace defective or damaged helmets.
Hearing Protection
1) Provide ear plugs or ear muffs as required. Use re-usable ear plugs when the reduction
required (15-25 dB (A) is not excessive. Use ear muffs where a large attenuation of up to
40 dB (A) is demanded.
2) Do not use dry cotton wool for hearing protection because it cannot provide protection.
3) Provide disposable ear plugs for infrequent visitors and ensure that they are never re-
used.
4) Provide re-usable ear plugs for those who need to work continuously for a long period in
a high noise area.
5) Use ear muffs with replaceable ear cushions because they deteriorate with age or may
be damaged in use.
6) Avoid wearing spectacles with ear muffs.
7) Use soap and water or the recommended solvent for cleaning ear muffs.
8) Provide ear muffs for those who may need to get in and out of a high noise area
frequently.
RESPITATORY PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT
1) Wear suitable respirable mask for protection against small particles entering the lungs,
e.g. while emptying of cement bags.
2) Provide training to all persons using the respirators for their correct fitting, use, limitations
and symptoms of exposure.
3) Clean and inspect all respirators before and after use.
4) Store respirators properly when it is not in use.
Safety Footwear
1) Wear suitable footwear while working.
2) Use safety footwear on site or in dangerous areas.
3) Wear suitable safety shoes or ankle boots when working where there is a high risk of foot
injuries from slippery or uneven ground, etc.
4) All Safety footwear including safety shoes, ankle boots and rubber boots should be fitted
with steel toecaps.
5) Avoid wearing flip flops, high heeled shoes, slippers, light sport shoes in situations where
there is a risk of foot injury.
6) Keep shoe lace knots tight.
Hand Protection
1) Wear suitable gloves for activities such as welding & cutting and manual handling of
materials & equipment.
2) Do not wear gloves where there is a risk of them becoming entangled in moving parts of
machinery.
3) Wash hands properly with disinfectant soap before eating & drinking. Wash hands
immediately after each operation on site & when the situation warrants.
FIRE PREVENTION, FIGHTING AND EQUIPMENT
Before fire breaks out
1) Store flammable material in proper areas having adequate fire protection systems.
2) Display sufficient warning signs.
3) Train selected personnel to use these fire extinguishers.
4) Inspect fire extinguishers regularly and replace as necessary.
5) Fire escape route should be kept clear at all times and clearly indicated.
6) Know the escape route and assembly point.
7) Display escape route maps prominently at prominent places.
8) Carryout fire drill regularly. Designate fire Officers.
25
9) Install fire alarm wherever required and test regularly.

10) Provide sufficient exit signs at prominent locations for directing people to the escape
route.
When fire breaks out
1) Alert all persons.
2) Put off the fire with appropriate fire extinguishers when you are sure that you are safe to
do so.
3) Escape if you are in danger through the fire escape route to assembly point.
4) Fire officers should carryout head count at the assembly point.
GUIDELINES FOR WORKERS SAFETY DURING CONSTRUCTION

Sl. Stage and Nature of construction Safety measures expected to be taken by the
no. Hazard contractors and site Engineers
1 Excavation in soft, loose & slushy soil The Excavation beyond 1.5m to 2m to be done in
above 2m depths sliding of earth or steps of minimum 500mm offsets and also planking
collapsing of sides. and strutting should be done.
2 Excavation in slippery area (water Try to dewater the area and spread minimum
logged) -the labour may fall or 150mm thick sand layer to avoid slipping
machinery on site may slip.
3 Excavation in rock where chiseling For hammer work, only experienced and skilled
involved – The fall of hammer may labour should be employed. Chisel should not be
injure the hand, small rock pieces may allowed to be held by hand, while hammering but
injure the eyes and legs. chisel holding clamp should be provided. The
labour should be provided with goggles and leg
cover to protect eyes and legs, from injuries due to
small rock pieces.
4 Excavation in Rock where blasting is The work of blasting should be entrusted to only
involved – careless handling may lead experienced persons. Provide sufficient length of
to injury to worker or a passerby. fuse to give ample margin of time from the time of
lighting to the time of explosion. A danger zone at
least 180m diameter is to be flagged off 10 minutes
before actual firing. All workmen should be sent
way from danger zone except the firing man, who
should be provided with a whistle.
5 Excavation for drain across road or The area should be well barricaded & a red lamp
manhole adjacent to a road – chances provided at night. A watchman should be deputed
of a passer by falling into the excavated to prevent any movement of persons or vehicles.
portion.
6 Centring and scaffolding – formwork Many a times ballies joined together give way due
collapse while concreting or just before to weak joint. Hence the use of joined ballies
concreting or just before concreting should be restricted. Only 2 joined ballies out of 8
especially when wooden ballies are ballies should be allowed. Incase of double staging
used. for a slab at a height, utmost care should be taken
to see that the top balli rests on the bottom balli.
Particular care that should be taken during each
concreting, operating of slabs and beams is that
one carpenter and two helpers with spare ballies,
nails etc. should be deputed below the slab/beam
that is being concreted to watch any disturbance in
the supports of the form-work below, during
concreting and in case of any doubt concreting
should be stopped immediately and the form work
to be strengthened. Never allow bricks below a balli
to make up the required height. This is most
dangerous.
7 Form- work for beams and slabs – In fact, this is a most dangerous work. One should
26
opening the form – work accident due to be very careful while formwork is removed. Only
fall of materials during removing the trained carpenters should be deputed for the work.
forms. A safe resting place outside the area of slab as a
temporary measure should be constructed from
where the slab can be removed safely. Removal of
form-work during night should not be permitted
under any circumstances.
8 Scaffolding – Fall of work–man, This is a very common negligence on the part of
supervision staff, standing on challis not labour who do scaffolding work. The Challis on
tied properly or toed only at one end. which they work either span over its complete
(Challis mainly made of Bamboos) length or is tied loosely and many a times at one
end only. Hence, care must be taken that the
challis do not span over the full length but some
middle support should be provided and also the
same is tied properly on both ends.
9 Ladders - Balli or bamboo ladders – The The ladders should be strong enough to bear the
horizontal member breaks and the weight of a labour with materials on head. As for as
person falls. Some times the top face possible a hand rail should be provided at one end.
just rests on wall and the whole ladder The horizontal member should be preferably fixed
tilts causing an accident. with bolt & nuts or strong nails. When the ladder is
placed across a wall the top portion should be tied
firmly to a strong support so that the ladder does
not move laterally.
10 Dismantling – Dismantled materials may When work of demolition is to be taken up the area
fall on passer by or the person engaged should be closed for all outsiders. No one should
in dismantling work may fall due to be allowed up to 50m from the place of demolition.
slipping. The dismantled materials may The workers engaged in demolition should be
fall on persons working below. asked to wear safety belts. Helmets must be worn
by all the workers engaged in dismantling work.
The place should be strictly guarded at night with
red lights at prominent places, and watchman
should be posted.
11 Electrical connections/ cables etc., - HT The work in such places should not be allowed to
/ LT electric wire passing near the slab the workers themselves, but in such position the
structure – while bending, lifting or tying work must be executed under the strict supervision
reinforcements the bar benders may of a responsible Foreman or a Supervisor.
sustain the electric shock, causing fatal
injury.
12 Electric- connections/cables, etc., - Before taking up the work all available drawings
cables below ground may get punctured should be studied, local enquiry to be made to
during excavation & thus electrocute the know the position of cables and work in such area
labour working. Similarly when should be got executed under strict supervision of
connecting is in progress the punctured an experienced Foreman or a supervisor.
cable may prone to be fatal to the
labour.
13 Electric connections/cables etc.,- The Electric wires should be maintained by an
Temporary Electric lines near damp electrician who should regularly check up the
walls, near joinery stretched on a insulation of wires especially placed near steel
considerable length – There is every items & damp areas.
chance that the wire may get cut due to The temporary wiring should be supported properly.
usage and may develop short As far as possible a good quality wire should be
circuits/leakages etc., and may used which may not get damaged easily.
electrocute the person touching the
wire accidentally.
14 Electric and gas welding work – Drilling, All wiring works to be inspected by experienced
polishing work – Done by temporary electrician. All wires to be properly insulated and
cables used on a number of works – fixed at height on temporary poles. No welding
Due to the fact that the wires are old & work should be permitted near damp area. The
when they come in contact with water welders to be provided with welder’s goggles &
27
even in the process of curing the gloves. As far as possible machine in good
surrounding area may get affected due condition should be used.
to leakage in the electric current thus
causing damage to the workers &
supervision staff.
15 Construction machinery – Concrete The Mixers with hopper should be operated by an
mixers – Safety precautions. A mixer experienced mixer operator and such mixers
with hopper tried to be operated by an should not be allowed to be handled by a helper or
helper could not release brake in time a labour.
thus causing injury to the person near
hopper – some times fatal one.
16 Water storage Tank for general use & The water tanks constructed on site should be
curing - chances of children of workers protected by at least 1.0m high walls on four sides,
falling in the tank with fatal accident. so that the children do not fall.
17 Site cleaning – Cleaning top floors of This dangerous practice should not be allowed at
buildings – Upper portion of any all. The materials should be brought to the ground
structure – throwing waste materials with the help of lift or the use of rope over pulley
broken concrete pieces, brick bats, sand with a bucket, thus bringing down materials safely.
etc., straightway fro top to ground
injuring person below or even a
passerby.
18 Bar bending work – Helpers of bar This is a very bad practice. The helpers should
benders to follow short cut method, bring the rods to ground with help of lift or rope &
throw surplus steel pieces from top pulley.
floors to ground and may cause fatal
injuries.
28
APPENDIX - 10: TREE PLANTATION STRATEGY

1. Introduction
This is the most common impact of any road-widening project. If the location of the project
road is in dry areas, the degree of impact is more than in a wet area where the trees can be
planted and grown easily. In the case of Karnataka considerably less vegetation exists in the
Project Implementation Area.
The scopes for tree planting along roads sides is good and also there are many isolated
patches of unutilized land along the project road. A typical plantation scheme proposed for
two lane road in plains with shoulders at the rate of 200 plants per km length.
Avenue Plantation:
It is proposed to plant 100 trees per kilometer on each side of the trees. The number of trees
proposed to be planted (Avenue plantation) along the road length on both sides of the road
is given as follows.
Subproject Subproject description Length (km) No of Avenue trees
T13 Jagalur - NH13 9.25 1850
T17 Molkalmuru - SH19 5.13 1026
Median Plantation:
No median plantation as cross section types proposed for the sub project have no median.
2. Purpose of tree plantation
The objectives of planting trees and shrubs at selected enhancement sites against the felled
trees are as follows.
 To reduce the impacts of air and dust pollution and act as a natural filter to traffic
emissions
 To provide shade for the traffic as well as the pedestrians
 To reduce the impact of vehicular noise caused by vehicles
 To arrest soil erosion on slopes
 Beautification of sites by planting selective ornamental shrubs, landscaping and
turfing with grasses.
 Planting trees on the roadsides is to produce a softer greener landscape.
 To act as a natural filter to the traffic emissions
3. Impacted Trees
3.1 Public owned trees
These are trees within the legal ROW of project road within the control of PWD.
All these trees with in the forest reserves are also termed as public trees. However the
procedure for cutting of these trees is different from the normal trees within the PWD ROW.
3.2 Private owned trees
The number of private owned trees to be acquired outside the right of way will be high
compared to the public trees within the right of way. The private trees that will be affected
during widening and improvement will be subjected to compensation at the appropriate
market rates. In addition to this the project will plant two trees for every tree removed as a
compensatory tree planting measure irrespective of the size, species etc.
29
Number of impacted trees due to proposed road:

Subproject Girth (30cm Girth (>60cm Girth (>90cm Girth
Subproject Total
description –60 cm) - 90cm) - 180cm) (>180cm)
T13 Jagalur - NH13 371 107 45 9 532
T17 Molkalmuru - SH19 124 86 172 74 456
Total trees impacted 988
Total numbers of impacted trees along the project road are 988 nos. Therefore at least
minimum of 1976 no. of trees shall be require to be planted under compensatory tree
planting as per the Forest Conservation Act, 1980.
4. Selection of trees species
The selection of the plants for greenery development is to be made as per the following
criteria;
 Plants should be fast growing & have dense canopy cover
 Preferably Dry deciduous with large leaf area index
 Indigenous species
 Species resistant to air pollutants and
 Should help to maintain the ecological and hydrological balance of the region
The plant species that are selected based on the climatic condition, soil characteristics and
conditions of the area. The row closest to the main carriage way will be of shade plants.
Similarly, subsequent rows will comprise of ornamental and flowering species. Mainly native
deciduous species, which retain their foliage longest, with high crown forms, resistant to
fungus and insects with rapid growth rate are selected for avenues. Lists of the species
recommended as shade plants and most recommended trees for planting along the
roadsides are provided in the following table.
Table: Trees recommended for planting
Sl.
Main Species
No.
1 Banyan
2 Pipal
3 Arjun
4 Mango
5 Jamun
6 Tamarind
7 Jakranda
8 Neem
9 Kheia
10 Peakcock tree
11 Gulmour
12 Jack Fruit
5. Compensatory Tree plantation programme

All trees are cut and removed will be accountable as per the Forest laws and efforts will be
maintained to plant minimum of two times the number of trees cut according to this tree
plantation strategy.
30
Indigenous species of trees recommended above are most suited for the tree plantations. In
order to make it tourist friendly and beautiful same types of trees would be planted in the
same location so that for every Kilometer the trees would change to new species.
6. Tree planting during construction
6.1 Tree planting along the roadsides
Tree plantation will be the responsibility of the Forest department. Necessary budget has
been allocated in the EMP.
6.2 Tree planting along Oxbow lands
In some areas, the improvement of roads will result in the formation of ‘oxbow lands’ all
along the roads due to suitable curve improvements and realignments. The oxbow lands are
the existing roads where the road realignments are proposed. This is similar to the Oxbow
Lakes formed during the evolution of rivers hence the name for easier identification for
environmental management. The importance of the proper management of these oxbow
lands is there for an unavoidable outcome of the project. Tree planting all along these oxbow
lands could be very useful for the environmental enhancement of the region. This will help
positively for tourism industry. The oxbow lands along the corridors are available as
described in the Environmental management plan for individual corridors.
7 Protection Measures
The protection measures are as follows.
7.1 Barbed wire Fencing
Barbed wire fencing around the plantation area will be provided to protect the plants. Iron
Angles will be fixed at a spacing of 5m with 3-stand stretched barbed wire.
7.2 Precautionary Measures
 Plantation will be made in the monsoon months (July-August)
 The height of the plants should not be less than 30 cm and should be supplied in
polythene bags which are not to be removed until the moment of planting
 All plants supplied must be planted within three days of removal from the nursery
 Arrangements must be made to water in case of insufficient rains after planting
 Provide compost/manure suggested quantity for each pit before plantation
7.2.1 Shrubs
Prior to planting it is suggested to remove all loose debris, fill up with good soil and level the
area. To ensure better growth and survival of grasses and shrubs, the surface should have
sufficient layer of good quality soil (up to 45 cm). Shrubs which are suggested for the
roadside and open area spaces where available should be selected from the following and
agreed with the Environmental Specialist of the construction supervision consultants.
Shrubs:
1 Bougainville
2 Nerium odorum ait
3 Carissa spinarum
4 Capparis decidua
5 Capparis zeylanica
6 Zizyphus nummularia
7 Artemisia species
8 Xanthium strumarium
9 Cassia tora
10 Capsicum fruitescens
11 Tabernaemontana coronaria
31
12 Achyranthes aspera
The contractor will be responsible for planting of shrubs at enhancement sites and along
bridge approaches during construction phase.
7.2.2 Turfing with grasses

The contractor will be responsible for turfing at enhancement sites and along bridge
approaches during construction phase.
The cost for the turfing along the bridge approaches and high embankments are part of the
civil construction contract.
Grass lines are used to provide a strong surface cover at the slope but it also needs a well –
prepared surface. If grass is to be effective, then it must be allowed to establish property on
a slope, which is not subject to undue stress from erosion and mass movement in its stages.
To ensure this the following measures are suggested for the grass turfing.
 A cover of 25 grams of grass seeds per Sq. m of surface will be prepared.
 Bed will be prepared in June. The seed sowing must be carried out before the onset
of monsoon so that they yield desired results. Till the onset of the monsoon, watering
of the surface to be done by tankers with controlled flow sprinklers.
 After sowing, mulch of prepared and dried out herbs will be laid over the whole
seeded area in a thin layer so that the direct sunlight and transpiration loss may not
affect the grasses
 The grass species recommended for median are khabbal, Dhaula, Palwan, Sariala
and Kahi.
Contractor will ensure that the condition of the site is good enough for the successful
establishment of grasses and quality of grass seeds used.
8 Tree plantation costs
The plantation cost has been included in the bill of quantity (BOQ) under the non-civil
contracts and provided in section EMP BoQ
A tree- planting strategy is being developed which will meet all compensatory tree planting
that will be cut during the improvement of the roads including private trees. The cost
provisions have been included in the EMP BOQ.
9 Maintenance of trees planted
The trees planted once will be maintained at least for a period of six years.
A programme of compensatory afforestation has been proposed, not only to replace the
trees, which are cut to accommodate road widening and improvements in geometric design,
but also to upgrade the condition of adjacent areas. Trees will be replanted at a rate of two
for each one removed depending upon the location.
Tree felling in other sites such as borrow areas – shall be accommodated by the contractor
in the borrow area management plan.
32
33
APPENDIX – 11: ENHANCEMENT MEASURES
Enhance measures include

 Plantation of trees along the length of the proposed roads wherever
enough space available within RoW.
 Enhancement by tree planting along the oxbow land and the other left over portions
of the original PWD land.
 Cultural property enhancement as a part of the cultural property rehabilitation plan.
 Public amenities such as bus lay byes (new), rain shelters (in addition to the
compensatory rain shelters for the impacted ones), comfort stations (toilets) and
parking areas.
 To improve the water table in this region recharge pits are constructed wherever
feasible along the project road.
 Median plantation in urban location.
 Pond and catchment area improvements to protect ground water and harvest rain
water
 Information boards for the tourists, pilgrimage and other important structures of
importance.
1.1 List of Enhancement sites

a) Archaeological sites
None identified along this road.
b) Valley view location
None identified along this project road.
c) Proposed Bus bays & Parking areas
Bus bays & Parking areas constructed along the project roads are given in Main report.
d) Enhancement of water body
There are no major rivers in the impact zone of subproject road. Recharge pits and silt
fences will be constructed to enhance ground water and conserve water bodies.
e) Oxbow land and other left over land
There are oxbow land spaces at realignment locations along the proposed road and where
ever width of CoI is less than width of the RoW, the space available along the sides of the
project road can be utilized for tree plantation. Provision for enhancement of 1 hectare land
available within RoW or free spaces available has been made in the EMP BoQ.
34
APPENDIX - 12: FORMATS FOR ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING

EMS 1: Construction camp/ plant site management plan
Sl.
Description Compliance
No.
1 Name of the location
2 Nearest road chainage
3 Name of the owner
4 Area involved
5 Arrangements with the owner (agreement with land owner, including the
restoration aspects, should be attached as an Annexure)
6 Existing land use
7 Photographs depicting the present condition of the construction camp
and access road
8 Land use of the area surrounding the borrow area including a map
9 Site layout plan of the construction camp
10 Establishment and maintenance of demarcated and labeled different
areas within the camp
11 Number of trees to be removed, if any, along with compensation
measures
12 Proposed top soil management
13 Activities planned in the construction camp
14 Machinery & equipment to be used on site
15 Labour camp facilities onsite
16 Health facilities
17 Site drainage provisions
18 Copy of the consents to establish and operate should be attached as an
Annexure
19 Conditions laid down in the clearance/ licenses and plans
20 Staff strength and details such as contractor staff v/s sub contractors,
women labour, migrant v/s local labour and skilled& unskilled labour
21 Access road condition and proposed maintenance
22 Safety provision such as fire protection equipment and personal
protective measure.
23 Closure/ completion plan
Submitted Checked Approved
Signature ………… Signature ………… Signature …………
Name ………….. Name ………….. Name …………..
Designation …….. Designation …….. Designation ……..
Contractor Environmental Engineer (CSC) Executive Engineer (PWD)

EMS 1A: Closure plan construction camp and/plant site
Sl. no. Description Compliance
1 Name/ Identity of location
2 Distance from the project road and site
3 Name of the owner
4 Details of the land
i) Survey number
ii) Boundaries
iii) Other Revenue details
5 Details of settlements, sensitive areas, water bodies, wells and bore
wells with in 500m
i) Population in numbers
ii) Name of the village
iii) Distance from the construction camp
iv) Details of water bodies/ sensitive areas/wells/bore wells
6 Physical details
i) Number of labour stationed
ii) Number of dwellings constructed
iii) Number of toilets provided
iv) Were dwellings demolished and cleared
v) Was the waste water treatment facilities demolished and cleaned
vi) Was the solid waste generated cleared and disposed of properly;
if yes specify the location and quantity.
vii) Whether any soil was contaminated with oils and waste oils
was cleared and disposed safely, if yes specify the location and
quantity.
viii) Was scrap generated while the construction removed, if yes
specify the details such as where, when, to whom and quantity
7 Land use before establishment proposed user after completion of
works
Name ………….. Name ………….. Name …………..

36
EMS 2: Borrow Area Management plan

Sl. No. Description Compliance
1 Name / Identity of location
2 Nearest project road chainage
3 Name of the owner
4 Area involved /capacity/ quantity
5 Type of material proposed to be taken
6 Arrangement with the owner including restoration aspect
7 Existing land use
8 Land use of the area surrounding the proposed area
9 A map of the area
10 Number of trees to be removed, if any along with the compensation
measure
11 Top soil management if required
12 Access road condition and proposed maintenance
13 Photograph depicting the present condition of the proposed area and
access
14 Closure/Completion plan EMS 2A
Name ………….. Name ………….. Name …………..

EMS 2A: Closure plan for borrow area
Sl. No. Description Compliance
1 Name / Identity of location
2 Nearest project chainage, distance from the project road and side
3 Name of the owner
4 Details of the land
i) Survey number
ii) Boundaries
iii) Other Revenue details
5 Details of settlements, sensitive areas, water bodies within 500m
i) Population in numbers
ii) Name of the village
iii) Distance from the borrow area
iv) Details of water bodies/ sensitive areas/wells/bore wells
6 Physical details
Length and width in meters
Depth excavated in meters, Quantity excavated in Cum. Type of
materials excavated
7 Land use before opening, proposed use, before opening details of
surroundings
8 Drawing showing the dimension of the borrow areas, access roads and Appendix -1
features of surrounding
9 Number of trees removed (girth>300mm) if any along with the
compensation measure
10 Details of top soil Quantity excavated in Cum Where was it used
11 Initial access road condition and final access road condition
12 Photographs depicting the original condition, during the operation, top Appendix -2
soil management, and after closure
13 Copy of the agreement with the Owner, Details of the agreed Appendix -3
redevelopment if any
14 Land use after rehabilitation, Details should be submitted if the final
land use changed from the original land use
15 Satisfaction certificate from the owner Appendix -4
16 Details of the practical problems faced and solutions adopted, if any
during the operation phase
Name ………….. Name ………….. Name …………..

38
EMS 3: Construction camp / Plant and Environmental Management

Sl. Status
No. 1.2 Issue Camp -1 Camp - 2
1 Drainage system
1.Closed Drainage
2 Disposal of waste water
i. Kitchen waste water
ii. Waste water from water closets
iii. Wastewater from bathrooms
iv. Wastewater from the vehicular
washings.
3 Collection and Disposal of solid waste
i. Waste from the office
ii. waste from the Kitchen
iii. waste from sweeping
4 Drinking water facility
Source with quantity
No of bore wells with capacity
Location of the well and bore well
Any treatment facility, No of overhead
tanks, Test results of the Drinking water
Any license obtained
5 First Aid Facility
6 Roads in camp Site
Type of Road
Dust suppression practicing or not, if roads
are not tarred, condition of the road.
7 Fuel storage
i. Impervious Base
ii. spills and wastewater will be collected
in a sump
iii. Number of drums where wastes are
collected.
iv. Number of drums disposed
8 Garbage & night soil
i. Provision of garbage
ii. Separation of polythene materials
iii. Records of solid waste removal from
septic tanks
Name ………….. Name ………….. Name …………..

EMS 4: Soil Management
Sl. 1.3 Chainage Quantity in Whether preserved in accordance with
Remarks
No. in km Cum specifications
Name ………….. Name ………….. Name …………..
EMS 5: Construction plants and pollution control

Sl. Construction 1.4 Locati Description of pollution control
Capacity Remarks
No. plant ons system / Equipment
1
2
3
4
5
Name ………….. Name ………….. Name …………..

40
EMS 6: Machinery / Vehicles and pollution Control

Machinery/ Diesel Engine oil PUC certificate,
Sl. Machinery
Vehicles with consumed consumed Number and Remarks
No. new/old
capacity per month per month Validity
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Name ………….. Name ………….. Name …………..
EMS 7: Details of the DG sets with the pollution control equipment

Capacity in Vertical stack if provided Noise control
Sl. no. Remarks
KVA height (in m) system
Camp -I
Camp - II
Crusher -I
Plant Site - I
Construction works
Name ………….. Name ………….. Name …………..

EMS 8: Details of oil storage
Number Capacity of Increase / Stored on
Sl. Type of
Location of barrels in Decease in impervious Remarks
No. Product
Barrels Liters Storage base (Yes/No)
1
2
3
4
5
Name ………….. Name ………….. Name …………..
EMS 9: Working at water course and pollution control measures

Sl.No. Location Type Stream/canal Diversion Silt Fencing Remarks
Name ………….. Name ………….. Name …………..

42
EMS 10: Details of the ground water Extraction

Capacity Quantity of water drawn in Kilo Ground Water Type of
Sl. of Motor Liters Dept. permission source
Location
no. Installed During the Up to end of
Total
in HP month last month
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Name ………….. Name ………….. Name …………..
EMS 11: Personal protective Equipments

Sl. Details of Total Distributed Available in Remarks
No. Equipment Numbers in No. store in No.
procured
1 Helmets
2 Safety shoe
3 Ear plugs
4 Nose masks
5 Hand Gloves
6 Goggles
7 Safety Belts
8 Reflective jackets
9 Gum boots
Name ………….. Name ………….. Name …………..

EMS 12: Status of consents and permissions
Plant Consent Number / Status Validity Date Remarks
Hot Mix Plants
Crusher
Batching plant
WMM Plant
Crusher at Dalla
Diesel pump – I
Labour license
Name ………….. Name ………….. Name …………..
EMS 13: Deviations with corrective actions

Sl.No. Deviation Corrective Actions Schedule
Name ………….. Name ………….. Name …………..

44
EMS 14: Details of tree and shrubs plantation

Planted Trees/
Sl. Location/ Chainage Survival rate
Shrubs (in No.) 1.5 Remarks
No. in km in %
Trees Shrubs
Name ………….. Name ………….. Name …………..
EMS 15: Plantation of Grass

Sl. Area of grass Survival at 6 months
Location / Chainage Remarks
No. planted interval
Name ………….. Name ………….. Name …………..
EMS 16: Implementation of Enhancement Measures

Progress of completion
Type of Side of the Road Actual Reasons of
Sl. no.
Enhancement (RHS/LHS) Target date completion delay if
date any
Name ………….. Name ………….. Name …………..

EMS 17: Identification of disposal site locations (To be filled by the contractor)
Name of Contractor:
Link No:
(Give chainages and nearest settlements from both ends)
Sl. Criteria on which information for each
Site 1 Site 2 Site 3 Site 4
No. site is to be collected
1 Existing Land use
2 Area covered (Sq. m)
3 Total Material that can be dumped within
the site (Cum)
4 Depth to which dumping is feasible (m)
5 Distance of nearest water course (m)
6 Nearest settlement (m)
7 Date/s of community consultation/s
8 Whether the community is agreeable to
siting of dumping site (Y/N)
9 Date of Permission from Village / Local
community
10 Proposed future use of the site
11 Selected Site (tick any one column only)
Enclosures (Tick as appropriate)

1. Map of each location
2. Photographs
a. Each disposal location
b. Each community consultation
3. Photo copy of Agreement
Name ………….. Name ………….. Name …………..

46
APPENDIX – 13: GUIDELINES FOR THE MANAGEMENT OF ROAD SECTION

THROUGH FOREST AREAS
1. Introduction
A Management plan for the impacted or adjacent forest area is required for mitigation and
enhancement measures during construction and operational phases of the project road. This
will not allow any room for neglecting /avoiding of the implementable measures. This will
also define responsibilities of various institutions in this regard. This requirement is the basis
of the preparation of this document. The document addresses the issues relating to the
forest areas in the PIAs as well as immediately adjacent to the project road. The mitigation
measures are to be addressed during the design, construction and operational phases of the
project.
Incorporation of effective mitigation measures is therefore necessary and important. This will
be based on the recommendations of the biodiversity studies.
2. Status of the work relating to the up-gradation
The actual construction work cannot be started until all environmental clearances are
obtained from various agencies including clearance from World Bank. The environmental
clearance also includes forest clearance basically for the required land from forest reserves.
Application for both clearances has to be routed through two different agencies viz., PCB
and State Forest Department.
3. Reserved forest along proposed roads
There are no reserved forest stretches along the T13 and T17 subproject roads.
4. Forestland acquisition & Forest clearance process
Prior to the preparation of the application, a joint site verification exercise was carried out
with forest officials and the PWD local engineers. Specific details of this investigation are
available.
An application is to be prepared in the prescribed application form and submitted to the
relevant DCFs in consultation with the Nodal officer of Forest Department at Head quarters
at Bangalore. This application will be verified by the respective DCFs.
5. Impact mitigation and Enhancement measures
This includes the legal requirement according to the (1) GoI Forest laws and (2) the
requirement according to the other laws.
6. Compensatory Afforestation Programme
Compensatory afforestation will be carried out for land to be acquired against the loss of
trees from the area to be acquired for road project. According to the affforestation
programme PWD shall plant an area double to that of the land area to be acquired. This
amount will be deposited with forest Department.
In addition, a number of impact mitigation and enhancement measures are required for the
Forest area that will be impacted. The Forest reserves adjacent to the project road do have
high faunal value.
1) Considering this aspect, the project will not provide demarcation of the forest boundary
with the Project road, as it will be a barrier for the wildlife movement.
2) PWD is committed to compensate plant trees according to the compensatory afforestation
programme required according to the Forest conservation Act 1980
3) Further, contractors have to set-up construction camps and plants (Hot mix, WMM plant
etc) at least 5 Km away from the forest boundary. In this regard;
 Adequate training will be provided to contractors
 The labour force will not allowed to enter forest reserves for the purpose of hunting,
fuel wood collection, nuts and fruits collection etc.,]
 The debris and waste materials shall not be dumped inside / immediately outside
forest areas and other water sources.
 Debris shall be disposed off according to the contractors debris disposal plan
 The source of construction water shall not be from the forest areas or immediately
adjacent (within 2 km) to the forest areas.
 The construction work within the forest stretches should adhere to all international
environmental standards as laid out by the environmental management plan under
the GoI/GoK/WB rules, regulation and policies.
During construction, the following measures will be taken in to consideration for effective
implementation
 No construction camps or other polluting plants within 5 Km of the forest reserves.
 No blasting shall be allowed during nighttime.
 Blasting should be silent blasting along the forest reserves.
 Blasting shall be confined to a particular time only. Best time would be 2-3 pm in
daytime.
 Hunting is strictly prohibited.
 No cutting of trees from the forest reserves for any purpose relating to the
construction work nor shall the people associated with the project construction should
enter the forest reserves other than any legal requirements.
 Contractor should erect appropriate signboards during construction.
 After construction, the CSC/PWD should advice the locations for erecting the
signboards including advance signboards notifying the forest reserves.
 Immediately after construction fencing should be carried out parallel to the Forest
reserves.
 Any sign/indication of forest fire will be immediately notified to all considered
agencies
Immediately after construction, the contractors shall erect signboards and information boards
close to the forest boundaries according to the Environmental Management plan (EMP)
prepared.
During operational period erection of sign/ information boards will be required. With regards
to institutional responsibilities the PWD and Forest Department need to coordinate the
various requirements.
 PWD– Maintenance of the road furniture, signboards, information boards
 State Forest Department – to coordinate with the PWD for various roadside
arrangements change in the status of the forest
 To facilitate Contractor do his job of construction
NGO Participation
Participation of NGO may be useful for the smooth implementation of the project.
48
APPENDIX – 14: ARRANGEMENT FOR TRAFFIC DURING CONSTRUCTION

The Contractor shall at all times carry out work on the road in manner creating least
interference to the flow of traffic with the satisfactory execution. For all works involving
improvements to the existing state highway, the Contractor shall, in accordance with the
directives of the CSC, provide and maintain, during execution of the work, a passage for
traffic either along a part of the existing carriageway under improvement, or along a
temporary diversion constructed close to the state highway. The Contractor shall take prior
approval of the CSC regarding traffic arrangements during construction.
1. TRAFFIC SAFETY AND CONTROL
(i) Where subject to the approval of the Engineer the execution of the works requires
temporary closure of road traffic use, the Contractor shall provide and maintain
temporary traffic diversions. The diversions shall generally consist of 200 mm
thickness of gravel 4.5 meters wide laid directly upon natural ground and where any
additional earthworks are required for this purpose that will be provided under the
appropriate payment items.
(ii) Where the execution of the works requires single-lane operation on public road, the
Contractor shall provide and maintain all necessary barriers, warning signs and traffic
control signals to the approval of the Engineer.
(iii) With the exception of temporary traffic arrangements or diversions required within the
first 4 weeks of the Contract, the Contractor shall submit details of his proposals to
the Engineer for approval no less than 4 weeks prior to the temporary arrangement
or diversion being required. Details of temporary arrangements or diversions for
approval as soon possible after the date of the Letter of Acceptance.
(iv) The colour, configuration, size and location of all traffic signs shall be in accordance
with the code of practice for road sign. In the absence of any detail or for any missing
details, the signs shall be provided as directed by the Engineer (CSC).
(v) The Contractor shall take all necessary measures for the safety of traffic during
construction and provide, erect and maintain such barricades, including signs,
marking, flags, lights and flagmen as may be required by the Engineer for the
formation and protection of traffic approaching or passing through the section of the
road under improvement. Before taking up any construction, an agreed phased
programme for the diversion of traffic or closer of traffic on the road shall be drawn up
in consultation with the SE.
(vi) At the points where traffic is to deviate form its normal path (whether on temporary
diversion or part width of the Carriageway) the lane width path for traffic shall be
clearly marked with the aid of pavement markings, painted drums or a similar device
to the directions of the SE. At night, the passage shall be delineated with lanterns or
other suitable light source.
(vii) One-way traffic operation shall be established whenever the traffic is to be passed
over part of the carriageway inadequate for two-lane traffic. This shall be done with
the help of temporary traffic signals or flagmen kept positioned on opposite sides
during all hours. For regulation of traffic, the flagmen shall be equipped with red and
green flags and lanterns/lights.
(viii) On both sides, suitable regulatory / warnings signs as approved by the SE shall be
installed for the guidance of road users. On each approach, at least two signs shall
be put up, one close to the point where transition of carriageway begins and the other
120 m away. The signs shall be of design and of reflectory type, if so directed by SE.
(ix) Upon completion of the works for which the temporary traffic arrangements or
diversions have been made, the Contractor shall remove all temporary installations
and signs and reinstate all affected roads and other structures or installations to the
conditions that existed before the work started, as directed by the Engineer.
2. MAINTENACE OF DIVERSIONS AND TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES

Signs, lights, barriers and other traffic control devices, as well as the riding surface of
diversion shall be maintained in a satisfactory condition till such time they are
required as directed by the SE. The temporary traveled way shall be kept free of dust
by frequent applications of water, if necessary.
Examples of some good practice in traffic control safety during construction
Figure-1 : Diversion of Traffic on Half of the Road Width (Say Left)

50
Figure : 2
Figure : 3
SIGN LAYOUT FOR LANE CLOSURE
(Drawn for Driving on Left)
52
List of Traffic safety Signs/Equipment (Guideline)

Length of work zone Minimum quantity to be
Sl. considered procured
Signs
No. No. of No. of
Length in (m) Length in (m)
Signs Signs
1 Barricading 130 500 2600 10000
2 Men at work 5 500 100 10000
3 Keep Left 11 500 220 10000
4 Go slow 8 500 160 10000
5 Flag men 3 500 10 10000
6 Narrow signs 4 500 80 10000
7 Lantern(Amber 4 500 80 10000
Blinker)
8 Traffic control Lights 2 Sets 10000
9 Cones 15 500 300 10000
Note:
 Safety jackets and helmets should be provided to all the workers/ Engineers working
on the road.
 Fixed mobile solid barricades must be placed between the workmen and traffic or
pedestrian and traffic.
 All the safety signs should be according to IRC: 67 and IRC: SP: 55: 2001
APPENDIX – 15: GENERAL GUIDELINES FOR CONTRACTOR’S CONSTRUCTION
WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN
Dos and Don’ts for the contractor
There are a number of dos and don’ts for the contractor as provided below
 Contractor’s vehicles shall not be allowed to wash in the river or stream. This is to
avoid potential pollution from oil residues.
 Contractors shall not use water from the community drinking water sources such as;
 Public water supply schemes
 Community spring water sources
 Community hand pumps
 Community bore wells / shallow tube wells
 Location of the streams from which the Community takes drinking water
 Contractor shall obtain all legal approvals and clearances from the concerned
departments.
 Contractor shall consult the local communities where the water source has been
identified.
 If the source is a spring – check discharge, dependency in consultation with local
communities.
 If the source is river/stream- discharge data for the past several years need to be
analyzed, whether source is perennial, or non-perennial, any irrigation scheme is
running over it or not, if IPH* department is using it, or local people are using it or not.
NOC* from all concerned authorities will be required.
 If the source is Major River - In addition to the local permission, Contractor may
require obtaining written permission from State level authorities at Bangalore.
 If the sources is groundwater (a hand pump/bore well or open deep well)- then its
chemical composition and water related tests are required to be obtained from the
competent authority and an NOC* is obtained from the competent authority.
Post Construction Stage
Once the Contractor finishes his job, this can be handed over to the local panchayath or for
local communities. The possible alternate uses of this structure would be
 Local communities of this area can use the same source to meet their water needs
 If road passes through a plain water scarcity prone area and if no nearby water
source has been identified, transportation is uneconomic, then contractor should go
for Underground water option. If it is feasible and will not lead to a serious depletion
of the ground water.
*IPH = Irrigation and Public Health Department.

*NOC = No Objection Certificate.
54
APPENDIX – 16: ENVIRONMENT FRIENDLY CONSTRUCTION METHODOLOGY:

The contractor shall be deemed to have acquainted himself with the requirements of all the
current statutes, ordinances, by laws, rules and regulations or their instruments having the
force of law including without limitation those relating to protection of the environment, health
and safety, important of labour, demolition of houses, protection of environment and
procurement, transportation, storage and use of explosives etc.
3. PROTECTION OF ENVIRONMENT:
i) The contractor will take all necessary measures and precautions and ensure that
the execution of the works and all associated operations on site or offsite are carried
out in conformity with statutory and regulatory environmental requirements including
those prescribed in EMP.
ii) The Contractor will take all measures and precautions to avoid any nuisance or
disturbance to inhabitants arising from the execution of works.
iii) All liquid waste products arising on the sites will be collected and disposed of at a
location on or off the sites and in a manner that will not cause either nuisance or
pollution.
iv) The contractor will at all time ensure that all existing water courses and drains
within and adjacent to the site are kept safe and free from any contamination.
v) The contractor will submit details of his temporary drainage work system (including
all surface channels, sediment traps, washbasins and discharge pits) to the CSC and
CMU for approval prior to commencing work on its construction.
vi) The contractor will arrange all the equipment in good condition to minimize dust,
gaseous or other air-borne emissions and carry out the works in such a manner as to
minimize adverse impact on air.
vii) Any vehicle with an open load-carrying area used for transporting potentially dust-
producing material will have properly fitted side and tailboards. Materials having the
potential to produce dust will not be loaded to a level higher than the side and tail
boards and will be covered with a clean tarpaulin in good condition.
viii) The contractor will take all necessary measures to ensure that the operation of all
mechanical equipment and condition processes on and off the site will not cause any
unnecessary or excessive noise, taking into account applicable environmental
requirements.
ix) The contractor will take necessary measures to maintain all plant and equipment
in good condition.
x) Where the execution of the works requires single –lane operation on public road
the contractor will provide and maintain temporary traffic diversions subject to the
approval of the CSC.
xi) Where the execution of the works requires single-line operation on public road the
contractor will provide and maintain all necessary barriers, warning signs and traffic
control signals to the satisfaction of the CSC.
xii) Wherever traffic diversions, warning signs, traffic control signals and barriers are
required, the contractor will install them to the satisfaction of CSC prior to
commencing the work, in that area.
xiii) Contractor shall install asphalt plants and other machineries away from the
populated areas as per laid down regulations.
xiv) Permit for felling of trees will be obtained from the forest department before the
execution of any work.
xv) Trees and plants going to be uprooted will be duly compensated and maintained
up to 3 years.
xvi) Mist sprays should be provided at appropriate places for preventing dust
pollution during handling and stockpiling of stones and loose earth.
xvii) Overburden waste dumps shall be sprayed with water, as they are the major
source of air borne particulate matter.
xviii) Overburden waste dumps shall be reclaimed / afforested to bind the loose soil
and to prevent soil erosion. The frequency of sprinkling should be fixed as per the
seasonal requirement and in consultation with engineer.
xix) Regular water spraying on haulage roads during transportation of construction
materials by water sprinklers. The frequency of sprinkling should be fixed as per the
seasonal requirements in consultation with engineer.
xx) Transfer point for transporting construction material shall be provided with
appropriate hoods/ chutes to prevent dust emissions.
xxi) Dumping of construction material should be from an optimum height (preferably
not too high), So as to reduce the dust blow.
xxii) Innovative approaches of using improved machinery designs, with in-built
mechanism to operator’s cabin.
xxiii) Procurement of drillers, loaders, dumpers and other equipment with noise proof
system in operator’s cabin.
xxiv) Confining the equipment with heavy noise emissions in soundproof cabins, so
that noise is not transmitted to other areas.
xxv) Regular and proper maintenance of noise generating machinery including the
transport vehicles to maintain noise levels.
xxvi) Provisions should be made for noise absorbing pads at foundations of vibrating
equipments to reduce noise emissions.
QUARRY OPERATIONS
The Contractor shall obtain materials from quarries only after the consent of the Forest
Department or other concerned authorities and in consultation with the Engineer. The quarry
operations shall be undertaken within the purview of the rules and regulations in force.
PREVENTION OF WATER COURSES FROM SOIL EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION

SILTATION
The Contractor shall apply following mitigation measures to prevent sedimentation and
pollution of watercourses.
 To prevent increased siltation, if need be existing bridges maybe widened
downstream side of the water body;
 Cement and coal ash should be stacked together, fenced by bricks or earth wall,
and kept away from water, to prevent leachate formation and contamination of
surface and ground water;
 If need be, slope of the embankments leading to water bodies should be modified
and re channelized to prevent entry of contaminations into the water body;
56
 During construction silt fencing (consists of geo-textile with extremely small size
supported by wire-mish mounted on a panel made up angle frame) could be used
along the road at all canals and rivers to prevent sediments from the construction
site to enter into the watercourses.
POLLUTION FROM HOT-MIX PLANTS AND BATCHING PLANTS

Plants and concrete batching plants shall be located sufficiently away from habitation,
agricultural operations. The Contractor shall take every precaution to reduce the levels of
noise, vibration, dust and emissions from his bituminous hot-mix plants and shall be fully
responsible for any claims for damages caused to the property, fields and residents in the
vicinity.
HEALTH AND SAFETY

The Contractor shall take all measures and precautions necessary to ensure the health,
safety and welfare of all persons entitled to be on the site. Such precautions shall include
those that, in the opinion of the Engineer, are reasonable to prevent unauthorized entry upon
the site and to protect members of the public from any activities under the control of the
Contractor. The Contractor’s responsibilities shall include but not be limited to:
(x) The provision and maintenance of the Contractor’s Equipment in a safe

working condition and the adoption of methods of work that are safe and
without risks to the health of any person entitled to be on the site.
(xi) The execution of suitable arrangements for ensuring safety and absence of
risks to health in connection with the use, handling, storage, transport and
disposal of articles and substances,
(xii) The provision of lighting, including standby facilities in the event of failure that,
in the opinion of the Engineer, is adequate to ensure the safe execution of
any works that are to be carried out at right.
(xiii) The provision of protective clothing and safety equipment, with such
personnel and equipment and such information, instruction, training and
supervision as the necessary to ensure the health and safety at work of all
persons employed on or entering on the site in connection with the works,
including the Engineer’s supervisory staff, all in accordance with the laws.
(xiv) Near towns, villages and all frequented places, trenches and foundation pits
shall be securely fenced provided with proper caution signs and marked with
lights at night to avoid accidents. Contractor shall take adequate protective
measures to see that the excavation operations do no affect or damage
adjoining structures.
(xv) The Contractor shall not use or generate any materials in the works, which
are hazardous to the health of persons, animals or vegetation. Where it is
necessary to use some substances, which can cause injury to the health or
workers, the Contractor shall provide protective clothing or appliances to his
workers.
(xvi) The Contractor will take all measures necessary to safeguard the health;
safety and welfare of all persons entitled to be on site and will ensure that
works are carried out in a safe and efficient manner.
(xvii) The Contractor will provide, and ensure the utilization of appropriate safety
equipment for all workmen and staff employed directly or indirectly by the
Contractor. Such safety equipment will include but not be limited to the safety
harnesses, safety equipment for working over water, rescue equipment, fire
extinguishers and first-aid equipment. The personnel working at vulnerable
locations at site will wear safety helmets and strong footwear.
(xviii) The Contractor will provide an adequate number of latrines and other
arrangements at areas of the site where work is in progress and ensure that
they are regularly cleaned and maintained in a hygienic condition.
FIRST AID
(xix) The provision and maintenance of suitably equipped and staffed first aid
stations throughout the extent of the works to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
The Contractor shall allow in his prices and the responsible for the costs of all
such site welfare arrangements and requirements.
(xx) Injuries might occur during the construction period. It is therefore pertinent to
provide first aid facilities for all the construction workers. At construction
camps and at all workplaces first aid equipment and nursing staff must be
provided. Since many of the workplaces may be far away form regular
hospitals, an indoor health unit having one bed facility every 250 workers
needs to be provided.
(xxi) Adequate transport facilities for moving the injured persons to the nearest
hospital must also be provided in ready to move condition.
(xxii) The first-aid units apart form an adequate supply of sterilized dressing
material should contain other necessary appliances as per the factory rules.
MAINTENANCE
(xxiii) All buildings, rooms and equipment and the grounds surrounding them shall
be maintained in a clean and operable condition and be protected form
rubbish accumulation.
(xxiv) Each structure made available for occupancy shall be of sound construction,
shall assure adequate protection against weather, and shall include essential
facilities to permit maintenance in a clean and operable condition. Adequate
heating, lighting, ventilation or insulation when necessary to reduce excessive
heat shall provide for comfort and safety of occupants.
(xxv) Each structure made available for occupancy shall comply with the
requirements of the Uniform Building Code. This shall not apply to tent
campus.
58
APPENDIX – 17: BORROW AREAS MANAGEMENT

Borrow areas will be finalized as identified by Contractor as agreed by the CSC and KSHIP
as per the requirements of the contract. Agreement is not reached between the Contractor
and landowners for the identified borrow areas sites. In such cases arrangement for locating
the source of supply of material for embankment and sub-grade as well as compliance to
environment requirements in respect of excavation and borrow areas as stipulated from time
to time by the Ministry of Environment and Forests, Government of India, and local bodies,
as applicable shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor.
The Contractor in addition to the established practices, rules and regulation will also
consider following criteria before finalizing the locations.
1) The borrow area should not be located in agriculture field unless unavoidable i.e. barren
land is not available.
2) The borrow pits should not be located along the roads.
3) The loss of productive and agricultural land should be minimum.
4) The loss of vegetation is almost nil or minimum.
5) Sufficient quality of soil is available.
6) The Contractor will ensure the availability of suitable earth.
The Contractor shall obtain representative samples form each of the identified borrow areas
and have these tested at the site laboratory following a testing programme as approved by
the concerned Engineer. It shall be ensured that the fill material compacted to the required
density
The Contractor shall submit the following information to the Engineer for approval at least 7
working days before commencement of compaction
 The values of maximum dry density and optimum moisture content obtained in
accordance with IS: 2720 (Part 7) or (Part 8), as the case may be, appropriate for
each of the fill materials he intends to use.
 A graph of density plotted against content from which, each of the values in (i) above
of maximum dry density and optimum moisture content are determined.
 The Dry density-moisture content – CBR relationships for light, intermediate and
heavy compactive efforts (light corresponding to IS: 2720 (Part-7), heavy
corresponding to IS: 2420 (Part-8) and intermediate in between the two) for each of
the fill material be intends to use in the sub-grade.
After identification of borrow areas based on guidelines. Contractor will fill reporting format
Annexure-III and submit the same for approval of the “Engineer”.
After receiving the approval Contractor will begin operations keeping in mind following;
1) Haulage of material to the areas of fill shall proceed only when sufficient spreading and
compaction plants is operating at the place of deposition.
2) No excavated acceptable material other than surplus to requirements of the Contract
shall be removed from the site. Contractor should be permitted to remove acceptable
material form the site to suit his operational procedure, then be shall make good any
consequent deficit of material arising there from.
3) Where the excavation reveals a combination of acceptable and un-acceptable materials,

the Contractor shall, unless otherwise agreed by the Engineer, carryout the excavation in
such a manner that the acceptable materials are excavated separately for use in the
permanent works without contamination by the un-acceptable materials. The acceptable
material shall be stockpiled separately.
4) The Contractor shall ensure that he does not adversely affect the stability of excavation
or fills by the methods of stockpiling materials, use of plants or siting of temporary
buildings or structures.
Borrow Areas located in Agricultural Lands
(i) The preservation of topsoil will be carried out in stockpile.
(ii) A 15 cm topsoil will be stripped off from the borrow pit and this will be stored in
stockpiles in a designated area for height not exceeding 2m and side slopes not
steeper than 1:2 (Vertical: Horizontal).
(iii) Borrowing of earth will be carried out up to a depth of 1.5m from the existing ground
level.
(iv) Borrowing of earth will not be done continuously through out the stretch.
(v) Ridges of not less than 8m widths will be left at intervals not exceeding 300m.
(vi) Small drains will be cut through the ridges, if necessary, to facilitate drainage.
(vii) The slope of the edges will be maintained not steeper then 1:4 (Vertical: Horizontal).
Borrow Areas located in Agriculture Land in un-avoidable Circumstances:
(i) The preservation of topsoil will be carried out in stockpile.
(iii) The depth of borrow pits will not be more than 30 cm after stripping the 15 cm topsoil
aside.
Borrow Areas located on Elevated Lands
(i) The preservation of topsoil will be carried out in stockpile
(iii) At location where private owners desire their fields to be leveled, the borrowing shall
be done to a depth of not more than 1.5m or up to the level of surrounding fields.
Borrow Areas near Riverside

60
(iii) Borrow area near to any surface water body will be at least at a distance of 15m from
the toe of the bank or high flood level, whichever is maximum.
Borrow Areas near Settlements
(iii) Borrow pit location will be located at least 0.75 km from villages and settlements. If
un-avoidable, the pit will not be dug for more then 30 cm and drains will be cut to
facilitate drainage.
(iv) Borrow pits located in such location will be re-developed immediately after borrowing
is completed. If spoils are dumped, that will be covered with a layers of stockpiled
topsoil in accordance with compliance requirements with respect MOEF/PPCB
guidelines.
Borrow Pits along the Road
(iii) Borrow pits along the road shall be discouraged.
(iv) It permitted by the Engineer; these shall not be dug continuously.
(v) Ridges of not less than 8m widths should be left at intervals not exceeding 300m.
(vi) Small drains shall be cut through the ridges of facilitate drainage.
(vii) The depth of the pits shall be so regulated that there bottom does not cut an
imaginary line having a slope of 1 vertical to 4 horizontal projected from the edge of
the final section of bank, the maximum depth of any case being limited to 1.5m.
(viii) Also, no pit shall be dug within the offset width from the toe of the embankment
required as per the consideration of stability with a minimum width of 10m.
List of burrow areas along the proposed road.

Sl Chainage
No (Km)
Subproject – T13
Locally available Roadside murrum borrow pit at a distance
1 MII-1B-223 1+500
Locally available Roadside murrum borrow pits at a distance
2 MII-1B-224 8+00
Sl Chainage
No (Km)
Subproject – T17
1 MII-1B-225 4+900
2 MII-1B-226 3+000
Re-development of Borrow Areas
The objective of the rehabilitation programme is to return the borrow pit sites to a safe and
secure area, which the general public should be able to safely enter and enjoy. Securing
borrow pits in a stable condition is fundamental requirement of the rehabilitation process.
This could be achieved by filling the borrow pit approximately to the road level.
Re-development plan will be prepared by the Contractor before the start of work inline with
the owner’s will and to the satisfaction of owner.
The Borrow Areas will be rehabilitated as follows;
 Borrow pits will be backfilled with rejected construction wastes (unserviceable materials)
compacted and will be given a turfing or vegetative cover on the surface. If this is not
possible, then excavation slope should be smoothened and depression is filled in such a
way that it looks more or less like the original ground surface.
 Borrow areas might be used for aquaculture in case landowner wants such development.
In that case, such borrow area will be photographed after their post-use restoration and
Environment Expert of Supervision Consultant will certify the post-use redevelopment.
The Contractor will keep record of photographs of various stages i.e. before using materials
form the location (pre-project), for the period borrowing activities (Construction Phase) and
after rehabilitation (post development), to ascertain the pre and post borrowing status of the
area.
62
APPENDIX - 18: SOIL EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL

Prior to the start of the relevant construction, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for
approval, his schedules for carrying out temporary and permanent erosion/sedimentation
control works as are applicable for the items of clearing and grubbing, road way and
drainage excavation, embankment/sub-grade construction, bridges and other structures
across water courses, pavement courses and shoulders. He shall also submit for approval
his proposed method of erosion/sedimentation control on service road and borrow pits and
his plan for disposal of waste materials. Work shall not be started until the
erosion/sedimentation control schedules are prepared and the Engineer has approved
methods of operations for the applicable construction.
The surface area of erodible earth material exposed by clearing and grubbing, borrow and fill
operations shall be limited to the extent practicable. The Contractor may be directed to
provide immediate control measures to prevent soil erosion and sedimentation that will
adversely affect construction operations, damage adjacent properties, or cause
contamination of nearby streams or other watercourses. Such work may involve the
construction of temporary berms, dikes sediment basins, slope drains and use of temporary
mulches, fabrics, mats, seedling, or other control devices or methods as necessary to control
erosion and sedimentation.
The Contractor shall be required to incorporate all permanent erosion and sedimentation
control features into the project at the earliest practicable time as outlined in his accepted
schedule to minimize the need for temporary erosion and sedimentation control measures.
Temporary erosion/sedimentation and pollution control measures will be used to control the
phenomenon of erosion, sedimentation and pollution that may develop during normal
construction practices, but may neither be foreseen during design stage for associated with
permanent control features on the Project.
Where erosion or sedimentation is likely to be a problem, clearing and grubbing operations
should be so scheduled and performed that grading operations and permanent erosion or
sedimentation control features can follow immediately thereafter if the project conditions
permit; otherwise temporary erosion or sedimentation control measures may be required
between successive construction stages. Under no conditions shall a large surface area of
credible earth material be exposed at one time by clearing and grubbing or excavation
without prior approval of the Engineer.
The Engineer may limit the area of excavation, borrow and embankment operations in
progress, commensurate with the Contractor’s capability and progress in keeping the finish
grading, mulching, seedling and other such permanent erosion, sedimentation and pollution
control measures, in accordance with the accepted schedule.
Temporary erosion is sometimes caused due to the Contractor’s negligence, carelessness
or failure to install permanent controls. Sedimentation and pollution control measures then
become necessary as a part of the work as scheduled or ordered by the Engineer, and these
shall be carried out at the Contractor’s own expense. Temporary erosion, sedimentation and
pollution control work required, which is not attributed to the Contractor’s negligence,
carelessness or failure to install permanent controls, will be performed as ordered by the
Engineer.
Temporary erosion, sedimentation and pollution control may include construction work
outside the right of way where such work is necessary as a result of road construction such
as borrow pit operations, service roads and equipment storage sites.
The temporary erosion, sedimentation and pollution control features installed by the
Contractor shall be maintained by him till these are needed, unless otherwise agreed by the
Engineer.
APPENDIX - 19: LOCATING QUARRIES, REHABILITATING QUARRIES AND

GUIDELINES FOR STONE CRUSHERS
Locating Quarries
The Contractor will finalize the locations in consultation with CSC and KSHIP. The
Contractor shall establish a new quarry with the prior consent of the CSC only in cases when
i) Lead from existing quarries is uneconomical and
ii) Alternative material sources are not available.
The Contractor shall prepare a redevelopment plan for the quarry site and get approved by
the CSC.
The construction schedule and operation plans to be submitted to the CSC prior to
commencement of work shall contain a detailed work plan for procuring materials that
includes procurement, transportation and storage of quarry materials.
Operation & redevelopment plan (if a new quarry is opened)
 Photograph of the quarry site prior to commencement
 The quarry boundaries as well as location of the material deposits, working

equipments, stockpiling, access roads and final shape of the pit.
 Drainage and erosion control measures at site.
 Safety measures during quarry operation.
 Design for redevelopment of exhaust site.
Option-A: Revegetating the quarry to merge with surrounding landscape: This is done
by conserving and reapplying the topsoil for the vegetative growth.
Option-B: Developing exhausted quarries as water bodies: The pit shall be reshaped
and developed into pond, for harvesting rainwater. This option shall only be considered
64
where the location of quarry is at the lowest point, i.e. surrounding areas/ natural drainage
slopes towards it.
Construction stage:
Development of site:
To minimize the adverse impact during excavation of material following measures are need
to be undertaken
i) Adequate drainage system shall be provided to prevent the flooding of the

excavated area
ii) At the stockpiling locations, the Contractor shall construct sediment barriers to
prevent the erosion of excavated material due to runoff
iii) Construction of offices, laboratory, workshop and rest places shall be done in the
up-wind of the plant to minimize the adverse impact due to dust and noise.
iv) The access road to the plant shall be constructed taking into consideration
location of units and also slope of the ground to regulate the vehicle movement
within the plant.
v) In case of storage of blasting materials, all precautions shall be taken as per The
Explosive Rules, 1983.
Quarry operations including safety:
i) Overburden shall be removed and disposed inline with Guidelines of Disposal

Management.
ii) During excavation, slopes shall be flatter than 20 degrees to prevent their sliding.
In cases where quarry strata are good and where chances of sliding are less this
restriction can be ignored.
iii) In case of blasting, procedure and safety measures shall be taken as per The
Explosive Rules, 1983.
iv) The Contractor shall ensure that all workers related safety measures shall be
done as per guidelines for workers and Safety attached as Annexure-8
v) The contractor shall ensure maintenance of crushers regularly as per

manufacture’s recommendation.
Topsoil will be excavated and preserved during transportation of the materials measures
shall be taken to minimize the generation of dust and prevent accidents.
The PIU and the CSC shall review the quarry site for the management measures during
quarry operation, including the compliance to pollution norms.
Post construction stage:
The Contractor shall restore all haul roads constructed for transporting the material from the
quarries to construction site to their original state.
The PIU and the CSC shall be entrusted the responsibility of reviewing the quarry site for the
progress of implementation of Redevelopment plan. These shall include the following two
cases;
 Redevelopment of quarries opened by the contractor for the project
 Redevelopment of existing quarries operated by other agencies
In the first case, the Contractor shall be responsible for the Redevelopment plan prior to
completion after five years, during the defect liability period. The CSC and PIU shall be
responsible for reviewing this case of redevelopment prior to the issuing the defect liability
certificate.
In the second case, the redevelopment of exhaust quarry shall be the responsibility of
the agency providing the permit to ensure the implementation of Redevelopment Plan.
POLICY GUIDELINES FOR CONTROL OF LOCATION, INSTALLATION, WORKING OF
STONE CRUSHERS AND THEIR REGISTRATION IN THE STATE OF KARNATAKA
Taking into consideration the overriding principle of protection of ecology and environment,
to ensure that not a single stone crushing unit in the state causes any pollution of any type
and in consonance with the River/Stream Bed Mining Policy Guidelines for the state of
Karnataka, the State Government hereby makes following Policy Guidelines for control of
location, installation, workings of stone crushers and their registration thereof.
Mining lease mandatory for running a stone crusher
1.1 In order to ensure legal and regular supply of minor minerals, every owner of stone
crusher, shall have a valid mining lease for this purpose.
1.2 In respect of River/Stream Bed Mining leases over larger area of ten hectare or above
shall be given priority for setting up of stone crushers.
For Hill Slope mining, lease area shall depend upon the size of crusher, availability of
mineral and annual requirement of mineral in relation to scientific mining.
The period of lease shall be determined, based on reserves calculated and annual
requirement as per the proposals given in the Working-Cum- Environmental Management
Plan, which every leaseholder shall have to prepare.
Provisional Registration of stone crusher
No person shall install or run any stone crusher in any area within the State of Karnataka
unless he obtains a provisional registration from the Geological Wing, Department of
Industries.
Based on the documents submitted ‘Provisional Registration’ shall be issued by the
Geological Wing, Department of Industries that shall form base for obtaining pre-production
clearance from other Government Departments.
After provisional registration and joint inspection, the consent to Establish from the
Karnataka State Environment Protection & pollution control Board should be obtained. The
unit shall submit the Working-cum-Environment Management Plan before the issuance of
consent for operate (CFO) by the State Board.
66
Karnataka State Electricity Board shall give electric connection to the crusher owner only
after obtaining Provisional Registration from the Geological wing.
Already established stone crusher shall registered themselves within a period of 3months
from the date of issuance of these Policy Guidelines and for this registration they have to
produce consent issued by Karnataka State Environment Protection & Pollution control
Board.
Joint inspection of the areas applied for mining lease and for setting up of stone
crusher
a) Joint Inspection of crusher site.
The site for setting up the stone crusher shall be appraised and approved by a joint
Inspection committee, consisting of the following members
1. Sub- Divisional Officer (Civil) concerned Chairman.
2. Divisional Forest Officer or his representative Member
3. Representative of the State Environment protection and Pollution control Board.
Member.
4. Executive Engineer, PWD or his representative Member
5. Executive Engineer, I&PH or his representative Member
6. Representative of the Department of Tourism Member
7. Representative of KPTCL- Local SDO (E) Member
8. Geologist or Mining officer Member Secretary
b) Joint inspection shall be conducted at least by four member viz. Chairman,
representative of Karnataka State Environment protection & pollution control Board,
DCF or his representative and Geologist/ Mining Officer on a prescribed Checklist.
Other members may issue separate NOC’s as per the check list.
Joint Inspection of the area applied for mining lease.
a) The area applied for lease shall be inspected by a committee consisting of the
following members
 Sub- Divisional Officer (Civil) concerned Chairman.
 Assistant Conservator of Forest/Range officer Member
 Representative of the State Environment protection and Pollution control Board.
Member.
 Executive Engineer, PWD or his representative Member
 Executive Engineer, I & PH or his representative Member
 Representative of the Dep’t. of Tourism Member
 Mining officer Member Secretary
b) Joint inspection shall be conducted by at least three members viz. Chairman,

Assistant Conservator Forest/ Range officer and Mining Officer on the prescribed
checklist. Other members may issue separate NOC’s as per the Checklist.
The grant of Mining lease and approval of stone crusher site by the committee shall be the
basis for issuance of permanent registration.
Permanent Registration
a) Based on the approval of sites for setting up of the stone crusher grant of mining
lease and after obtaining consent to operate from the Pollution Control Board. The
Geological Wing, Department of Industries, shall issue permanent registration to the
owner of the stone crusher, which shall be valid for a period of two years
b) The Geological Wing, Department of Industries may renew the registration for a
further period or period of two years subject to proper functioning of the stone
crusher as per the provision of various Acts and Rules and clearance of all dues
including clearance from Pollution Control Board.
c) In case the Geological Wing, Department of Industries is of the opinion that it is not
expedient to grant a permanent registration taking into consideration the various
factors as per the recommendations of the Joint Inspection Committee, Geological
Wing, Department of Industries may after giving an opportunity of being heard and
for reasons to be recorded in writing and communicated to the applicant, refuse to
grant the permanent registration.
d) In case of renewal of the registration, the owner of the stone crusher shall apply for
the renewal at least six month’s before the expiry of the registration.
e) In case, the application for renewal submitted is not disposed off before the expiry of
the period of registration, it shall be deemed to have been extended by a further
period till the Geological Wing,
f) Department of Industries passes order thereon.
2. Other conditions for running of stone Crushers.
a) The owner of the stone crusher shall observe the provision of;
i) The Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981 and rules framed there
under.
ii) The Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act 1974 and rules framed there
under.
iii) The Environment (Protection) 1986 and rules framed there under.
iv) The Noise Pollution (Regulation and control) rules 2000.
b) No consent for expansion to a crusher shall be given by pollution control board and
no electric connection by KPTCL without prior approval of Geological Wing,
Department of Industries.
c) Every stone crusher owner shall ensure that the crusher operates within emission
standards stipulated by KSPCB.
d) Every stone crusher owner shall adopt pollution control measures.
e) The Geological wing, Department of Industries may impose any such further
conditions as it may deem fit for the protection of Environment and Ecology.
f) The crusher owner shall submit a return by 10th of every month, giving details of total
quantity of minerals crushed, electricity consumed, power generated in case of
captive power generated run crusher, fuel consumption in case of diesel run crusher,
number of labour employed and wages paid etc.,
g) The crusher owner shall allow the inspecting staff, access to the crusher and
produce all records relating to operation of the crusher and verification of source of
legal supply of minor minerals and stocks.
3. Conditions for mining leases

a) Every applicant shall submit working-cum-Environment Management plan for
carrying out systematic and scientific mining.
b) Mining in river/stream beds shall be subject to general conditions as per the
River/Streambed Mining policy guidelines in addition to any other site-specific
conditions as specified by the Joint inspection committee, as detailed below
c) Mining in Hill slopes shall be subject to following general conditions:
I. Environmental considerations:
i) No mining shall be allowed within 100 m of thickly forested area.
ii) No mining shall be allowed in areas, which may cause aesthetic/visual degradation
near any known tourist spot.
iii) No mining shall be allowed where it is likely to disrupt water regime, IPH schemes
roads, bridges etc.,
68
iv) No mining shall be allowed where danger to site of culture, religions, historical,
archeological or scenic importance is likely.
v) No mining shall be allowed near habitation, where it is likely to cause noise and
vibration problems, due to blasting or operation of machinery.
vi) No mining shall be allowed where proper disposal of mine waste cannot be arranged.
vii) Conditions shall be imposed that the leaseholder will take adequate steps to control
and check soil erosion, debris flow etc., by raising various engineering structure.
II. Geological and Geomorphologic considerations:
i) No mining shall be allowed where the slope angles are more than 45 degree from
horizontal and in case of mid slope mining, the foot wall should be of hard strata.
ii) No mining lease shall be granted where the ore to overburden ratio is not economical
i.e. 1:0.2 that is the waste generation should not be more than 20%
iii) Proper appraisal of the deposit for its qualitative and quantitative assessment shall
be made in the form of Geological and topographical plans.
III. Technical consideration:
i) The area should not be highly jointed, fractured on consisting of weak planes.
ii) Relation of slope angle to angle of repose should be within mining parameters where 6x6
m benches by keeping overall angle of repose as 45degree can be made.
iii) No mining shall be allowed where subsidence of rocks is likely due to steep angle of
slope.
iv) No overhangs shall be allowed to be formed during the course of mining.
v) The gradient of approach roads shall be gentle with hill-ward slope, side drains and
parapet walls. Adequate number of waiting and crossing points shall be provided for safe
plying of vehicles.
vi) No blasting shall be resorted to without taking proper license under Explosive Act.
d) General conditions:
i) Mining site shall only be handed over to the leaseholder, after it is duly demarcated by
permanent boundary pillars and certified by concerned mining officer.
ii) Junction at take off point of approach road with main road shall be developed with proper
width and geometric required for safe movement of traffic by crusher owner at his own cost
in consultation with Executive Engineer, KPWD.
iii) No leaseholder shall store/ stack any material in the acquired width of PWD road without
the specific permission of the competent authority.
iv) In addition to above the mining operation shall be subjected to provisions of various Acts
and Rules in force.
v) Dumping of waste shall be done in earmarked places as per the working plans.
Table: Parameters for new stone crushers to be set up in future

Sl. No. Parameters Distance
i Minimum distance from NH/SH 150m
ii Minimum distance from link roads / other District roads 75m
iii Minimum distance from District Head - Quarters 1.5 km
iv Minimum distance from town / Notified area by the committee 1 km
v Minimum distance from village 500 m
vi Minimum distance from Hospital/Education Institution 1 km
vii Minimum distance from Natural water springs 500 m
viii Minimum distance from Notified parks 2 km
ix Minimum distance from Sanctuaries 1 km
x Minimum distance from Bridge sites 200 m Upstream
xi Minimum distance from Notified Lakes and Wetlands 300 m
APPENDIX - 20: STORAGE, HANDLING, USE AND EMERGENCY RESPONSE FOR

HAZARDOUS CHEMICALS
A1. Refueling / Maintenance procedure
 Truck or suitable containers will bring in all fuel and fluids. There will be no storage of
fuel, oil or fluids within 100M (or 50M) of the permanent water line.
 Prior to re-fueling or maintenance, drip pans and containment pans will be placed
under the equipment. Absorbent blankets may also be required to be placed under
the equipment and hoses where there is a possibility of spillage to occur.
 All used oils or fluids will be properly contained and transported to appropriately
licensed (authorized) disposal facilities;
70
 Following re-fueling and maintenance, the absorbent blankets (if any) and spill pans
will be picked up and the fuel truck or container moved outside of the 100m (or 50m)
wide area.
Emergency spill procedure
Should a spill occur, trough spillage or equipment failure, the applicable emergency spill
procedure outlined in sections A-2 to A-4 must follow.
A2. Spill Procedure (inside the stream)
In the case of a spill, overflow or release of fluid into the stream waterway (whether water is
flowing during the spill or not), do what is practical and safely possible to control the
situation, then get help.
 Stop the flow
o Stop the release into the stream waterway
o Shutdown equipment
o Close valves and pumps
o Plug hoses
 Remove Ignition sources
 Shut off vehicles and other engines
 Do not allow tiger torches, vehicles, smoking or other sources of ignition near
the area. Keep a fire extinguisher on hand but keep it a safe distance away
from the potential ignition source (if a fire starts, the extinguisher must be
easily accessible)
 Contact the environmental officer and initiate emergency response
o Notify the site supervisor and the Contractor’s Environmental Officer as soon
as possible
o The Environmental Officer will review the situation and decide if Emergency
services like Fire Brigade are required
o Appropriate parties to be notified of the spill are
 The contractor’s Project Manager
 The Engineer through his designated Environmental Officer
 The Client
 Regulatory Agencies like Pollution Control Board, Municipal

Authorities, as applicable.
 Site safety Officer
 Cleanup and Disposal
Emergency Services will be engaged for the containment, cleanup and disposal of
contamination release into the environment.
 Reporting
The Contractor’s Environmental Officer will document the event and submit repots to
the Engineer, the client and appropriate regulatory agencies like the Pollution Control
Board(s).
 Procedure Review
The Engineer will review the report, determine if changes are required to procedures
and recommended implementation of all required changes …
A3. Spill procedure (on land)
In the case of a spill, overflow or release fluid onto land, do what is practical and safety
possible to control the situation and then get help.
 Stop the flow
 Stop the release into the water body
 Shut down equipment
 Close valves and pumps
 Plug hoses
 Remove Ignition sources
Shut off vehicles and other engines
Do not allow tiger torches, vehicles, smoking or other sources of ignition near the
area. Keep a fire extinguisher on hand but keep it a safe distance away from the
potential ignition sources (if a fire starts the extinguisher must be easily accessible).
 Contain the Spill
 Dike around the spill to contain the material
 Spread absorbent or place a spill blanket on the spill
 Enlist the help of personnel on site
 Notify your supervisor as soon as possible
 Notification
Appropriate parties to be notified of the spill are
 The Contractor’s Project Manager
 The Engineer through his designated Environmental officer
 The Client
 Regulatory Agencies like Pollution control Board, Municipal Authorities, as

applicable
 Site Safety coordinator
 Cleanup and Disposal

72
The Engineer’s Environmental officer will ensure that a proper cleanup and disposal
method is determined. Absorbent pads will soak up the spilled material. The pads will
be contained and removed from site for disposal at a licensed (authorized) facility.
 Reporting
The Contractor’s Environmental Officer will document the event and submit reports to
the Engineer, the Client and appropriate regulatory agencies like the Pollution control
Board(s)
 Procedure Review
The Engineer will review the report, determine if changes are required to procedures
and recommend implementation of all required changes.
APPENDIX – 21: SELECTION AND MANAGEMENT OF CONSTRUCTION CAMP

1. Selection and layout of construction camp
The construction camps for labour, accommodation, offices and construction plant sites shall
be identified based on the following guidelines. The construction site shall be located
 At a minimum distance of 1km away from any major settlement or village.
 At a minimum distance of 300m of any major surface water course or body
If this is not possible the base camps should be located away from the settlements with the
following precautions
 Base camp should be enclosed with boundary wall.
 Movement of the workers should be registered during the nighttime.
 There should not be any disturbance to the local community.
 Operation of the plant and machinery should be restricted to 6 am to 10 am
 Care should be taken while starting and moving the heavy vehicles, there is a
possibility that children of near settlement may be playing with machinery
parked outside the camps.
2. Facilities at workers camps
During the construction stage of the project, the construction contractor will construct and
maintain necessary (temporary) living accommodation and ancillary facilities for labour. It will
be ensured that all the temporary accommodation will be provided with uncontaminated
water for drinking, cooking and washing. Adequate washing and bathing places shall be
provided, and kept in clean and drained condition. Construction camps will be sited away
from vulnerable people and adequate health care will be provided for the work force.
 General requirements include availability of:
 Potable water supply in quantity and quality,
 Requirement of power supply for heating as well as for cooking. Firewood shall
not be used for cooking and heating purposes. Contractor must provide LPG
gas / Kerosene for the construction camps.
 Safe access road is required at camps
 Waste (all kind of solid and liquid wastes) generated need to be disposed off
smoothly.
2.1 Sanitation Facilities:
Construction camps shall be provided with sanitary latrines and urinals. Closed drainage
systems and the proper treatment systems according to the local conditions should be
constructed for the proper flow and effective treatment. The sewage system built for the
camp will be operated properly to avoid health hazard, ground water and soil pollution.
Compost pits will be constructed for the disposal of the garbage and other biodegradable
wastes generated from the camps. Proper collection, transportation and disposal of the
wastes will be ensured.
3. Shelter at work place:
At such work places where the duration of the works will prevail for more than one month
some form of shelters will be provided for meals, resting, change of clothes and for keeping
the tools of the work and personal protective equipment. The height of shelter shall not less
than 3m from floor level to lowest part of the roof. Sheds shall be kept clean and the space
provided shall be on the basis of at least 1.0 Sq.m per head.
4. Canteen Facilities:
A cooked food canteen on a moderate scale shall be provided for the benefit of workers
wherever it is considered necessary. All the wastes generated from the canteen will be
treated / disposed of as detailed in the other sections of the waste disposal.
74
5. Health care Facilities:

Health problems of the workers should be taken care of by providing basic health care
facilities through a health centre set up at the construction camps. The health centre will
have at least a doctor (part time), nurses, duty staff, medicines and minimum medical
facilities to tackle first-aid requirements for minor accidental cases. Some arrangements will
be made with the nearest hospital to refer patients of major illnesses or critical cases.
The health centre will carryout quarterly awareness programme of HIV – AIDS with the help
of AIDS control society. Posters will be exhibited in the health care clinic.
6. Day crèche facilities
At construction sites where women with very young children are employed, provision of a
day crèche shall be provided. At construction sites where 20 or more women are ordinarily
employed, a hut for children under the age of 6 years shall be provided.
For ensuring the implementation of effective pollution control measures at the construction
base camps and construction plant sites, redevelopment/ closure plans for the closure of
these sites will be made part of the EMP of the construction contract.
7. Construction workers Camp
In all over India, road construction works are in peak stage. With several local / regional/
national and international contractors in place, the road construction work recently started
showing seriousness towards this issue. The contractor recently started providing required
legal and contractual facilities for the unskilled labour, hired from the local villages or are
brought to the place of work from outside the State.
Even now the Contractor camps and other facilities are set up in worst conditions even when
the contract documents are clearly specifying the required standards. The associated issues
are as follows.
Forest resources could be encroached up on in all possible ways by the labour force.
Unauthorized tree felling to get fuel-wood both for cooking as well as heating even when
alternative fuel is made available,
Poaching of edible animals and birds of the locality in spite of prohibition,
Poor sanitation arrangement and improper methods used for disposal of solid wastes and
effluent,
Indigenous people getting invaded by imported construction labour-force, due to lack of
discipline,
Transmission of communicable diseases to the local people by the construction workers due
to inappropriate health monitoring facilities, and
Creating hazardous traffic flow at construction site due to lack of concern about the local
needs and provision for pedestrian
No Contractor’s Establishments zones
Contractor shall not establish any construction camp, crushers, hot mix plant and WWM
plant in the identified locations (No Contractor’s Establishment Zone). These locations will be
treated as eco-sensitive.
No construction campsite areas also include settlement areas provided below. These are the
major settlements along the corridor. Campsites should be a minimum of 500m away from
settlements
Table: Major settlements along the project corridor
Name of village / Town Remarks
Subproject: T13
Machagere Rural
Siddammanahalli Rural
Bharamasamudra Rural
Uddagatta Rural
Jagalur (TP) Rural
Subproject: T17
Hanagal Rural
Molakalmuru Town
76
APPENDIX – 22: MATERIAL DATA SHEET – BITUMEN

78

01 Ind Iee 04

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

01 Ind Iee 04

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

01 Ind Iee 04

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Environmental Assessment Report

IND: Karnataka State Highway Improvement Project

ADB Asian Development Bank

SOS Strategic Option Study

3.4 Other Environmental Guidelines and Norms ........................................................................ 22

7 STAKE HOLDER CONSULTATIONS ......................................................................................... 58

E4 Key Environmental Laws & Policies:

Sl. Authority Granting When

* MDR – Main District Road

 Preliminary reconnaissance to identity environmentally sensitive issues relating to the

Figure 1-1: Organisation Structure of Project Implementation Unit (PIU)

PROJECT IMPLEMENTATION UNIT (PIU)

Chief Project Officer

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN IMPLEMENTATION UNIT (EMPIU)

Executive Engineer Assistant Conservator of Forest

Asst. Engineer Asst. Exe. Forester

Executive Engineers KSHIP Divisions

Asst. Asst. Asst. Asst.

Figure 2-1: Geographical location of the subproject roads

2.1.4 Traffic Details per Route

2.1.5 Alignment and Profile

2.1.7 Major and minor junctions

2.1.9 Street Furniture

2.1.10 Bus Lay-bays

2.1.12 Railway Crossing:

C/S- Carriageway Paved shoulder Unpaved

2.2 Schedule for Implementation

2010 2011 2012 2013 2014

Utility Shifting and

3 POLICY, LEGAL AND ADMINISTRATION FRAMEWORK

3.1.4 The Environment (Protection) Act, 1986

Figure 3-1: The procedure for obtaining environmental clearance

3.1.8 The Hazardous Waste (Management and Handling) Rules, 1989

3.3.1 Ministry of Environment and Forest

Sl. Authority Granting When

4 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT

4.1.5 Wind Intensity and Direction

Figure 4-1: Wind-rose Bellary Meteorological Station

4.1.6 Monitoring of Environmental attributes

4.3 Biological Component

Table 4-4: Demographic features of the Study Area

4.4.2 Occupational Pattern

Shoulders with Paver

Berm Width (m)

Ditch Width (m)

Total Width (m)

6 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES

Impact on ambient Noise levels during Operation Stage

6.1.5 Impact on Soil and Land use

 Recommended slope ratio of 1 vertical to 2 horizontal shall be maintained to avoid soil

6.1.8 Impact on Hydrology and Drainage

 Periodical health check-up of the workers are to be arranged by the contactors to

7 STAKE HOLDER CONSULTATIONS

8 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

Table 8-1: Environmental Management Plan (Part-A)

including the possibility to save trees shall be made.

sites and approval of Environmental Specialist of CSC shall be opened up for

existing village roads wherever available.